Strength and Conditioning for Sports

Performance

An effective strength and conditioning programme is an essential component of the preparation

of any athlete or sportsperson. Strength and Conditioning for Sports Performance is a comprehen-
sive and authoritative introduction to the theory and practice of strength and conditioning,
providing students, coaches and athletes with everything they need to design and implement
effective training programmes.
The book includes a clear and rigorous explanation of the core science underpinning
strength and conditioning techniques and gives a detailed, step-by-step guide to all of the
key training methodologies, including training for strength, speed, endurance, agility and
flexibility, as well as plyometrics. Throughout the book the focus is on the coaching process,
with every chapter highlighting the application of strength and conditioning techniques in
everyday coaching situations. The book also includes a unique and extensive section of sport-
specific chapters, each of which examines in detail the application of strength and conditioning
to a particular sport, from football and basketball to golf and track and field athletics.
The book includes contributions from world-leading strength and conditioning specialists
in every chapter, including coaches who have worked with Olympic gold medallists and
international sports teams at the very highest level. Strength and Conditioning for Sports
Performance is an essential course text for any degree-level student with an interest in strength
and conditioning and all students looking to achieve professional accreditation, and an invalu-
able reference for all practising strength and conditioning coaches.

Ian Jeffreys is an internationally renowned coach, educator and author. He is a Professor

in Strength and Conditioning at the University of South Wales, UK, where he coordinates
all of the University’s strength and conditioning activities, as well as managing the strength
and conditioning programmes for Cardiff City Football Club’s Academy performance
development programme. He is a Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist (CSCS)
and Certified Personal Trainer (NSCA-CPT) with the National Strength and Conditioning
Association (NSCA), and has been re-certified with Distinction (*D) in both categories. He
was the NSCA’s High School Professional of the Year in 2006, was awarded a Fellowship
by the NSCA in 2009, and in 2015 was awarded the Emeritus Registered Strength
and Conditioning Coach status (RSCC*E). He is a founder member of the UK Strength and
Conditioning Association (UKSCA), and was a member of the Board of Directors from the
organisation’s inception in 2004 through to 2013. In 2015 he was awarded an Honorary
Fellowship by the UKSCA. He is the Editor of the UKSCA journal, Professional Strength and
Conditioning, and is on the Editorial Board for the NSCA’s Strength and Conditioning Journal
and the Journal of Australian Strength and Conditioning.
Jeremy Moody is a Senior Lecturer in Strength and Conditioning and Programme Director
for the MSc in Strength and Conditioning at Cardiff Metropolitan University, UK, teaching
across both the undergraduate and the postgraduate schemes in strength and conditioning. He
is a frequent national and international speaker in the fields of strength and conditioning and
elite sport performance management. His experience extends across many able-bodied and
disability sports, gaining an international coaching reputation having coached successful ath-
letes at the Commonwealth, European,World, Olympic and Paralympic levels of competition
as well as with many youth and developing athletes. His industry-based roles have included
Regional Lead at the English Institute of Sport, Performance Manager at UK Athletics,
Performance Director for the Great Britain Wheelchair Rugby Association, and Performance
Director and Chief Operations Officer at Welsh Judo. He has provided consultancy to Sport
Wales, Sport England, UK Sport, various national governing bodies, and professional sports
teams. A member of the UKSCA Board of Directors on a number of occasions and Chairman
between 2010 and 2012, he was one of the inaugural group to establish the current UKSCA
accreditation procedure (ASCC).
Strength and Conditioning for
Sports Performance

Edited by
Ian Jeffreys and Jeremy Moody
First published 2016
by Routledge
2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN
and by Routledge
711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017
Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business
 2016 I. Jeffreys and J. Moody
The right of I. Jeffreys and J. Moody to be identified as the author of the editorial material,
and of the authors for their individual chapters, has been asserted in accordance with
sections 77 and 78 of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any
form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented,
including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system,
without permission in writing from the publishers.
Trademark notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks,
and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe.
British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data
Names: Jeffreys, Ian, editors. | Mood, Jeremy, editors.
Title: Strength and conditioning for sports performance / edited by Ian Jeffreys and
Jeremy Moody.
Description: New York : Routledge, 2016. | Includes bibliographical references and index.
Identifiers: LCCN 2015036074| ISBN 9780415578202 (Hardback) |
ISBN 9780415578219 (Paperback) | ISBN 9780203852286 (eBook)
Subjects: LCSH: Physical education and training—Study and teaching. | Coaching
(Athletics)—Study and teaching. | Muscle strength. | Physical fitness—Physiological
aspects.
Classification: LCC GV711.5 .S767 2016 | DDC 613.7/071—dc23
LC record available at http://lccn.loc.gov/2015036074

ISBN: 978-0-415-57820-2 (hbk)

ISBN: 978-0-415-57821-9 (pbk)
ISBN: 978-0-203-85228-6 (ebk)

Typeset in Perpetua
by Swales & Willis Ltd, Exeter, Devon, UK
Contents

Detailed contents viii

List of figures xvi
List of tables xxii
List of boxes xxvi
List of contributors xxvii
Preface xxxvii
Acknowledgements xxxviii

SECTION 1
Coaching 1

1 Effective coaching in strength and conditioning: the foundations

of the profession 3
Dave Collins and Jeremy Moody

SECTION 2
Scientific basis of training 13

2 The structure and function of the neuromuscular system 15

Ian Jeffreys
3 The biomechanical principles underpinning strength and conditioning 36
Jon E. Goodwin and Daniel J. Cleather
4 The bioenergetics of sports performance 67
James P. Morton and Graeme L. Close
5 Cardiorespiratory control of exercise and adaptation to training 92
Fred J. DiMenna and Andrew M. Jones
6 The endocrine responses to training 118
Duncan N. French
7 Nutrition for human performance 143
Graeme L. Close and James P. Morton
vi Contents
SECTION 3
Strength and conditioning: applied practice 179

8 Effective needs analysis and functional training principles 181

Steven S. Plisk
9 Performance diagnostics 201
Jeremy M. Sheppard and Tim J. Gabbett
10 Screening methods for the strength and conditioning practitioner 216
Raphael Brandon
11 Developing strength and power 230
Michael H. Stone, Prue Cormie, Hugh Lamont and Meg Stone
12 Weightlifting for sports performance 261
Clive Brewer and Mike Favre
13 Plyometric training: theory and practice 304
Jon E. Goodwin and Ian Jeffreys
14 Developing speed and agility for sports performance 341
Ian Jeffreys and Jon E. Goodwin
15 Developing endurance for sports performance 372
Fred J. DiMenna and Andrew M. Jones
16 Flexibility: developing effective movement 387
William A. Sands and Jeni R. McNeal
17 The essentials of periodisation 404
G. Gregory Haff

SECTION 4
Special considerations in strength and conditioning 449

18 Thinking sensibly about recovery 451

William A. Sands
19 Paediatric strength and conditioning 484
Avery D. Faigenbaum and Fernando Naclerio
20 Working with special populations 506
Mark Jarvis and Jeremy Moody
21 Performing in extreme environments 519
Charles Pedlar and GregWhyte
22 Facility design, maintenance, safety issues and record keeping 536
John H.Taylor
 Contents vii
SECTION 5
Sport-specific strength and conditioning 551

23 Strength and conditioning for football 553

Gary J.Walker
24 Strength and conditioning for cricket 564
Huw Bevan
25 Strength and conditioning for golf 580
Liam Hennessy
26 Strength and conditioning for rowing 589
AlexWolf
27 Strength and conditioning for field hockey 600
Andy Hudson
28 Strength and conditioning for basketball 614
John H.Taylor
29 Strength and conditioning for tennis 626
Narelle Sibte
30 Strength and conditioning for cycling 642
Martin Evans
31 Strength and conditioning for track and field: throws 647
Meg Stone

Glossary 653
Index 660
Detailed contents

List of figures xvi

List of tables xxii
List of boxes xxvi
List of contributors xxvii
Preface xxxvii
Acknowledgements xxxviii

SECTION 1
Coaching 1

1 Effective coaching in strength and

conditioning: the foundations of the profession 3
Dave Collins and Jeremy Moody
1.1 Introduction 3
1.2 What is an S&C coach supposed to do? 3
1.3 How should the S&C coach work? 5
1.4 What should the S&C coach know? 7
1.5 How should the S&C coach think? 9
1.6 Helping to ensure more accurate professional judgement and
decision making 9
1.7 Summary 11

SECTION 2
Scientific basis of training 13

2 The structure and function of the neuromuscular system 15

Ian Jeffreys
2.1 The neural control of muscular action 15
2.2 Muscular elements of force production 19
2.3 Muscle fibre type 24
2.4 Excitation–contraction coupling and the sliding filament theory 26
2.5 Fundamental principles of force modulation 28
2.6 Control of muscle actions 30
 Detailed contents ix
2.7 Muscle stiffness 32
2.8 Summary 33

3 The biomechanical principles underpinning

strength and conditioning 36
Jon E. Goodwin and Daniel J. Cleather
3.1 Why is the study of biomechanics important to the strength
and conditioning coach? 36
3.2 Fundamentals of classical mechanics 36
3.3 Work, energy and power 41
3.4 Impulse and momentum 45
3.5 Influence of gross anatomy and body position 54
3.6 From muscles to movement 56
3.7 Influence of fine anatomy and architecture 58
3.8 The mechanics of dynamic correspondence 62
3.9 Summary 65

4 The bioenergetics of sports performance 67

James P. Morton and Graeme L. Close
4.1 Introduction 67
4.2 Overview of energy systems and storage 68
4.3 Carbohydrate metabolism 74
4.4 Lipid metabolism 80
4.5 Energy for strength, power and high-intensity sports 82
4.6 Energy for strength, power and sprint-based sports 82
4.7 Energy for endurance sports 84
4.8 Energy for high-intensity intermittent sports 87
4.9 Summary 89

5 Cardiorespiratory control of exercise and adaptation

to training 92
Fred J. DiMenna and Andrew M. Jones
5.1 Cardiovascular and pulmonary function at rest 92
5.2 Cardiovascular and pulmonary function during exercise 95
5.3 Chronic cardiovascular and pulmonary adaptations to training 103
5.4 Chronic adaptations of the heart 103
5.5 Chronic adaptations of blood/blood flow 106
5.6 Chronic adaptations of the lungs 109
5.7 Chronic adaptations of muscle 110
5.8 Summary 111

6 The endocrine responses to training 118

Duncan N. French
6.1 Introduction 118
6.2 The endocrine system 118
x Detailed contents
6.3 Hormone characteristics 120
6.4 Function of hormones 122
6.5 The endocrine system in strength and conditioning 124
6.6 Pituitary–testicular system and sex hormones 126
6.7 Pituitary–adrenocortical system 129
6.8 Growth hormone and growth factors 131
6.9 Pancreatic hormones 134
6.10 Summary 135

7 Nutrition for human performance 143

Graeme L. Close and James P. Morton
7.1 Introduction 143
7.2 Carbohydrates 144
7.3 Proteins 151
7.4 Fats 155
7.5 Hydration 158
7.6 Micronutrients 160
7.7 Sports supplements and ergogenic aids 167
7.8 Contemporary issues: nutrient–gene interactions 170
7.9 Summary 172

SECTION 3
Strength and conditioning: applied practice 179

8 Effective needs analysis and functional training principles 181

Steven S. Plisk
8.1 Fundamentals: training principles 182
8.2 Specificity: triangulating on the target 183
8.3 Situation: developmental issues 195
8.4 Summary 198

9 Performance diagnostics 201

Jeremy M. Sheppard and Tim J. Gabbett
9.1 Introduction 201
9.2 Testing considerations 201
9.3 Strength and power assessment and profiling 205
9.4 Comparison and interpretation methods 206
9.5 Change of direction speed and agility 208
9.6 Repeat-sprint ability, intermittent running and
aerobic qualities 209
9.7 Recording and presentation of results 212
9.8 Summary 212

10 Screening methods for the strength and

conditioning practitioner 216
Raphael Brandon
10.1 Introduction 216
 Detailed contents xi
10.2 Defining strength and conditioning screening versus
strength diagnosis and physiological and clinical
assessment 216
10.3 Passive range of motion assessments 217
10.4 Active range of motion and dynamic stability assessments 217
10.5 Conditioning and muscle balance assessments 225
10.6 Summary 227

11 Developing strength and power 230

Michael H. Stone, Prue Cormie, Hugh Lamont and Meg Stone
11.1 Introduction 230
11.2 The importance of strength and power 230
11.3 Neuromuscular mechanisms involved with strength and
power development 233
11.4 Programme design considerations for strength and power
development 242
11.5 Summary 249

12 Weightlifting for sports performance 261

Clive Brewer and Mike Favre
12.1 Introduction 261
12.2 Strength lifts: the squat 262
12.3 Weightlifting movements and their derivatives 275
12.4 Summary 302

13 Plyometric training: theory and practice 304

Jon E. Goodwin and Ian Jeffreys
13.1 Defining plyometrics 304
13.2 The stretch–shorten cycle 304
13.3 Proposed mechanisms of SSC enhancement 305
13.4 Adaptive responses to plyometric training 309
13.5 Classifying plyometrics 310
13.6 Modulating plyometric intensity 313
13.7 Implementing plyometric programmes 315
13.8 Session design 320
13.9 Programme design 321
13.10 Monitoring plyometric training 322
13.11 Plyometric exercises 323
13.12 Summary 339

14 Developing speed and agility for sports performance 341

Ian Jeffreys and Jon E. Goodwin
14.1 Introduction 341
14.2 Speed 343
14.3 Acceleration 358
14.4 Agility 361
14.5 Summary 369
xii Detailed contents
15 Developing endurance for sports performance 372
Fred J. DiMenna and Andrew M. Jones
15.1 Introduction 372
15.2 Energy transfer during exercise 373
15.3 Endurance training: components of endurance 375
15.4 Training specificity 378
15.5 Training zones for endurance training 380
15.6 High-intensity interval training 381
15.7 Summary 383

16 Flexibility: developing effective movement 387

William A. Sands and Jeni R. McNeal
16.1 Introduction 387
16.2 From where does flexibility come? 389
16.3 Aesthetic versus non-aesthetic sports 390
16.4 Active versus passive flexibility and stretching 391
16.5 A simple model for effective movement 391
16.6 Types, guidelines and effects of stretching 392
16.7 Vibration and stretching 395
16.8 Increasing strength to increase ROM 396
16.9 Summary 397

17 The essentials of periodisation 404

G. Gregory Haff
17.1 Introduction 404
17.2 Defining periodisation 405
17.3 Goals of periodisation 406
17.4 General underlying principles of periodisation 407
17.5 Hierarchical structure of a periodised training plan 410
17.6 Sequencing and integrating training 423
17.7 Structuring a sequenced and integrated periodised
training plan 429
17.8 Summary 444

SECTION 4
Special considerations in strength and conditioning 449

18 Thinking sensibly about recovery 451

William A. Sands
18.1 Introduction 451
18.2 What is training? 451
18.3 What is recovery? 452
18.4 Divide and conquer: how do you recover and adapt? 453
18.5 Training, planning and periodisation 454
18.6 Medical and physiological methods and modalities 455
 Detailed contents xiii
18.7 What might be going on? 463
18.8 Psychological methods and modalities 465
18.9 Why all the scepticism? 467
18.10 Summary 473

19 Paediatric strength and conditioning 484

Avery D. Faigenbaum and Fernando Naclerio
19.1 Introduction 484
19.2 Risks and concerns associated with paediatric strength
and conditioning 485
19.3 Effectiveness of paediatric strength and conditioning 487
19.4 Potential benefits of paediatric strength and conditioning 491
19.5 Paediatric strength and conditioning guidelines 494
19.6 Programme design considerations for children and adolescents 497
19.7 Summary 498

20 Working with special populations 506

Mark Jarvis and Jeremy Moody
20.1 Introduction 506
20.2 Cerebral palsy 507
20.3 Amputees 511
20.4 SCI 513
20.5 Visually impaired 516
20.6 Les autres 517
20.7 Summary 518

21 Performing in extreme environments 519

Charles Pedlar and GregWhyte
21.1 Introduction 519
21.2 Heat 520
21.3 Altitude 524
21.4 Cold 530
21.5 Depth 531
21.6 Pollution 533
21.7 Summary 534

22 Facility design, maintenance, safety issues and record

keeping 536
John H.Taylor
22.1 Initial considerations 536
22.2 Programme analysis 538
22.3 Feasibility study 538
22.4 Building development plan 539
22.5 Construction 544
22.6 Human resources 544
22.7 Summary 550
xiv Detailed contents
SECTION 5
Sport-specific strength and conditioning 551

23 Strength and conditioning for football 553

Gary J.Walker
23.1 Introduction 553
23.2 Needs analysis 553
23.3 Injury reduction 554
23.4 Improving physical performance 557
23.5 Summary 563

24 Strength and conditioning for cricket 564

Huw Bevan
24.1 Introduction 564
24.2 Basic structure of games and player positions 564
24.3 Physiological and movement demands of batting 565
24.4 Physiological and movement demands of bowling 567
24.5 Physiological and movement demands of fielding 568
24.6 Fitness testing 568
24.7 Injury prevention 571
24.8 Climate 572
24.9 Schedule 573
24.10 Phases 576
24.11 Summary 578

25 Strength and conditioning for golf 580

Liam Hennessy
25.1 Introduction 580
25.2 Fitter means better golf 580
25.3 Programme design 583
25.4 Summary 587

26 Strength and conditioning for rowing 589

AlexWolf
26.1 Rowing as a sport 589
26.2 Biomechanical characteristics of rowing 589
26.3 Strength characteristics of rowers 590
26.4 Injury risks 590
26.5 Training monitoring 591
26.6 Putting it all together 592
26.7 Athlete case study 593
26.8 Summary 598

27 Strength and conditioning for field hockey 600

Andy Hudson
27.1 Strength and conditioning as part of the solution to a
‘performance problem’ 600
 Detailed contents xv
27.2 The constants 600
27.3 The variations 601
27.4 Structuring your programme 601
27.5 Targeted development for this period 604
27.6 The goalkeeper: a special consideration 606
27.7 Summary 612

28 Strength and conditioning for basketball 614

John H.Taylor
28.1 Introduction 614
28.2 Energetics 614
28.3 Mechanics 615
28.4 Anthropometrics 616
28.5 Injuries 616
28.6 Evidence-based training 616
28.7 Training integration 617
28.8 Summary 623

29 Strength and conditioning for tennis 626

Narelle Sibte
29.1 Introduction 626
29.2 Characteristics of different court surfaces 627
29.3 Injury profiles in tennis 627
29.4 Player case study 628
29.5 Putting it all together 631
29.6 Evaluation and monitoring 635
29.7 Summary 640

30 Strength and conditioning for cycling 642

Martin Evans
30.1 Introduction 642
30.2 Strength and conditioning and cycling 642
30.3 Summary 646

31 Strength and conditioning for track and field: throws 647

Meg Stone
31.1 Introduction 647
31.2 Strength development 648
31.3 Power and explosiveness 650
31.4 Summary 652

Glossary 653
Index 660
Figures

1.1 An exemplar ‘nested’ planner for a 19-year-old 400 m runner 6

1.2 The coaching schematic: required knowledge and how it applies
in sports coaching 8
2.1 The central and peripheral nervous systems 16
2.2 A modified diagram outlining contemporary opinions of muscle
contraction 19
2.3 Muscle structure 20
2.4 Muscle fibre structure 21
2.5 Structure of skeletal muscle 22
3.1 The relationship between gradient and rate of change 37
3.2 Force–time plot of the contact period during a drop (rebound) jump 43
3.3 Force–time plot demonstrating the strategies of three different athletes
to achieve the same jump height during a jump squat 46
3.4 A biomechanical analysis of the power clean: force: time considerations 47
3.5 Resolution of ground reaction force (R̄) into component forces (normal
force and frictional force) 50
3.6 The location of the centre of mass of an athlete can change based upon
changes in body posture 51
3.7 Ground reaction forces during acceleration 52
3.8 The ready position 53
3.9 Typical descriptors for axes and planes of motion 54
3.10 Force–length (length–tension) curve 60
3.11 The force–velocity relationship in skeletal muscle, and resulting power
production/absorption, in concentric and eccentric actions 60
3.12 Contractile units in parallel and in series 61
4.1 Overview of predominant energy systems fuelling energy production
during common sporting activities 68
4.2 (a) The structure of ATP, (b) ATP hydrolysis and (c) ATP re-synthesis 69
4.3 The creatine kinase reaction 70
4.4 The adenylate kinase reaction 70
4.5 Summary of the (a) anaerobic and (b) aerobic metabolism of glucose 71
4.6 The muscle free amino acid pool 71
4.7 Metabolism of the BCAAs 72
4.8 Schematic summary of the metabolic pathways regulating CHO and lipid
metabolism 74
 Figures xvii
4.9 (a) The degradation of glycogen via glycogen phosphorylase and
(b) the formation of glucose-6-phosphate 75
4.10 The formation of glucose-6-phosphate from glucose 75
4.11 Overview of the glycolytic metabolism of (a) glucose and (b) glycogen 75
4.12 The glycolytic pathway 76
4.13 The production of lactate 77
4.14 The Krebs (citric acid) cycle 78
4.15 Overview of the electron transport chain 79
4.16 Effects of exercise intensity on substrate utilisation 85
5.1 Examples of acute adaptation of HR to increasing work rate 97
5.2 VO2, VCO2 and ventilatory responses to a ‘ramp’ incremental protocol 101
5.3 Acute adaptations in cardiovascular function, ventilation and O2 extraction 111
5.4 Chronic adaptations to endurance exercise 112
6.1 The endocrine system 119
6.2 The lock-and-key mechanism 123
6.3 Positive/negative feedback loop 123
7.1 Proposed model of protein requirements of athletes in g/kg-1 body mass 152
7.2 Theoretical dose–response relationship to micronutrient intake
in humans 161
7.3 Flow diagram designed to assist the athlete in deciding if a supplement
is worth taking or not 167
8.1 Effective needs analysis involves triangulating on the performance
target according to three types of specificity criteria: mechanics,
energetics and coordination 184
8.2 The force–velocity relationship in skeletal muscle, and resulting power
production/absorption, in concentric and eccentric actions 185
8.3 Force as a function of time, indicating maximum strength, rate of force
development, and force at 0.2 second for untrained, heavy resistance
trained and explosive–ballistic trained subjects 186
9.1 Comparison of mean concentric power output in the bench throw across
a spectrum of loads between two athletes 207
9.2 Comparison of peak concentric power output in the jump squat across a
spectrum of loads between two athletes 207
9.3 Comparison of peak displacement in the jump squat across a spectrum
of loads between two athletes 208
9.4 Radar plot of selected physical qualities for two team sport athletes 211
10.1 Squat 218
10.2 Lunge (with stick on shoulders) 219
10.3 Hurdle step 221
10.4 Hop landing 224
10.5 Side plank 226
11.1 Isometric force–time curves generated from a maximum effort
mid-thigh pull 232
11.2 Potential metabolic and mechanical stimuli for muscle remodelling 235
11.3 Overview of basic muscle hypertrophy mechanisms 236
11.4 Theoretical aspects of training for increased strength and power through
systematic muscle and nervous system enhancement 244
xviii Figures
11.5 Theoretical model for strength–power training 245
11.6 Theoretical model for power adaptation 247
12.1 The high bar back squat 262
12.2 Preparation to lift 263
12.3 Grip and hand placement 264
12.4 The descent 266
12.5 The bottom position 267
12.6a A single-person spot 270
12.6b The spotter’s arms come under the athlete’s armpits to lift the
athlete, not the bar 270
12.6c A three-person spot 271
12.7 The front squat 272
12.8 The overhead squat 273
12.9 The pistol squat 274
12.10 The snatch 276
12.11 The start 278
12.12 The hook grip 279
12.13 The moment of separation 280
12.14 The end of the first pull 280
12.15 Bar velocity during the lift 281
12.16 The transition phase 282
12.17 The power position 284
12.18 The end of the second pull 286
12.19 The catch 287
12.20 The recovery 288
12.21 Bar path through the snatch 289
12.22 The clean 290
12.23 The clean catch 291
12.24 The clean recovery 292
12.25 Potential teaching sequence to develop the clean 294
12.26 The jerk 296
12.27 The set position 297
12.28 The dip 298
12.29 The drive 299
12.30 The receiving position 300
12.31 The Murray Cross 300
13.1 Phases of the stretch–shorten cycle 306
13.2 Hill’s three-component model 307
13.3 Force trace of a countermovement jump and squat jump 309
13.4 Factors affecting plyometric intensity 312
13.5 Factors changing stress imposed in a typical lower limb plyometric drill 314
13.6 Athlete considerations in plyometric programming 316
13.7 A stronger and weaker athlete developing ground force during a
plyometric drill 316
13.8 Field assessment of the continuum of contractile abilities using training
log ratios 317
13.9 Common problems evident during plyometric screening 318
 Figures xix
13.10 Depth jump 324
13.11 Approach to box step and jump to box 325
13.12 Tuck jump 325
13.13 High hurdle tuck jumps 326
13.14 Lateral hurdle jumps 327
13.15 Low hurdle jumps 328
13.16 Skips 329
13.17 Hops 330
13.18 Hops with active leg recovery 330
13.19 Bounds 331
13.20 Zigzag patterns 332
13.21 Depth push-ups 334
13.22 Smith machine plyo press 334
13.23 Medicine ball receive and push pass 335
13.24 Medicine ball receive and push pass off one shoulder 336
13.25 Catch a throw on the twist (short-range rebound) 336
13.26 Overhead straight arm wall rebounds 338
14.1 Contact length and contact time during stance 344
14.2 Stance velocity variance and resultant stride length 346
14.3 Sprinting technical model 347
14.4 Common drills for facilitating speed development 356
14.5 Starting and acceleration technique 359
14.6 Target movement patterns 363
14.7 Progressing drill openness: a continuum as opposed to a discrete
distinction 367
14.8 A movement development pyramid 368
15.1 Energy system contribution and cycling power profile 375
15.2 Oxidative contribution to specific track and field events 376
15.3 Theoretical proportional contribution of the four components of
endurance for different track and field events 377
15.4 The training zones defining a continuum of endurance exercise 380
16.1 Model of the interactions of several fitness components and their
integration for effective movement 392
17.1 General adaptation syndrome 408
17.2 The stimulus–fatigue–recovery–adaptation theory 409
17.3 The fitness–fatigue theory 409
17.4 Basic hierarchical structure of a periodised training plan 411
17.5 Example classic annual training plan and macrocycle sub-phase structure 413
17.6 Example alternative approaches to structuring the classic annual training
plan and macrocycle phase structure 414
17.7 Example sequencing of mesocycles to create a macrocycle 417
17.8 Classification of microcycles 420
17.9 Basic conjugated sequencing structure 428
17.10 Example sequential application of accumulation, transmutation and
realisation blocks for developing muscular power 429
17.11 Example annual training plan utilising a sequential application of
accumulation, transmutation and realisation models 431
xx Figures
17.12 Example of sequencing of accumulation, transmutation and
realisation blocks 432
17.13 Example sequencing model for the development of speed–strength 432
17.14 Example annual training plan template 436
17.15 Example annual training plan for a Division I collegiate volleyball team 438
17.16 Example annual training plan with training factor sequencing and
integration 440
17.17 Example of a 6:1 microcycle 443
18.1 Example annual training plan 456
18.2 Response choices to the statement ‘The Recovery Center meets
my needs’ 468
18.3 Response choices to the statement ‘The Recovery Center improves
my performance in practice and competition’ 468
18.4 Response choices to the statement ‘I miss the Recovery Center when
I travel for competition’ 469
18.5 Recovery Center use in visits per week 469
18.6 Survey results of 50 athletes and their preferred Recovery Center
modalities 470
18.7 Survey results of 50 athletes showing what the athletes do away from
the controlled and tallied environment of modality usage in the
Recovery Center 470
18.8 Soreness profile for all sports 471
18.9 Soreness profile for cycling 472
18.10 Soreness profile for shooting 473
18.11 Soreness profile for figure skating 474
18.12 Hours of massage by resident non-medallists versus medallists 474
19.1 Model of expected outcomes of strength and conditioning during
childhood and adolescence 488
19.2 Expected strength changes with growth, resistance training, detraining
and maintenance training during childhood and adolescence 490
20.1 Triangulation of understanding for successful S&C coaching 507
20.2 Structure of the spine and nerve inputs 514
21.1 The oxygen cascade from air to mitochondria within the muscle cell in
21 per cent oxygen and 12 per cent oxygen (simulating an altitude of
approximately 4,300 metres) 525
21.2 Distance runners training in a normobaric hypoxic chamber at St Mary’s
University College in Twickenham, UK 529
22.1 S&C facility floor plan 541
23.1 The inter-relationship between players and support staff in injury
reduction 555
23.2 Injury risk can be reduced by manipulating a number of on- and off-field
training variables 556
23.3 A player’s strength and power profile relative to the squad mean
indicated by Z scores above or below the mean 559
24.1 The five most common sites for injury for a batsman during the 2010
FCCC season 571
24.2 The five most common sites for injury for a bowler during the
2010 FCCC season 572
 Figures xxi
24.3 Outline training plan, fixtures and estimated workload for county,
international all formats, Test and ODI players for the period 7 February
2011 to week beginning 2 April 2012 575
25.1 Characteristics of top golfers 581
25.2 ‘C’ posture and neutral at address 585
25.3 The original set-up posture is highlighted using the three red lines and
the square box occupying the set-up or address position of the head.
As the swing progresses, the coach will watch to see if the player
moves off these lines significantly at any stage during the swing 585
26.1 Overview of the rower’s season 594
27.1 Needs analysis for impacting upon performance 601
27.2 Physical preparation planner (extracted from a long-term
macro planner) 603
27.3 Competition countdown: weeks 40 and 39 (extracted from the
main planner) 604
27.4 Conditioning prescription for maximal aerobic speed (week 40 –
from Olympic Games) 605
27.5 Movement skills development, or conditioning for key body positions 607
29.1 (a) The low backhand is very similar to a lunge or split squat;
(b) on serve, legs are loaded before a rapid triple extension on contact 629
29.2 Competition schedule and workload log 630
29.3 Physiological profile of a tennis training session for the case study
player during block 1, with drill selection manipulated to enhance
training effect 632
29.4 Specific stretches to address musculoskeletal screening and current
body status 634
29.5 Physical preparation plans for a player who is two, three or four days
out from his/her next competitive singles match 636
29.6 Training load for weeks 19 and 20, with matches on days 6, 7, 8, 11,
12 and 13 639
29.7 RESTQ results from week 20 639
31.1 Macrocycle 1 650
31.2 Macrocycle 2 651
Tables

2.1 Muscle fibre types 25

3.1 Scalars and vectors 37
3.2 Kinematics 38
3.3 Newton’s laws 48
4.1 Overview of energy storage within key tissues of the
human body 73
4.2 Typical sporting activities and their metabolic substrate supply 82
5.1 The chronic adaptations to regular endurance training are
reflected in these changes in function that would be expected
at rest and during submaximal (i.e. at the same absolute
submaximal work rate) and maximal exercise 113
6.1 Major hormones of the endocrine system 120
7.1 Examples of common simple and complex CHOs which athletes
are likely to consume in their daily diet 144
7.2 Overview of common CHO foods ranked according to their
GI rating 145
7.3 Likely daily CHO requirements for athletes based on duration
and intensity of training demands 146
7.4 Example of a CHO loading meal plan providing 8 g.kg-1 body
mass for a 75 kg athlete (600 g) 147
7.5 Examples of pre-exercise CHO meals providing approximately
2 g.kg-1 body mass for a 75 kg athlete 148
7.6 Example of post-exercise CHO snacks providing approximately
1.2 g.kg-1 body mass for a 75 kg athlete, which would be considered
appropriate to maximise short-term muscle glycogen re-synthesis 150
7.7 Essential and non-essential amino acids 151
7.8 Protein requirements of sedentary individuals and athletes 153
7.9 Examples of common protein-containing foods 154
7.10 Typical foods containing the essential fatty acids omega 3 and
omega 6 156
7.11 Major fat-soluble vitamins, their physiological role, typical food
sources, the likelihood of deficiency in athletes, and RNI for
non-pregnant adults 162
7.12 Major water-soluble vitamins, their physiological role,
typical food sources, the likelihood of deficiency in athletes,
and RNI for non-pregnant adults 164
 Tables xxiii
7.13 Common minerals that athletes may be deficient in, their
physiological role and typical food sources 165
7.14 Summary of the major non-prohibited supplements used
by athletes 168
7.15 Potential strategy to incorporate the train-low, compete-high
model to the weekly training and playing schedule of the team
sports athlete who has a competition every seven days 171
8.1 Tactical modelling procedure for establishing special endurance
training criteria 190
8.2 Classic methods for special endurance development 191
8.3 Motor skill objectives targeted for instruction by grade and
goal area 193
9.1 Interpretation and training prescription for four players with
different results on the reactive agility test 210
10.1 Summary of English Institute of Sport S&C screening menu 226
11.1 Some of the main factors influencing the development of strength
and power 237
12.1 The power outputs of different exercises 275
12.2 The derivative or partial movements of the full ‘Olympic’ lifts 294
13.1 Plyometric aims and rationale through a training year 322
14.1 Stride length and stride rate as multifactorial outcomes 345
14.2 Common problems and examples of possible outcomes of analysis
with associated interventions 352
14.3 Common specific sprint practices 355
14.4 Fundamental movement types 362
15.1 Typical weekly training programme for an elite marathon runner 384
17.1 Goals of periodisation 406
17.2 Classic mesocycle classifications 416
17.3 Classification of preparatory microcycles 421
17.4 Classification of competitive microcycles 422
17.5 Compatible training factors 424
17.6 Steps in crafting the multi-year plan 433
17.7 Annual training plan design steps 434
17.8 Action steps for designing macrocycles 442
17.9 Action steps for designing mesocycles 442
17.10 Action steps for designing microcycles 442
19.1 Modifiable risk factors associated with paediatric strength and
conditioning injuries 487
19.2 Potential benefits of paediatric strength and conditioning 491
19.3 General paediatric strength and conditioning guidelines 494
20.1 Sports and their representative categories (Summer Games) 508
20.2 Sports and their representative categories (Winter Games) 508
20.3 Categorisation of the effects of cerebral palsy 508
21.1 Cooling strategies 521
21.2 Symptoms of heatstroke 524
21.3 Selected altitude training venues 527
21.4 Wind chill chart: effect of increasing wind speed on degree of
cooling at different ambient temperatures 531
xxiv Tables
21.5 Common medical conditions affecting ability to dive 533
22.1 Programme analysis checklist 537
22.2 Facility plan and development checklist 540
22.3 Programme manual content 545
22.4 Risk management items 546
23.1 Prehab glute programme performed twice per week before
training 557
23.2 Squad injury prevention warm-up strategy 558
23.3 Prehab hamstring programme following hamstring injury
(performed twice per week) 559
23.4 Criteria for on-field physiological training of football players 560
23.5 Example leg strength programme for a senior player 560
23.6 Example leg power programme for a senior player 561
23.7 Example training scenario for a player during one match
per week 562
23.8 Example training scenario for a player during two matches
per week 562
24.1 Duration of innings, number of balls faced, and number of ones,
twos, threes, fours and sixes for Test and one-day international
50 and 100 runs 566
24.2 Movement category distance by playing position and game format 569
24.3 Movement variables by playing position and game format 570
24.4 Benchmark fitness test scores and typical elite values for senior men 570
25.1 Summary of effectiveness of golf training studies 582
25.2 Description of exercises used in eight-week training programme
for recreational golfers 582
25.3 The exercise routine completed by golfers in the study 583
25.4 Profile of John 586
25.5 Three-week exercise prescription for John 586
26.1 Strength to bodyweight factors for men 592
26.2 Strength to bodyweight factors for women 592
26.3 Mean power goals for 250 m ergometer sprint 592
26.4 Athlete profile 593
26.5 Typical hypertrophy programme 595
26.6 Conditioning programme during hypertrophy block 595
26.7 Tolerance to high-load strength training 596
26.8 Maximum strength session 596
26.9 Upper body focus strength session 597
26.10 Power focus training session 597
26.11 Athlete profile review 598
27.1 Physical qualities and assessment markers for hockey 602
28.1 Field test 618
28.2 Three-phase macro-cycle plan 619
28.3 Training frequency, duration, volume load and volume 620
28.4 Phase II strength and power week training 621
29.1 Typical physical limitations in tennis players 628
29.2 Player profile 628
29.3 Gym session for block 1 631
 Tables xxv
29.4 Conditioning session 631
29.5 Medicine ball throw session 633
29.6 Footwork/agility session 633
29.7 Fitness testing comparison April to August 640
30.1 Overview of training year 644
30.2 Example session for an athlete with a good strength training
history in the general preparation period 645
30.3 Sample session for an academy sprint athlete who needs to
improve maximum strength 645
31.1 Exercises to be used in block 1 of macrocycle 1 648
31.2 Exercises to be used in blocks 2 to 5 of macrocycle 1 649
31.3 Sets and repetitions representing the volume load for blocks
2 to 5 of macrocycle 1 649
31.4 Macrocycle 2 set and repetition scheme 651
31.5 Exercises to be used in the power phase of training 652
31.6 The throwing schedule during macrocycle 2 652
Boxes

3.1 Rate of change 37

3.2 Is a jump a jump? Squat, countermovement and depth jumps
differentiating athletes 39
3.3 Integration 42
3.4 Biomechanical analysis of a power clean (1): work–energy
considerations 44
3.5 Force–time analysis of the squat jump 46
3.6 Biomechanical analysis of a power clean (2): force–time
considerations 47
3.7 Free body analysis for the coach 51
3.8 Angular motion 53
9.1 Testing general and specific qualities 202
9.2 Reducing variability 202
9.3 Evaluating validity 203
9.4 Obtaining typical error data 204
9.5 Considerations in test selection 205
10.1 Practical recommendations for robust delivery of movement-based
assessments 225
21.1 Athlete’s perspective: using an altitude tent 528
Contributors

Ian Jeffreys, PhD, ASCC, RSCC*E, CSCS*D, FNSCA, FUKSA Ian is an internationally
renowned coach, educator and author. He is a Reader in Strength and Conditioning at the
University of South Wales, UK, where he coordinates all of the University’s strength and
conditioning activities, as well as managing the strength and conditioning programmes
for Cardiff City Football Club’s Academy performance development programme. He is
a Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist (CSCS) and Certified Personal Trainer
(NSCA-CPT) with the National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA), and has
been re-certified with Distinction (*D) in both categories. He was the NSCA’s High School
Professional of the Year in 2006, was awarded a Fellowship by the NSCA in 2009, and
in 2015 was awarded the Emeritus Registered Strength and Conditioning Coach status
(RSCC*E). He is a founder member of the UK Strength and Conditioning Association
(UKSCA), and was a member of the Board of Directors from the organisation’s inception in
2004 through to 2013. In 2015 he was awarded an Honorary Fellowship by the UKSCA. He
has authored five books: Total Soccer Fitness, Coaches’ Guide to Enhancing Recovery in Athletes:
A Multidimensional Approach to Developing a ‘Performance Lifestyle’ and Developing Gamespeed,
published by Coaches Choice, and Developing Speed and Soccer Speed, published by Human
Kinetics. He is the Editor of the UKSCA journal, Professional Strength and Conditioning, and
is on the Editorial Board for the NSCA’s Strength and Conditioning Journal and the Journal of
Australian Strength and Conditioning.
Jeremy Moody, PhD, ASCC, CSCS Jeremy is a Senior Lecturer in Strength and
Conditioning and Programme Director for the MSc in Strength and Conditioning at Cardiff
Metropolitan University, UK, teaching across both the undergraduate and the postgraduate
schemes in strength and conditioning. He is a frequent national and international speaker
in the fields of strength and conditioning and elite sport performance management. His
experience extends across many able-bodied and disability sports, and he has worked with
many successful athletes at the Commonwealth, European, World, Olympic and Paralympic
levels of competition as well as with many youth and developing athletes. His industry-based
roles have included Regional Lead at the English Institute of Sport, Performance Manager at
UK Athletics, Performance Director for the Great Britain Wheelchair Rugby Association,
and Performance Director and Chief Operations Officer at Welsh Judo. He has provided
consultancy to Sport Wales, Sport England, UK Sport, various national governing bodies,
and professional sports teams. A member of the UKSCA Board of Directors on a number of
occasions and Chairman between 2010 and 2012, he was one of the inaugural group to estab-
lish the current UKSCA accreditation procedure (ASCC).
Huw Bevan, PhD Huw is a former professional rugby player for Bridgend, Cardiff and
Swansea, Huw is currently Performance Manager for the Newport Gwent Dragons. Prior to
that he was the Lead Strength and Conditioning Coach for the England Cricket Team, with
xxviii Contributors
whom he enjoyed a very successful six-year period when they became world number one in
all three formats, as well as T20 World Champions, and won three Ashes series. He also has
extensive experience in rugby, having worked with Ospreys from 2003 until 2008 and previ-
ously with Bridgend, Cardiff and Wales Under 21s as Head of Strength and Conditioning. A
former teacher of physical education, he has a degree in human movement studies from the
University of Wales Institute, Cardiff (UWIC), is a Welsh Rugby Union Level 4 Coach and
has a PhD from Swansea University based on power development in rugby players.
Raphael Brandon, PhD, ASCC Raph is Director of Performance Solutions at the English
Institute of Sport (EIS). Previous to this he was Head of Strength and Conditioning at the EIS,
including leading the delivery of strength and conditioning to the highly successful London
Olympics. Here he oversaw a team of over 40 coaches delivering to the majority of Olympic
and Paralympic sports. He is responsible for developing the knowledge and quality of the
strength and conditioning team and service. As well as extensive experience in technical
leadership and working with UK athletics through the EIS, he has worked with a wide range
of sports privately, including football and tennis, and also ran his own sport science and
fitness business based in London.
Clive Brewer, MSc, ASCC, CSCS Clive was formerly the Head Strength and Conditioning
Coach for the Widnes Vikings rugby league club. He is also the Lead Strength and
Conditioning Coach for Liverpool Ladies Football Club (Super League champions in 2013
and 2014), and the Human Performance Lead for Scotland Rugby League. He has previously
held national lead roles such as the Head of Human Performance (sports science, medicine,
athletic preparation and research) with the Rugby Football League, and the National Lead
for athlete development programmes for sportscotland. Since 2000 he has been a Strength
and Conditioning Facility Manager at the Wimbledon tennis championships, and sits as
part of the championships’ sports medicine committee. He is a former Chairman of the
Interdisciplinary Section of the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES),
and a former Vice-Chair of the UK Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA). He
is also the International Association of Athletics Federations’ Strength and Conditioning
Editor, having formerly been the first strength and conditioning national coach with Scottish
Athletics. An internationally published author in academic and coaching journals, he has
written two books on strength and conditioning methods. A Visiting Lecturer at Reykjavik
University, Iceland, he has given keynote presentations at conferences worldwide (includ-
ing the International Science in Rugby Conference, Pre-Olympic Congress, USOC National
Coaches Conference, the European Strength and Conditioning Conference, the National
Strength and Conditioning Association National Conference and the European Association
of Athletics Coaches Conference).
Daniel J. Cleather, PhD, FHEA Dan is a Senior Lecturer in Strength and Conditioning at
St Mary’s University, Twickenham, UK, where he is module convenor for four modules on
the MSc in strength and conditioning. Prior to academia, he spent six years as a Strength and
Conditioning Coach with the English Institute of Sport. In addition, he was a Board member of
the UK Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA) from 2005 to 2009 and is currently
a column editor for the UKSCA journal, Professional Strength and Conditioning. His research is
focused on using computer modelling technology to understand the mechanics of human and
animal movement. He has authored over 25 peer-reviewed articles in bioengineering, biome-
chanics and strength and conditioning.
Graeme L. Close, PhD, ASCC Graeme is a Reader in Applied Physiology and Sport
Nutrition at Liverpool John Moores University, where he is the Programme Lead for the
 Contributors xxix
MSc in sport nutrition. His research is focused upon vitamin D, applied nutrition in elite
sport, and sarcopenia. He is accredited with the UK Strength and Conditioning Association,
the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences, and Sport and Exercise Nutrition
(SENr), as well serving on the SENr Executive Board. He is the Expert Nutrition Consultant
to England Rugby and the Lead Nutritionist for British Ski and Snowboard, and works with
European and US tour golfers. Prior to his academic studies, he was a professional rugby
league player.
Dave Collins, PhD Dave is currently Chair and Director of the Institute of Coaching and
Performance at the University of Central Lancashire and Director of Grey Matters Consultants.
He is a Chartered Psychologist, Registered Supervisor (RAPS) and Associate Fellow of the
British Psychological Society, a Registered Practitioner with the Health and Care Professions
Council (HCPC) and a Chartered Scientist. He is a Fellow of the British Association of Sport
and Exercise Sciences and holds a High Performance Sport Accreditation as a Sport Scientist.
He was also elected a founding Fellow of the Society of Martial Arts. He has written over 130
peer-reviewed publications and over 40 books and book chapters. He has worked in various
roles within high-performance sport since 1985, attending eight Olympics and over 40 World
Championships with various sports. Previously, as Performance Director of UK Athletics, he
directed the programme which took the team from 24th to 5th (World then Olympic), 21st
to 3rd (World Indoors) and 12th to 1st (European Team). He has worked with over 60 World
or Olympic medallists, as well as professional sports teams, dancers, musicians, and executives
in business and public service. He is currently a performance consultant with a variety of pro-
fessional sports organisations, including British Ski and Snowboard, the Chelsea Football Club
Academy, and Motor Sports Team UK. He has provided consultancy around the world, includ-
ing Fiji, Japan, Singapore, Canada and the USA, and to various national sports bodies in Europe.
He has coached rugby to national level, including visiting coaching posts in the USA and Japan.
Prue Cormie, PhD, CSCS Prue is a Senior Research Fellow and an Accredited Exercise
Physiologist, whose research and clinical work focus on the role of exercise in the man-
agement of cancer. She has over 50 refereed publications, five scholarly book chapters or
monographs, 88 refereed conference proceedings, 16 invited conference presentations (five
keynote) and over $2.5 million in competitive research grant funding. She has produced
influential research exploring the efficacy of exercise in counteracting adverse side effects
experienced by people with cancer and especially men with prostate cancer.
Fred J. DiMenna, PhD Fred is an Adjunct Assistant Professor of Movement Science and
Education at Teachers College, Columbia University, New York. He earned his PhD in exer-
cise physiology at the University of Exeter, UK, in 2010 under the supervision of Professor
Andrew Jones. He is Section Editor (Exercise Physiology) of BMC Sports Science, Medicine and
Rehabilitation and serves as an Editorial Board member of Sports and Exercise Medicine.
Martin Evans, BSc, PGDip, ASCC Martin is a Senior Strength and Conditioning Coach
for the English Institute of Sport, currently leading the strength and conditioning services to
British Cycling, a post which he has occupied since 2012. Before this, he was a Strength and
Conditioning Coach for Sport Wales, where he delivered strength and conditioning services
to athletes in a number of sports, including cycling, triathlon, athletics, swimming and com-
bat sports. He started his career in strength and conditioning in rugby, working with various
teams and age groups in the Cardiff Blues region.
Avery D. Faigenbaum, EdD, FACSM, FNSCA Avery is a Full Professor in the Department
of Health and Exercise Science at the College of New Jersey, USA. His research interests
xxx Contributors
focus on paediatric exercise science, physical education and preventive medicine. He has
co-authored over 200 peer-reviewed publications, 40 book chapters and ten books, including
Youth Strength Training, Strength and Power for Young Athletes and Progressive Plyometrics for Kids.
He is a Fellow of the American College of Sports Medicine and of the National Strength and
Conditioning Association. He serves as an Associate Editor of Pediatric Exercise Science and the
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research.
Mike Favre, MSc, CSCS Mike is the Director of Olympic Sports Strength and Conditioning
at the University of Michigan, where he oversees the physical development for over 30
sports programmes. All areas of long-and short-term planning or periodisation, testing,
education and physical preparation within the Olympic Sports Department fall under his
direction. Previously, he was with the United States Olympic Committee as a Strength and
Conditioning Coach and Physiologist for over five years, where his chief responsibilities
included wrestling, judo and taekwondo. He has also presented and published at the national
and international level. His 18 years of experience include collegiate, professional and elite
international coaching positions. He was the 2011 recipient of the National Strength and
Conditioning Association’s College Strength and Conditioning Coach of the Year Award.
Duncan N. French, PhD, ASCC, CSCS Duncan is recognised as a leading practitioner in
the field of strength and conditioning. He is the Technical Lead for Strength and Conditioning
at the English Institute of Sport in the North-West Region. Since 2004, he has acted as the
National Lead for Strength and Conditioning to both Great Britain Taekwondo and Great
Britain Basketball’s Olympic programmes; he has also coached Olympic, World Championship
and Commonwealth Games medallists from a variety of sporting disciplines. For three sea-
sons from 2009 to 2012, he was the Head of Strength and Conditioning at Newcastle United
Football Club in the Barclays English Premier League. He gained his PhD in exercise physi-
ology from the University of Connecticut, USA. He is a Senior Lecturer at Northumbria
University, with research interests in neuroendocrine responses to resistance training and
muscle physiology. He sat on the UK Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA) Board
of Directors from 2008 to 2013, and was Chair of the association from 2011 to 2013.
Tim J. Gabbett, PhD Tim has 20 years’ experience working as an applied sport scientist
with athletes and coaches from a wide range of sports. He holds a PhD in human physiol-
ogy (2000) and has completed a second PhD in the applied science of professional football
(2011), with special reference to physical demands, injury prevention and skill acquisition.
He has worked with elite international athletes over several Commonwealth Games (2002
and 2006) and Olympic Games (2000, 2004 and 2008) cycles. He continues to work as a
sport science and coaching consultant for several high-performance teams around the world.
He has published over 150 peer-reviewed articles and has presented at over 100 national and
international conferences. He is committed to performing world-leading research that can be
applied in the ‘real world’ to benefit high-performance coaches and athletes.
Jon E. Goodwin, MSc, FHEA, CSCS, ASCC Jon is Programme Director of the MSc in
Strength and Conditioning at St Mary’s University in Twickenham, London. He developed
the first BSc specialist programme in strength and conditioning in 2006 prior to validating
the distance learning MSc in 2008. He was a UK Strength and Conditioning Association
(UKSCA) Board member from 2006 to 2008 and is a current member of the Editorial Board
for the association’s journal. A UKSCA tutor since 2006 and British Weightlifting tutor since
2012, he was awarded the 2013 Strength and Conditioning Coach of the Year for Education
by the UKSCA. His research interests are in limits to maximum velocity sprinting, and he has
 Contributors xxxi
delivered several keynote presentations on this topic in addition to consultancy to national
governing bodies and professional sports teams. He has been coaching since 2000, and his
interests lie most substantially in speed and agility coaching, weightlifting and skill acquisition.
G. Gregory Haff, PhD, CSCS*D, ASCC, FNSCA Greg is a Senior Lecturer and the
Course Coordinator for the Master of Science in exercise science (strength and condition-
ing) at Edith Cowan University in Joondalup, Western Australia. He is the President of the
National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA). In 2014, he was named the UK
Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA) Strength and Conditioning Coach of the
Year for education and research. Additionally, in 2011 he was awarded the NSCA’s William
J. Kraemer Outstanding Sport Scientist Award in recognition of his research and efforts in
sports science. His research efforts were first recognised in 2001 when the NSCA recog-
nised him as the Young Investigator of the Year. He is a founding Fellow of the NSCA and
served as the organisation’s Vice-President from 2009 to 2010. He is an accredited National-
Level Weightlifting Coach with the United States Weightlifting Federation and the Australian
Weightlifting Federation. He has served as a strength and conditioning consultant for several
high school sports, professional teams, collegiate teams, cyclists, track athletes and soccer
athletes. Finally, he is a UKSCA Accredited Strength and Conditioning Coach.
Liam Hennessy, BA, MSc, PhD, FRAMI Liam is Director of Setanta College, an online
coach education college specialising in strength and conditioning education and providing edu-
cation support to several sporting bodies. Previously he was the Chief Exercise Physiologist to
the Ireland Olympic Team and for ten years was also Director of Fitness with the Irish Rugby
Football Union (IRFU), where he set up the IRFU’s long-term performance and develop-
ment system. He is also Fitness Coach to three-time Major winner Padraig Harrington, hav-
ing worked with Padraig for 20 years. He sits on the Titleist Performance Institute Advisory
Board. He has coached athletes and players in several sporting disciplines up to Olympic and
World Championship level. He has delivered numerous keynote presentations and coaching
workshops internationally and provides consultancy to many international sporting groups.
His current research interests include recovery and workload in sport, as well as the impact
of micro recovery strategies on performance.
Andy Hudson, MSc, ASCC Andy is the Head of Physical Preparation for GB and England
Hockey and is employed by the English Institute of Sport as a Senior Strength and Conditioning
Coach. He runs the strength and conditioning and sports science programmes for the senior
Great Britain teams and oversees the physical preparation of the national development path-
way. He has worked within the national hockey programme since 2007 and has provided
strength and conditioning support for athletes from a range of international-level Olympic,
non-Olympic and Paralympic sports since 2003. He is a graduate of Brunel University in
West London and is accredited with the National Strength and Conditioning Association
(NSCA) and UK Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA). He has also worked with
UK Athletics sprint groups and previously ran the strength and conditioning programme for
the England Netball Team. He has presented at the NSCA, UKSCA and Football Association
conferences and continues to develop his knowledge and skills within running-based sports.
Mark Jarvis, MSc, ASCC Mark has been working as an elite strength and condition-
ing coach since 2002. Through his work as the Senior Strength and Conditioning Coach
for the English Institute of Sport across the Midlands he has worked with a vast array of
British athletes across the Olympic sports. This has included medallists at the Beijing 2008
and London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games. He has also applied his knowledge in
xxxii Contributors
professional sport through work in both the Scottish and the English Premier Leagues,
working with the first-team squads of Hearts Football Club and West Bromwich Albion
Football Club respectively. He is currently developing his expertise in plyometric training
through research towards a PhD. He also has a published book, Strength and Conditioning for
Triathlon: The 4th Discipline.
Andrew M. Jones, PhD Andrew is Professor of Applied Physiology at the University of
Exeter, UK, where he is Head of Sport and Health Sciences. He is internationally recognised
for his expertise in the following areas: 1) control of, and limitations to, skeletal muscle
oxidative metabolism; 2) causes of exercise intolerance in health and disease; 3) respiratory
physiology, particularly the kinetics of pulmonary gas exchange and ventilation during and
following exercise; and 4) sports performance physiology, particularly in relation to endur-
ance athletics. He has authored more than 220 original research and review articles and is co-
editor of three books. He is a Fellow of the American College of Sports Medicine, the British
Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences, and the European College of Sport Science. He
is Editor-in-Chief of the European Journal of Sport Science and serves on the Editorial Board
of nine other international journals in sports medicine and exercise science. He acted as
Consultant Physiologist to UK Athletics for many years, and he is presently Special Advisor
(Endurance Sports) for the English Institute of Sport.
Hugh Lamont, PhD, CSCS Hugh is Assistant Professor of Exercise Science at California
Lutheran University. Prior to this he worked as an Assistant Professor of Exercise Science
at the University of Mississippi for four years (Autumn 2006 to Summer 2010), and for
two years as an Assistant Professor of Sport and Exercise Science at East Tennessee State
University (Autumn 2010 to Summer 2012). His main areas of expertise are applied neu-
romuscular physiology, strength and conditioning, and assessment of human performance.
Jeni R. McNeal, PhD, CSCS Jeni is a Professor in Exercise Science at Eastern Washington
University. She is the Lead Strength and Conditioning Consultant for USA Diving, conduct-
ing research, training and performance testing, as well as providing coaches’ education. She
has worked with USA Diving for 12 years and three Olympiads. She also served as the Vice-
Chair of Research for the US Elite Coaches Association for Women’s Gymnastics for ten
years. Her primary research focus is on performance aspects of acrobatic sports, including
stretching, strength and power, growth and development, and biomechanics. She has pub-
lished over 50 articles in peer-reviewed journals and conference proceedings on these topics.
James P. Morton, PhD James is a Reader in Exercise Metabolism and Nutrition within the
School of Sport and Exercise Sciences, Liverpool John Moores University. He has published
over 70 research papers in the areas of sport physiology and nutrition, co-authored the first
full-colour exercise biochemistry textbook, Biochemistry for Sport and Exercise Metabolism, and
written numerous book chapters related to exercise metabolism and sports nutrition. He also
provides consultancy support in both sports nutrition and sports training. He is the current
Sports Nutritionist to Liverpool Football Club, Team Sky and a range of professional box-
ers. He is the Academic Advisor to Science in Sport (SiS), is a member of the Performance
Nutrition Advisory Group to the Football Association (FA) and directs nutrition-related
research projects for the English Institute of Sport (EIS).
Fernando Naclerio, PhD, CSCS, CISSN Fernando is a Principal Lecturer in Strength
Training and Sport Nutrition at the University of Greenwich, UK, where he leads the MSc
in strength and conditioning and also coordinates the physiology courses of the sport sciences
degree. He is a Board member of the Paediatric Exercise Science Journal and several Spanish
 Contributors xxxiii
scientific international journals. He has authored five books, as well as numerous book
chapters and peer-reviewed articles. He is a habitual visiting lecturer and keynote speaker in
several universities and at international conferences. He has broad experience as a physical
conditioning coach in several sports, with a specific focus in fighting and team sports.
Charles Pedlar, MSc, PhD Charlie is a British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences
(BASES) accredited Sport and Exercise Scientist (Physiology) and a Reader of Applied Sport
and Exercise Science at St Mary’s University, Twickenham, UK, where he is Director of
Research in the School of Sport, Health and Applied Science. He is Lead Physiologist and
Special Projects Manager at ORRECO Ltd, a company delivering biomarker analytics ser-
vices to professional and Olympic athletes globally. He has over 14 years of experience
working with athletes at this level (at the English Institute of Sport, ORRECO and the St
Mary’s Clinic), and has travelled extensively with teams to altitude and warm-weather train-
ing camps around the world. He is a well-published author in the field of athlete health and
performance, including sleep, altitude, iron status and endurance.
Steven S. Plisk, MSc, CSCS Steve is one of America’s most respected strength and condi-
tioning coaches. His strength and conditioning experience includes work at the US Olympic
Training Center, Yale University, the University of Memphis, James Madison University,
Dartmouth College, Austin Peay State University and the University of Colorado. A native
of Orchard Park, New York, he is a 1987 graduate of SUNY–Buffalo with a BS in sport and
exercise science, and received his MS in kinesiology from the University of Colorado in
1990. He is a Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist through the National Strength
and Conditioning Association (NSCA), and a Level 1 Coach through USA Weightlifting. He
is a former member of the Board of Directors of the National Strength and Conditioning
Association (NSCA), was on the faculty of the NSCA Coaches’ College, and was an Associate
Editor of the Strength and Conditioning Journal. He has recently retired from the industry and
moved on to Act Two.
William A. Sands, PhD, CSCS William is a sport scientist, trained in exercise physiol-
ogy and biomechanics. He is an Associate Member of Sheffield Hallam University’s Centre
for Sport and Exercise Science and a former professor at East Tennessee State University.
He recently served as the National Director of Education for the National Strength and
Conditioning Association in Colorado Springs, CO. He has served as the Director of the
Monfort Family Human Performance Research Laboratory at Colorado Mesa University. At
the US Olympic Committee in Colorado Springs, he was Recovery Center Leader, Head of
Sport Biomechanics, and Engineering and Senior Physiologist. He has over 40 years of expe-
rience in Olympic sports. He has served as an associate professor at the University of Utah’s
Department of Exercise and Sport Science and Co-Director of the Motor Behavior Research
Laboratory with adjunct appointments in bioengineering and physical therapy. He was the
Department Chair of Exercise Science and Sports Medicine at California Lutheran University
and Director of the Human Performance Laboratory. Other positions include: Director of
Research and Development for USA Gymnastics, Scientific Committee of the International
Gymnastics Federation, and Chair of the United States Elite Coaches Association for Women’s
Gymnastics. He has written 11 books and over 25 book chapters, received over $0.25 million
in grants and contracts, published over 300 articles on sport performance and received over
35 professional awards. He is a Fellow of the American College of Sports Medicine, is certi-
fied as an Athlete Recovery Specialist, Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) and Wilderness
EMT, and has several certifications in emergency communications, emergency medicine,
and search and rescue. He is a former All-American, MVP, Co-Captain, and NAIA Gymnast
xxxiv Contributors
of the Year. He was also a World Championship coach in gymnastics and produced several
Olympians, more than a dozen national team members, and several World Championship
Team members.
Jeremy M. Sheppard, PhD, CSCS Jeremy is a Senior Lecturer in Strength and Conditioning
at Edith Cowan University, where he is contracted by Surfing Australia as Head of Athletic
Development and Sport Science. Prior to this recent appointment, he was Strength and
Conditioning Coach and Senior Strength Scientist with the Queensland Academy of Sport,
the Australian Institute of Sport, the Canadian Sports Centre, and national teams and athletes
from Canada, the USA and Europe, and in the National Football League and National Rugby
League. He is a Master Coach with the Australian Strength and Conditioning Association. He
has published numerous research articles on speed, agility and vertical jump training.
Narelle Sibte, MSc, ASCC Narelle has worked with World and Olympic medallists in
12 different sports, having previously worked at the Australian and English Institutes of
Sport. She has specialised in tennis for six years whilst working as National Strength and
Conditioning Manager at the Lawn Tennis Association (LTA) and then Tennis Australia
(TA). Her particular areas of interest include strength and power development and solving
problems of movement inefficiency. Her current projects are assisting Sam Stosur and the
Fed Cup team in their physical development and devising a long-term athlete development
(LTAD) plan for her son Lachlan.
Meg Stone, ASCC, CSCS, FNSCA Meg is the Director of the Center of Excellence for Sport
Science and Coach Education at East Tennessee State University (ETSU). She is also Director
of the Sports Performance Enhancement Consortium and Assistant Track Coach at ETSU.
She holds the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) collegiate records in shot and
discus and was a two-time Olympian in the discus for Great Britain. She also won a gold medal
in the 1982 Commonwealth Games. After an illustrious career in track and field, Meg took
the position of Head Strength and Conditioning Coach at the University of Arizona to become
the first ever female Head Strength and Conditioning Coach at a Division 1 football-playing
institution. She was one of four recipients of the first ever Legend in the Field of Strength
and Conditioning award, which was voted on by the Collegiate Strength and Conditioning
Coaches Association (CSCCa). She coached track and field at Appalachian State University
and, in 1999, returned to her native Scotland to become the National Track and Field Coach –
the first woman in Europe to hold a national coaching position. She has coached several
international-level athletes, including four Olympians, in both the United States and Great
Britain, as well as performers.
Michael H. Stone, PhD, CSCS, FNSCA Mike is internationally recognised and considered
one of the leading minds in research in the field of sport science. Now at East Tennessee State
University (ETSU), he has served as the Director of the Exercise and Sports Science Lab
since August 2005. He helped establish the Center of Excellence for Sport Science and Coach
Education in October 2008. He has also helped to implement the first sport physiology and
performance PhD programme in the USA at ETSU. During his more-than-35-year academic
career, he has been on the faculty at five different universities around the world and has
seen his work published more than 150 times. Additionally, he has served in multiple posi-
tions with the United States Olympic Committee and as the Head Strength and Conditioning
Coach at Louisiana State University and Auburn University. He has coached several international-
and national-level weightlifters – including one Olympian – and throwers in both the United
States and Great Britain. He continues to provide consultancy to several professional and
 Contributors xxxv
collegiate teams concerning their strength and conditioning programmes. He was
recognised as the recipient of the ETSU Award for Distinguished Research Faculty in 2008.
He is a Fellow of the UK Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA) and National
Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) and is UKSCA certified (ASCC). In 1991, the
NSCA named him the Sports Scientist of the Year. Nine years later the NSCA honoured him
with the Lifetime Achievement Award.
John H. Taylor, MSc, CSCS John is one of the most respected college strength and con-
ditioning coaches in the US. He has recently retired after over 25 years’ service at New
Mexico State University, where he oversaw the strength and conditioning provision. He was
a former Board member of the National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) and
won the NSCA College Strength and Conditioning Coach of the Year Award in 2001.
Gary J. Walker, PhD, CSCS Gary is a Senior Strength and Conditioning Coach at Manchester
United Football Club, which he joined during the 2007/08 season. His role involves identify-
ing players’ physical strengths and weaknesses and devising off-field conditioning programmes
to develop their robustness, strength and power in order to aid their on-field performance. He
is also responsible for the physical preparation of senior players prior to each training session
and match. He earned a degree in sports science at Loughborough University and completed a
PhD in exercise physiology from the same institution in 2006. He has presented at numerous
conferences, published research in peer-reviewed journals, co-authored book chapters and
produced educational material for the football coaching industry. He is an accredited Strength
and Conditioning Coach with the UK Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA)
and National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) and has earned the Football
Association’s Fitness Trainers Award.
Greg Whyte, PhD Greg is a Professor in Applied Sport and Exercise Science at Liverpool
John Moores University and a UK authority on exercise physiology, sports performance
and rehabilitation, which includes having extensive professional experience assessing,
treating and improving the performance of athletes and sporting enthusiasts ranging from
celebrities attempting their first mountain summit to gold medal-seeking Olympians. A
former modern pentathlete, Greg competed in two Olympic Games and has won European
bronze and World Championship silver medals. He is a Fellow of the British Association
of Sport and Exercise Sciences (FBASES) and of the American College of Sports Medicine
(FACSM) and was the Chairman of the charity Cardiac Risk in the Young (CRY) from
1999 to 2009. As one of the pre-eminent sport and exercise scientists nationally and inter-
nationally, he has worked as Consultant Physiologist in a large number of Olympic and
professional sports. Prior to his appointment at Liverpool John Moores University, he was
the Director of Science and Research at the English Institute of Sport (2004–06) and the
Director of Research for the British Olympic Association based at the Olympic Medical
Institute (2001–04). He has published over 200 peer-reviewed papers and eight books in
the area of sport and exercise science and medicine. He is well known for his involvement
in Comic Relief, where he has helped raise over £17 million for Comic Relief and Sport
Relief projects.
Alex Wolf, MSc, PGDip, BSc(Hon), ASCC Alex is the Head of Strength and Conditioning
for the English Institute of Sport (EIS), where he leads a team of over 60 strength and condi-
tioning coaches working with the majority of Olympic and Paralympic sports for Team GB.
He spent almost six years working with GB Rowing, including the preparation for London
2012, where the GB Rowing Team topped the medal table with their best ever medal haul.
xxxvi Contributors
He has spent over a decade working in elite and high-performance sports, working across
Olympic, Paralympic, Commonwealth and professional sports in the UK and internation-
ally through his roles at the EIS and his consultancy company Wolf Sports Performance.
He is currently completing his PhD in neuromuscular physiology and biomechanics at the
Biodynamics Laboratories of Imperial College, London.
Preface

Since the turn of the century there has been a rapid increase in the interest in strength and
conditioning in the United Kingdom. This realisation of the impact that strength and condi-
tioning has on athletic performance led to a growth in demand from sports for the provision
of effective strength and conditioning within a range of performance programmes. This, in
turn, led to an increased demand for strength and conditioning coaches. A challenge at that
time was the lack of an effective accreditation scheme within the UK by which practising
strength and conditioning coaches could be identified and suitably employed. This demand
for an accreditation led to the formation of the UK Strength and Conditioning Association
(UKSCA) in 2004, and the development of its accreditation process, which was rolled out in
2005. Today, this accreditation is widely acclaimed as the key identifier of competency for a
strength and conditioning coach working in the United Kingdom.
This text has been designed to address all elements of competency required for UKSCA
accreditation. As such, it reflects the fact that competency requires more than knowledge,
and requires key practical skills in critical areas of practice. Therefore, the theme running
through the whole text is that of applied practice, allied to a sound scientific basis. To this
end, the chapter authors represent some of the finest minds and applied practitioners in the
world of strength and conditioning.
The book is structured into five sections. Section 1 outlines the key requirement of
effective coaching for the execution of strength and conditioning. Section 2 looks at the key
scientific underpinnings of the training process. This has been designed to address the key
knowledge required to enable safe and effective design of training programmes. Section 3
addresses key elements of training programme design and application. This addresses the
entire strength and conditioning process from needs analysis, through athlete screening and
assessment, and into the design of programmes that address all of the key fitness parameters
of sport. Section 4 focuses on specialised topics within the field of strength and conditioning
such as recovery, facility design, and paediatric strength and conditioning.
Section 5 is a unique element of the book, where leading practitioners outline their
approach to the design and implementation of training programmes within their specialised
sports. These authors have worked with some of the world’s finest athletes, and at the highest
levels of the game, and their insights into the unique challenges that their sports provide and
the solutions that they have applied in their training will be of great benefit to readers.
Acknowledgements

The development of this text has been a long and taxing process, with numerous challenges
along the way. As editors we would like to extend our gratitude to key people without whom
the task would have been insurmountable.
Firstly thanks go to Simon Whitmore and Joshua Wells at Routledge. Your help and guidance
through the entire process from our selection as editors to the completion of the text have
been invaluable.
Special thanks need to go to our copy editor Helen Moss and permissions editor Liz
Williams. You were both key to getting the text in its finished format, and we are forever
grateful for your dedication and hard work throughout this process.
The quality of an edited text depends upon quality authors. The authors involved with
the text are an impressive array of respected experts in their field. As such, they have constant
demands on their time and energy, and we greatly appreciate that they were prepared
to dedicate themselves to writing such excellent chapters. Their willingness to share their
expertise is impressive and greatly valued. Additionally, their patience during the long
process of getting the book to print has been greatly appreciated.
On personal levels, Ian would like to thank his wife Catherine and son James. I thank you
for giving up so much to allow me to pursue my passion of coaching athletes. Your patience
and constant support are greatly appreciated, and were crucial in the completion of this
project. You are two very special people.

Permissions
The publishers would like to thank the following for their permission to reprint their material:
Figure 2.3: J.H. Wilmore et al., Physiology of Sport and Exercise (4th edn), 2008, reproduced with
permission from Human Kinetics Inc.
Figure 2.4: J.H. Wilmore et al., Physiology of Sport and Exercise (4th edn), 2008, reproduced with
permission from Human Kinetics Inc.
Figure 2.5: J.H. Wilmore et al., Physiology of Sport and Exercise (4th edn), 2008, reproduced with
permission from Human Kinetics Inc.
Figure 3.11: Robert Newton and William Kraemer, ‘Developing explosive muscular power:
Implications for a mixed methods training strategy’, Strength and Conditioning Journal, 16(5),
1994, reproduced with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc. Copyright © 1994
National Strength and Conditioning Association.
 Acknowledgements xxxix
Figure 4.1: Gustavo Nader, ‘Concurrent strength and endurance training: From molecules to
man’, Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 38(11), 2006, reproduced with permission from
Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc. Copyright © 2006 The American College of Sports Medicine.
Figure 4.6: M.J. Gibala, ‘Regulation of skeletal muscle amino acid metabolism during exercise’,
International Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 11, 2001, reproduced with permission
from Human Kinetics Inc. Copyright © 2003 CCC Republication.
Figure 4.8: Lawrence L. Spriet, ‘Regulation of substrate use during the marathon’, Sports
Medicine, 37(4), 2007, reproduced with permission from Springer. Copyright © 2007 Adis Data
Information BV.
Figure 4.16: Luc J.C. van Loon et al., ‘The effects of increasing exercise intensity on muscle fuel
utilisation in humans’, Journal of Physiology, 2004, reproduced with permission from John Wiley
& Sons. Copyright © 2004 John Wiley & Sons.
Figure 7.2: Crown copyright, produced and published by the FSA at cot.food.gov.uk, and
reprinted under the terms of the Open Government Licence (http://www.nationalarchives.gov.
uk/doc/open-government-licence/).
Table 7.11: Stuart M. Phillips, ‘Protein requirements and supplementation in strength sports’,
Nutrition, 20 (7–8), 2004, reproduced with permission from Elsevier. Copyright © 2004 Elsevier
Inc. All rights reserved.
Table 7.12: Stuart M. Phillips, ‘Protein requirements and supplementation in strength sports’,
Nutrition, 20 (7–8), 2004, reproduced with permission from Elsevier. Copyright © 2004 Elsevier
Inc. All rights reserved.
Table 7.13: Stuart M. Phillips, ‘Protein requirements and supplementation in strength sports’,
Nutrition, 20 (7–8), 2004, reproduced with permission from Elsevier. Copyright © 2004 Elsevier
Inc. All rights reserved.
Figure 8.2: Robert Newton and William Kraemer, ‘Developing explosive muscular power:
Implications for a mixed methods training strategy’, Strength and Conditioning Journal, 16(5),
1994, reproduced with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc. Copyright © 1994
National Strength and Conditioning Association.
Figure 8.3: Robert Newton and William Kraemer, ‘Developing explosive muscular power:
Implications for a mixed methods training strategy’, Strength and Conditioning Journal, 16(5),
1994, reproduced with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc. Copyright © 1994
National Strength and Conditioning Association.
Table 8.1: T.R. Baechle and R.W. Earle (eds), Essentials of Strength Training and Conditioning (3rd
edn), reproduced with permission from Human Kinetics Inc.
Table 8.3: Reprinted by permission of Waveland Press, Inc. from L.E. Kelly and V.J. Melograno,
2004, Developing the Physical Education Curriculum: An Achievement-Based Approach (Long Grove, IL:
Waveland Press, Inc.) © 2004 (reissued 2015). All rights reserved.
Table 9.1: T.J. Gabbett et al., ‘Speed, change of direction speed, and reactive agility of rugby
league players’, Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 22(1), 2008, reproduced with permis-
sion from Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc. Copyright © 2008 National Strength and Conditioning
Association.
xl Acknowledgements
Figure 17.3: J.R. Hoffman, 2012, NSCA’s Guide to Program Design, reproduced with permission
from Human Kinetics Inc.
Figure 17.5: J.R. Hoffman, 2012, NSCA’s Guide to Program Design, reproduced with permission
from Human Kinetics Inc.
Figure 17.6: J.R. Hoffman, 2012, NSCA’s Guide to Program Design, reproduced with permission
from Human Kinetics Inc.
Table 17.5: J.R. Hoffman, 2012, NSCA’s Guide to Program Design, reproduced with permission
from Human Kinetics Inc.
Figure 21.1: Russell Richardson, ‘Oxygen transport: Air to muscle cell’, Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 30(1), 1998, reproduced with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc.
Copyright © 1998 The American College of Sports Medicine.
Table 21.4: G. Whyte et al., 2005, ABC of Sport and Exercise Medicine (3rd edn), © 2005 Blackwell
Publishing Ltd, ISBN-10: 0 7279 1813 3, reproduced with permission from Wiley-Blackwell.
Table 21.5: G. Whyte et al., 2005, ABC of Sport and Exercise Medicine (3rd edn), © 2005 Blackwell
Publishing Ltd, ISBN-10: 0 7279 1813 3, reproduced with permission from Wiley-Blackwell.
Table 24.1: Rob Duffield and Eric J. Drinkwater, ‘Time–motion analysis of Test and one-day
international cricket centuries’, Journal of Sports Sciences, 26(5), 2008, reproduced with permission
from Taylor & Francis. Copyright © 2008 Routledge.
Table 24.2: C.J. Petersen et al., ‘Movement patterns in cricket vary by both position and game
format’, Journal of Sports Sciences, 28(1), 2010, reproduced with permission from Taylor &
Francis. Copyright © 2010 Routledge.
Table 24.3: C.J. Petersen et al., ‘Movement patterns in cricket vary by both position and game
format’, Journal of Sports Sciences, 28(1), 2010, reproduced with permission from Taylor &
Francis. Copyright © 2010 Routledge.
Table 25.2: Scott Lephart et al., ‘An eight-week golf-specific exercise program improves physical
characteristics, swing mechanics, and golf performance in recreational golfers’, Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 21(3), 2007, reproduced with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health,
Inc. Copyright © 2008 National Strength and Conditioning Association.
Table 25.3: Iain Fletcher and Matthew Hartwell, ‘Effect of an 8-week combined weights and
plyometrics training program on golf drive performance’, Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 18(1), 2004, reproduced with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc. Copyright
© 2008 National Strength and Conditioning Association.
Table 26.1: E. McNeely et al., ‘Strength and power goals for competitive rowers’, Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 27(3), 2005, reproduced with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc.
Copyright © 2005 National Strength and Conditioning Association.
Table 26.2: E. McNeely et al., ‘Strength and power goals for competitive rowers’, Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 27(3), 2005, reproduced with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc.
Copyright © 2005 National Strength and Conditioning Association.
 Acknowledgements xli
Publishers’ acknowledgement
The publishers would like to thank Pip Warters (www.acelensman.com, @ acelensman for
taking the photographs for the following figures: 3.4, 3.7, 3.8, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5,
12.9, 13.1, 13.9, 13.10, 13.11, 13.12, 13.13, 13.14, 13.15, 13.16, 13.17, 13.18, 13.19,
13.20, 13.21, 13.22, 13.23, 13.24, 13.25, 13.26, 14.1, 14.3, 14.4, 14.5, 14.6, 27.5, 29.4.
The publishers would also like to thank the MSc research students at Cardiff Metropolitan
University for their help with the book; all the contributing authors for their invaluable
contributions; and Ian and Jeremy for their remarkable dedication, hard work, patience and
expertise throughout the project.
This Page is Intentionally Left Blank
Section 1

Coaching
This Page is Intentionally Left Blank
1 Effective coaching in strength and
conditioning
The foundations of the profession
Dave Collins and Jeremy Moody

Learning objectives
Upon completion of this chapter you should be able to:
1. consider the role of a strength and conditioning coach;
2. consider how best you should work and think in order to make the best professional
decisions in your work.

1.1 Introduction
We would like to attempt a conceptualisation of some of the keys areas that are often
overlooked when we observe the discipline area of strength and conditioning (S&C) and,
perhaps more importantly, the process (and indeed processes) of the S&C coach. We would
suggest that S&C coaches across the continuum of development consider the following con-
tent as part of the role whilst digesting the fabulous information provided by such highly rated
applied professionals in the following chapters. Initially we would like to scope the role and
purpose of the S&C coach with regard to the dearth of information about contributory factors
that may affect this. It is a bold attempt to confirm the requirement of clarity and direction,
with a bundle of accountability concerns that accompany such expectations. The chapter also
explores how S&C coaches should work, the environments they work in, and the associated
challenges such environments will demand. Often overlooked are the ancillary knowledge
and the importance of the ‘soft’ skill set within the coaching sector; after all, the job title in
the majority of cases does mention the word ‘coach’. Finally, there is a closer inspection of
the thinking process(es) that may be required as part of the delineated role.

1.2 What is an S&C coach supposed to do?

Given the importance of role clarity for any job, and especially one which involves working
with people, this seems like a good place to start. Of course, there is a whole lot writ-
ten about the multiple roles inherent in generic sports coaching [10] and, consequently, the
equally wide range of knowledge sources on which the coach must draw [2]. Furthermore,
coaches certainly come from a very wide variety of backgrounds [9] and, whilst this diversity
is likely to be lower in S&C, and further decrease as the profession gets established, there are
clear advantages to identifying, gaining acceptance and publicising the core features of role,
4 Dave Collins and Jeremy Moody
knowledge and modus operandi. Lots of this is written elsewhere, however, so, rather than
get into discussion about the coach as expert, social worker, mentor and so on, it is worth
considering what similar and what different challenges the S&C coach will face.
Given that for the moment we consider the coach as what s/he does (rather than what s/he
thinks should be done), the answer to the question which titles this section often involves the
goodness of fit between the individual’s opinions and philosophies and what the job descrip-
tion specifies. Clearly, a lot of this ‘role specification’ should come from the employer, head
coach or whoever else is responsible for the post. Even when this specification seems to fit
with the S&C coach’s individual philosophy, however, it is all too easy for vagaries to cause
problems. Unsurprisingly, perhaps, lack of role clarity is a major issue in any organisation,
leading to underperformance, lack of recognition and general disharmony [4]. This situation
is potentially exacerbated by the pressures of performance demands, and further complicated
when the role is a new one and less understood (or perhaps less commonly understood) by other
members of the working team. Taken together, these factors can raise significant challenges
for the S&C coach, so working to clarify what is expected is almost never a waste of time.
This need for clarity can extend right from higher-order strategy (quite simply, what the
whole organisation is trying to achieve), through means of working, down to the ‘What will I get
from your input?’ questions focused on an individual’s contribution. At the higher levels, this is
best expressed as fitting in with the goals of the group, what Pedlar and colleagues term ‘being
on purpose’ [21]. More definite than often airy-fairy ‘mission statements’, discussion on ‘why
we are here’ helps all involved to pull in the same direction: often a common challenge when
egos get involved. So, for example, an S&C coach employed as part of an exercise-related health
programme would want to be clear on the inherent aspirations for the clients: functional ability
(doing the activities of daily life) is a commonly stated goal, but should providers (including the
S&C coach) be pushing for more of an improvement in function, confidence and aspiration? Or
should the programme work to keep people in their comfort zone, both physically and mentally?
Affinity with these sorts of ‘higher goals’ will be an important feature of coherent service, with
the S&C coach a central part of this – hence the need to get everyone on the same page.
At a lower level, role clarity issues pertain to how the S&C coach works, in particular where
responsibilities begin and end. As an example, consider the role of an S&C coach working with
a squad of athletes. Problems may start when athletics coaches and S&C coaches disagree about
the relative contribution each should make, a situation which may occur because physical con-
ditioning is considered to be a fundamental feature of the athletics coach’s contribution.
A similar clash, but with different people, occurs when the athlete gets injured. As s/he
rehabilitates, the athlete will be prescribed exercises by the physiotherapist; but when does
this responsibility pass to the S&C coach? In fact, we encountered both issues when working
with UK Athletics. The roles were eventually clarified (and a more effective, harmonious and
productive relationship was generated) by tackling the issue head on and thrashing out a set
of guidelines1 based around a signing-over process to mark the transfer of responsibility. Such
discussion is a good example of entering the ‘zone of uncomfortable debate’ (ZOUD) [3],
which is often essential in addressing silo mentality and developing sound and well-understood
working patterns, a notable feature of early-stage, interdisciplinary support teams.
At the final, lowest level, role clarity is often expressed by clear understanding of exactly
what each individual will offer. For S&C coaches, this may at first seem pretty obvious:
you’ll get stronger and fitter! It is not so simple, unfortunately, especially when one works
in a high-accountability environment such as a professional sports club or modern insti-
tute system. The bottom line for these organisations should be enhanced performance. In a
multidisciplinar­y support structure, however, managers may wish each disciplinary specialist
 Effective coaching in strength and conditioning 5
to be evidencing his or her unique contribution. In this case, the S&C coach is driven towards
performance data on specific exercises rather than the bottom-line performance which should
be the only indicator. In simple terms, if I have to keep demonstrating efficacy based only on
my bit of the performance pie, my emphasis will almost inevitably become disproportionate,
thereby inhibiting other areas. Adding to this problem, poor transfer from S&C exercise to
performance, for example bench press increases associated with decreased hand off perfor-
mance in rugby league [6], will just further exacerbate this problem as the S&C coach works
tirelessly to demonstrate improved exercise scores whilst simultaneously undermining the
bottom-line performance. It is important to recognise that this desire to contribute is not
just systemic but also a (usually) positive human trait. As a result, S&C coaches, just like
anyone else, want to feel that they have ‘done their bit’ for performance. Unfortunately,
unless roles are clearly expressed and understood, this can result in everyone on the support
team wanting to do their bit at the wrong time and place and in the wrong way. Overload for
performers in such circumstances is almost inevitable, and many recent athletes, teams and
tours may well have suffered from an overdose of well-intentioned ‘help’!
So, in summary, even though it may seem that the S&C coach’s role and purpose are
clearer than in many other professions, there is always a need to make sure that all are on the
same page. Add in the social pressures which will inevitably be brought to bear by variations
in expectation and the need to get everyone on the same page is hopefully clear.

1.3 How should the S&C coach work?

Aspects of the previous section clearly impact on this. In simple terms, it is all too easy for
discipline specialists to focus on their own part of the puzzle, demonstrating their success
but often through changes made independently, or even at the expense, of performance on
the primary task, be it sport, overall health or an improvement in functional behaviours
(older people performing normal life activities, for example). In a highly ‘objective outcome’
discipline, such as S&C, this trap is even easier to fall into, often because the evaluation of
the discipline contribution is easier than any other process measure. And there’s more; this
between discipline support picture can be further complicated by agendas running to differ-
ent time scales. In many cases, the ‘primary agenda’ may be located within other targets,
some of which can appear to be of greater importance. Longer-term development against
immediate success in talent athletes is a good example here. The bottom line is that, almost
irrespective of what domain the S&C coach works in, s/he will often face a complex com-
bination of often interlinked and un-delineated agendas. Of course, such problems are not
the sole preserve of S&C coaches. Both the challenges and the solutions we offer next are
common across coaching and the other support professions. Recognise this as we explore the
subtle but powerful techniques of nested thinking.
Today, nested thinking ideas are being developed and deployed in high-level coaching [1]
and performance psychology [15]. The idea that any of these professions entail multiple
goals is not new, nor is the idea that practitioners must juggle these different agendas to stay
ahead. In fact, this approach offers a way to conceptualise the typical challenges which such
work entails. A very simple example is seen whenever the S&C coach adjusts the workload
(sets, repetitions and so on) mid-session. Mostly, such adjustments are made with a weather
eye on other longer-term agendas such as staying injury free or maintaining confidence. As
with many such ideas, however, there are advantages to thinking through and stating these
‘higher purposes’ in an explicit fashion. Such a process is presented in Figure 1.1, based on a
hypothetica­l 19-year-old 400 m athlete.
 Level Objectives Timeline and activity

• Develop athlete into 1 Year 2 Years 3 Years 4 Years

world-class medal hope
Quadrennial
• Team place in 2012
• Top 8 finish in 2016

Consistency in training and competition

As above plus: September–December January–April May–June July–August

• Consistent training
pattern Staying with it Producing the Two targeted National trials
• Maintaining as loads quality at a events, with and world team
training/practice load increase consistent level reviewed and
• Ability to rationalise revised
Annual and learn from results schedules
• Confirmation of
racing style
• Confidence in systems
and coaching
• Ongoing physical
development

Building confidence through understanding

As above plus for example:

Week • Talk through planning
and debrief

Figure 1.1 An exemplar ‘nested’ planner for a 19-year-old 400 m runner

 Effective coaching in strength and conditioning 7
The point of making such things explicit is three-fold. First, the agendas can be critically
considered or ‘tested’ against others’ opinions. For example, the coach’s plan would be severely
compromised if the other members of the support team did not agree with the various goals.
Second, and following from such (hopeful) agreement, clear and open debate on how these
goals may best be met is facilitated. Given the levels of interaction which are clearly embedded
within the various goals, getting the team to pull in the same direction will be crucial. Finally,
and perhaps most controversially, such explicit statement also enables debate on the relative
weightings of the different levels. Certainly, our recent experiences of elite sport pathways
suggests that many will focus on the ‘here and now’, usually at the expense of longer-term
development [16]. Nor are such efforts only valid in sport settings; almost all of the current
positions filled by S&C coaches will benefit from an explicit consideration of nested goals.
The take-home message from this section should echo with some from the first. Taking
time to clarify exactly what is needed is an important aspect of work in inter-factor and
interdisciplinary environments, both of which characterise the current working challenges
for most S&C coaches.

1.4 What should the S&C coach know?

Given that this is the topic for the whole book, you might think that this will be a rather
short section! Obviously there are a whole range of topics and knowledge sources which S&C
coaches will require, and these are well covered elsewhere. In an attempt to broaden per-
spective and widen debate, however, we will offer two perspectives: one historical, building
on where the profession has come from; and one generic, based on a view of the S&C coach
as, first and foremost, a coach.
Firstly, we turn to some recent history,2 at least as seen from a British perspective. In the
late 1980s and early 1990s, when S&C was really starting to emerge as a distinct discipline in
the UK, the emphasis of the advice proffered was distinctly conditioning biased. Reflecting,
perhaps, the athletics coach credentials of most of the providers (for example, Tom McNab
with England Rugby), these providers could perhaps have been fairly described as S&C
coaches. There was nothing inherently wrong with this, although it did sometimes seem to
have implications for the nature of the training prescribed. Following this, there seemed to be
a wave of practitioners who were locked securely in the weightlifting world. The predomi-
nance of the power clean, snatch and derivative movements, together with other assistance
exercises, would seem to confer the title of S&C coach as appropriate. Most recently, and as
the discipline has evolved towards a delineated and unique status, a more equitable balance
has emerged. As a result, we see S&C coaches who are neither ‘track and field-ees’ nor gym
jocks, but well-informed specialists capable of prescribing mixed schedules which address
both aspects of fitness.
This evolution is both welcome and apparent in other fields. Pressures and demands from
applied clients have led to an evolution of exercise physiology from its aerobic preoccu-
pation with VO2max, and sport psychology from a counselling-like approach based on the
teaching of ‘mental strategies’ [11]! In tandem, increased pressure for genuine ‘evidence-
based practice’ (or at least for science-justified practice when working at the cutting edge)
should ensure ongoing development in the right directions [8]. Are there further evolutions
which need to take place, however? We think so and, as a start, would like to see the skill
set extended to provide SC&P coaches – strength, conditioning and planning expertise –
enabling an important but sometimes missing contribution to the physical integration of the
various components of training.
8 Dave Collins and Jeremy Moody
The second factor relates to the bodies of knowledge which, we believe, all coaches
need, irrespective of domain, level, sport or activity. These areas are presented schemati-
cally in Figure 1.2.
Based on research with coaches across a wide range of sports (albeit coaches at the upper
end of their sports), the schematic in Figure 1.2 describes three broad areas of knowledge as
sport (or in this case discipline) specific, pedagogic and individual – what the authors describe
colloquially as the ‘ologies’. Hopefully, this collection is obvious. The S&C coach will need
to know how to teach techniques to his/her clients: hence the pedagogy. Good provision in
this area will also enable the S&C coach to help the performer in optimising the transfer of
increased capacity (strength, speed, power and so on) to the specific skills required. Finally,
as all S&C coaches deal with humans (yes, even though some performers seem rather doubt-
fully qualified!), a working knowledge of the ologies (physiology, psychology, biomechanics
and even sociology) will help the contextualisation and adjustment of the message: at the
most basic level, knowing when and how to push and when to hold back!
In simple summary, and particularly in any profession which involves dealing with people,
there is a lot of supposedly ancillary knowledge (often disparaged by the description of ‘soft’
skills) which are completely essential to effective practice.

Knowledge source Major Performance Goal

application environment
Declarative and
procedural Conceptual
and procedural

. . . OLOGIES

Sport psychology

Organisational
psychology Mental and
PREPARATION
medals, personal development, ‘fun’, etc.
E.g. enjoyment, achievement, education,

physical skills,
Sociology AND
fitness training,
biomechanics COMPETITION
lifestyle, skills
Nutrition

Exercise physiology

Motor control

Technique and
SPORT-SPECIFIC tactics of . . . ORGANISATION
KNOWLEDGE
Planning

PEDAGOGY
Coach behaviour
Drills, practices
Motor and cognitive and TRAINING
learning communication

Critical thinking

Figure 1.2 The coaching schematic: required knowledge and how it applies in sports coaching
Source: Abraham et al. [2].
 Effective coaching in strength and conditioning 9
1.5 How should the S&C coach think?
This isn’t a 1984 section (for younger readers, this was a futuristic novel view of thought
control by government – as if that would ever happen!) but rather a reflection of the com-
plexity which previous sections have hopefully demonstrated. With so many agendas running
concurrently, and with so many different sources of knowledge which need to be consid-
ered, developing the ability to optimise the balance of these factors is obviously an important
professional skill. Add in that this optimum balance is likely to change across client, time,
programme goal and practitioner and the need to carefully consider what is done becomes
even more important. Using terms which are emerging across a variety of professions, we
will consider the optimisation of professional judgement and decision making (PJDM) for
S&C coaches, drawing on an increasing body of literature which acknowledges its impor-
tance for such complex and multifaceted roles. As underpinning to this section, we need
to consider the two main theories of decision making: classical decision making (CDM) and
naturalistic decision making (NDM).
The old and established view of CDM sees making your mind up as a careful consideration
and weighing up of different factors, leading to a (hopefully) rationalised and rationalisable
decision. By contrast, NDM has emerged as the most parsimonious theory in a whole range of
real-life environments, helping us understand how experienced individuals in time-pressured
and unstructured environments make effective but non-deliberative decisions [19]. In such
pressured circumstances, when the time for careful consideration of various alternatives is
often just not available, experts tend to make ‘snap’ decisions, often based on their recog-
nition of similarities between the current challenge and previously encountered situations
(so-called recognition primed decision making or RPD [12]). When groups have to co-act in
such pressured circumstances, their decision making is further enhanced by the evolution of
shared mental models [5]. For our present purposes, you might like to consider the extent to
which a group of S&C coaches working together (or with other professionals) may develop a
‘shared weighting’ which leads them to anticipate or understand and prescribe work in ways
which fit with their co-workers’ philosophy.
The ideas of NDM are both attractive and intuitive. The idea that experts can make snap
judgements, often ‘going with the gut’ rather than spending long periods thinking through opin-
ions, matches our perceptions and expectations, so much so that several authors (e.g. [13]) see
this as the most important style of decision making, the one which, perhaps, we should all aspire
to. This is not so in our opinion. In fact, a sole reliance on NDM is likely to salve the ego of the
S&C coach but seriously limit his/her accuracy. We will spend the rest of this section consider-
ing why careful deliberation and gut feel (at the appropriate time and in appropriate balance) are
the best options.

1.6 Helping to ensure more accurate professional judgement

and decision making
One reason why we need to encourage S&C coaches, even ‘expert’ ones, to carefully consider
their methods is that experts are often wrong! As far back as the 1950s, psychologist Paul Meehl
[17] demonstrated that even simple predictive mathematical equations almost always outper-
formed the experienced judgement of clinicians. Even more pertinently, Meehl also discovered
a sharp discrepancy between clinicians’ rating of their personal performance and their actual
record of success: in short, they really believed that they were better than they were! Even
(apparently) careful planning by the expert (working alone) still resulted in bags of confidence
10 Dave Collins and Jeremy Moody
but frequent error, a phenomenon known as the planning fallacy, which is pervasive across dif-
ferent professions and performance domains [11]. Of course, this isn’t to suggest that experts
are deliberately making errors. It is just to reflect on the human trait of liking to be right! As
Galbraith [7] observes, ‘when faced with the choice between changing one’s mind and proving
that there is no need to do so, almost everyone gets busy on the proof’ (see also [24]).
The good news, however, is that attention to reviewing and refining the decision-making
process can yield large improvements in accuracy. For example, studies of medical expertise
have found a strong correlation between forward reasoning and accuracy of decision making
(e.g. [20]). In similar fashion, it seems that more carefully considered use of mental models
(cf. RPD, recognition that you have seen something before but also careful consideration of
the differences) can help. For example, Kahneman [11] suggests the use of pre-mortems,
where plans are assumed to have gone wrong and alternative solutions are sought even before
the plans have been put in place.
In short, decisions need to be made in a CDM way, with adjustments made through NDM
with subsequent review. Thinking back to Figure 1.1, the majority of high-level, quadrennial
and annual planning will be carefully considered and classically decided. Gone are the days
(hopefully!) when ‘Well, it worked last year . . . why change it?’ was the limit of thought
about the forthcoming cycles. In fact, even the NDM-based adjustments, typically in-session
refinements (‘You know, let’s just try this’), are likely to come about through a great deal of
offline (away from the client) consideration [18].
For many, this ‘care with how you decide’ may be covered by the application of reflective
practice [23]. This is true but only when the reflective practice has both standards and teeth!
By this we mean that reflection is an active and challenging process, involving the practitioner
(in this case the S&C coach) in ‘on-the-spot experimentation’ (i.e. ‘nested within the larger
problem-setting experiment, there are also local experiments of various sorts’ [23, p. 141]).
The S&C coach will work through a variety of options, mentally and often practically as well,
in a search for optimum solutions. This search, however, will be conducted against a concep-
tualised set of standards or, perhaps, goals which reflect the criteria for success. Apropos the
‘teeth’ requirement, we would suggest that this internal debate and experimentation must be
pursued rigorously: pursued properly, reflective practice will not be just a checklist but often
(and particularly in performance settings) a ‘no holds barred’ argument, with colleagues used
as both auditors and devil’s advocates to further challenge one’s perceived wisdom and prac-
tice. In fact, our own professional experiences suggest that such ‘argument without rancour’
is a key but too often overlooked feature of a genuinely high-performing environment. ‘Egos
at the door’ and ‘What’s said in here stays in here’ are both house rules which have character-
ised such environments. Application of both rules helps to ensure that S&C coaches become
more aware of their own thought processes and decision making.
Finally, it is worth reflecting on the work stage when such rules are arguably most crucial:
that is, when the client is assessed (or reassessed) and initial goals and plans (and hypotheses –
cf. Schön’s [23] ideas on experimentation) are made. In psychology, this stage of internal
debate is termed issue conceptualisation [22]. It could be argued that the conceptualisation
of the ‘issues’ is what distinguishes a good sport psychologist from an exceptional one [14],
and a simila­r argument would seem pertinent to S&C. Surprisingly, however, given how vital
this phase of support would appear to be, there is little or no research into the way in which
this proces­s (i.e. the decision-making processes that are undertaken in order to generate a
solution or a framework of solutions) is attempted, achieved or optimised. This gap repre-
sents an important step for the S&C profession, and we commend it to active researchers and
practitioner­s alike.
 Effective coaching in strength and conditioning 11
1.7 Summary
Without effective coaching even the most effectively planned S&C intervention will be
restricted in its effectiveness. However, the constructs of effective coaching are rarely cov-
ered in the education of an S&C coach, despite the term. This chapter has outlined a number
of key areas that will affect the quality of S&C practice. However, given the brevity of
the chapter this only scratches the surface of potential impact. Strength and conditioning
coaches are therefore encouraged to reflect on their current levels of practice and to care-
fully consider means and methods by which the quality of their coaching interventions can
be enhanced.

Notes
1. Thanks for this are due to Bruce Hamilton, Neil Black and John Kiely, respectively Chief Medical
Officer, Head Physiotherapist and Head of S&C at that time.
2. Some of these ideas originally appeared as part of a keynote presentation at the 2003 S&C Conference
at Largs, Scotland.

References
1. Abraham, A. and Collins, D. 2011. Taking the next step: Ways forward for coaching science.
Quest, 63, 366–384.
2. Abraham, A., Collins, D. and Martindale, R. 2006. The coaching schematic: Validation through
expert consensus. Journal of Sports Sciences, 24(6), 549–564.
3. Bowman, C. 1998. Strategy in Practice. London: Prentice Hall.
4. Burke, V.M. 2011. Organizing for excellence. In D. Collins, A. Button and H. Richards (eds),
Performance Psychology: A Practitioner’s Guide (pp. 99–120). Oxford: Elsevier.
5. Cannon-Bowers, J.A., Salas, E. and Converse, S.A. 1990. Cognitive psychology and team training:
Training shared mental models of complex systems. Human Factors Society Bulletin, 33(12), 1–4.
6. Collins, D. and MacPherson, A. 2007. Psychological factors of physical preparation. In
B. Blumenstein, R. Lidor and G. Tenenbaum (eds), Psychology of Sport Training (pp. 40–55).
Oxford: Myer & Myer Sport.
7. Galbraith, J. Cited in Gilovich, T. and Griffin, D. 2002. Introduction – Heuristics and biases:
Then and now. In T. Gilovich, D. Griffin and D. Kahneman (eds), Heuristics and Biases: The
Psychology of Intuitive Judgment (pp. 1–18). New York: Cambridge University Press.
8. Gardner, F.L. 2009. Efficacy, mechanisms of change, and the scientific development of sport
psychology. Journal of Clinical Sports Psychology, 3, 139–155.
9. Gilbert, W., Côté, J. and Mallett, C. 2006. Developmental paths and activities of successful
sport coaches. International Journal of Sports Science and Coaching, 1(1), 69–76.
10. Gilbert, W.D. and Trudel, P. 2004. Role of the coach: How model youth team sport coaches
frame their roles. Sport Psychologist, 18, 21–43.
11. Kahneman, D. and Tversky, A. 1979. Intuitive prediction: Biases and corrective procedures.
Studies in Management Science, 12, 313–327.
12. Klein, G.A., Recognition primed decision (RPD) model of rapid decision making. Cited in Klein,
G., Orasanu, J., Calderwood, R. and Zsambok, C.E. (eds). 1993. Decision Making in Action: Models
and Methods. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
13. Lyle, J. 2010. Coaches’ decision making: A naturalistic decision making analysis. In J. Lyle and
C.J. Cushion (eds), Sport Coaching: Professionalisation and Practice (pp. 27–41). London: Churchill
Livingstone.
14. Martindale, A. and Collins, D. 2005. Professional judgment and decision making: The role of
intention for impact. Sport Psychologist, 19(3), 303–317.
12 Dave Collins and Jeremy Moody
15. Martindale, A. and Collins, D. 2012. A professional judgment and decision making case study:
Reflections-in-action research. Sport Psychologist, Special Edition, 26, 500–518.
16. Martindale, R.J.J., Collins, D. and Abraham, A. 2007. Effective talent development: The elite
coach perspective within UK sport. Journal of Applied Sports Psychology, 19(2), 187–206.
17. Meehl, P.E. 1954. Clinical versus statistical prediction. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota
Press.
18. Militello, L.G. and Hutton, R.J.B. 1998. Applied cognitive task analysis (ACTA): A practitioner’s
toolkit for understanding cognitive task demands. Ergonomics, 41(11), 1618–1641.
19. Orasanu, J.M. and Connolly, T. 1993. The reinvention of decision making. In G. Klein,
J. Orasanu, R. Calderwood and C.E. Zsambok (eds), Decision Making in Action: Models and Methods
(pp. 3–20). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
20. Patel, V.L. and Ramoni, M.F. 1997. Cognitive models of directional inference in expert medical
reasoning. In P.J. Feltovich, K.M. Ford and R.R. Hoffman (eds), Expertise in Context: Human and
Machine (pp. 67–99). Menlo Park, CA: AAAI Press/ MIT Press.
21. Pedlar, M., Burgoyne, J. and Boydell, T. 2004. A Manager’s Guide to Leadership. London: McGraw-Hill.
22. Poczwardowski, A., Sherman, C.P. and Henschen, K.P. 1998. A sport psychology delivery heuristic:
Building on theory and practice. Sport Psychologist, 12, 191–207.
23. Schön, D. 1991. The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action. New York: Ashgate.
24. Tetlock, P. 2005. Expert Political Judgment: How Good Is It? How Can We Know? Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
References

1 Chapter 1: Effective coaching in

strength and conditioning: the
foundations of the profession

1. Abraham, A. and Collins, D. 2011. Taking the next step:

Ways forward for coaching science. Quest, 63, 366–384.

2. Abraham, A., Collins, D. and Martindale, R. 2006. The

coaching schematic: Validation through expert consensus.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 24(6), 549–564.

3. Bowman, C. 1998. Strategy in Practice. London: Prentice

Hall.

4. Burke, V.M. 2011. Organizing for excellence. In D.

Collins, A. Button and H. Richards (eds), Performance
Psychology: A Practitioner’s Guide (pp. 99–120). Oxford:
Elsevier.

5. Cannon-Bowers, J.A., Salas, E. and Converse, S.A. 1990.

Cognitive psychology and team training: Training shared
mental models of complex systems. Human Factors Society
Bulletin, 33(12), 1–4.

6. Collins, D. and MacPherson, A. 2007. Psychological

factors of physical preparation. In B. Blumenstein, R.
Lidor and G. Tenenbaum (eds), Psychology of Sport Training
(pp. 40–55). Oxford: Myer & Myer Sport.

7. Galbraith, J. Cited in Gilovich, T. and Griffin, D.

2002. Introduction – Heuristics and biases: Then and now.
In T. Gilovich, D. Griffin and D. Kahneman (eds),
Heuristics and Biases: The Psychology of Intuitive
Judgment (pp. 1–18). New York: Cambridge University Press.

8. Gardner, F.L. 2009. Efficacy, mechanisms of change, and

the scientific development of sport psychology. Journal of
Clinical Sports Psychology, 3, 139–155.

9. Gilbert, W., Côté, J. and Mallett, C. 2006.

Developmental paths and activities of successful sport
coaches. International Journal of Sports Science and
Coaching, 1(1), 69–76.

10. Gilbert, W.D. and Trudel, P. 2004. Role of the coach:

How model youth team sport coaches frame their roles.
Sport Psychologist, 18, 21–43.
11. Kahneman, D. and Tversky, A. 1979. Intuitive
prediction: Biases and corrective procedures. Studies in
Management Science, 12, 313–327.

12. Klein, G.A., Recognition primed decision (RPD) model of

rapid decision making. Cited in Klein, G., Orasanu, J.,
Calderwood, R. and Zsambok, C.E. (eds). 1993. Decision
Making in Action: Models and Methods. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

13. Lyle, J. 2010. Coaches’ decision making: A naturalistic

decision making analysis. In J. Lyle and C.J. Cushion
(eds), Sport Coaching: Professionalisation and Practice
(pp. 27–41). London: Churchill Livingstone.

14. Martindale, A. and Collins, D. 2005. Professional

judgment and decision making: The role of intention for
impact. Sport Psychologist, 19(3), 303–317.

15. Martindale, A. and Collins, D. 2012. A professional

judgment and decision making case study:
Reflections-in-action research. Sport Psychologist, Special
Edition, 26, 500–518.

16. Martindale, R.J.J., Collins, D. and Abraham, A. 2007.

Effective talent development: The elite coach perspective
within UK sport. Journal of Applied Sports Psychology,
19(2), 187–206.

17. Meehl, P.E. 1954. Clinical versus statistical

prediction. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

18. Militello, L.G. and Hutton, R.J.B. 1998. Applied

cognitive task analysis (ACTA): A practitioner’s toolkit
for understanding cognitive task demands. Ergonomics,
41(11), 1618–1641.

19. Orasanu, J.M. and Connolly, T. 1993. The reinvention of

decision making. In G. Klein, J. Orasanu, R. Calderwood
and C.E. Zsambok (eds), Decision Making in Action: Models
and Methods (pp. 3–20). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

20. Patel, V.L. and Ramoni, M.F. 1997. Cognitive models of

directional inference in expert medical reasoning. In P.J.
Feltovich, K.M. Ford and R.R. Hoffman (eds), Expertise in
Context: Human and Machine (pp. 67–99). Menlo Park, CA:
AAAI Press/ MIT Press.

21. Pedlar, M., Burgoyne, J. and Boydell, T. 2004. A

Manager’s Guide to Leadership. London: McGraw-Hill.
22. Poczwardowski, A., Sherman, C.P. and Henschen, K.P.
1998. A sport psychology delivery heuristic: Building on
theory and practice. Sport Psychologist, 12, 191–207.

23. Schön, D. 1991. The Reflective Practitioner: How

Professionals Think in Action. New York: Ashgate.

24. Tetlock, P. 2005. Expert Political Judgment: How Good

Is It? How Can We Know? Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
2 Chapter 2: The structure and function
of the neuromuscular system

1. Aagaard, P. 2003. Training induced changes in neural

function. Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews, 31(2),
61–67.

2. Aagaard, P. 2004. Making muscles ‘stronger’: Exercise,

nutrition, drugs. Journal of Musculoskeletal and Neuronal
Interactions, 4, 165–174.

3. Abbott, B.C. and Aubert, X.M. 1952. The force exerted by

active striated muscle during and after change of length.
Journal of Physiology, 117(1), 77–86.

4. Allen, D.G., Lamb, G.D. and Westerblad, H. 2008.

Skeletal muscle fatigue: Cellular mechanisms. Physiological
Reviews, 88, 287–332.

5. Andersen, J.L. and Aagaard, P. 2000. Myosin heavy chain

IIx overshooting in human skeletal muscle. Muscle and
Nerve, 23, 1095–1104.

6. Ashley, C.C., Mulligan, I.P. and Lea, T.J. 1991. Calcium

and activation mechanisms in skeletal muscle. Quarterly
Reviews of Biophysics, 24, 1–73.

7. Astrand, P.O., Rodahl, K., Dahl, H.A. and Stromme, S.B.

2003. Textbook of Work Physiology. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

8. Bawa, P. 2002. Neural control of motor output: Can

training change it? Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews,
30(2), 59–63.

9. Brooke, J.D. and Zehr, E.P. 2006. Limits to fast

conducting somatosensory feedback in movement control.
Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews, 34, 379–387.

10. Campbell, K.S. and Moss, R.L. 2002. History dependent

mechanical properties of permeabilized rat soleus muscle
fibres. Biophysical Journal, 82, 929–943.

11. Cooke, R. 2007. Modulation of the actomyosin

interaction during fatigue of skeletal muscle. Muscle and
Nerve, 36, 756–777.

12. Duchateau, J. and Enoka, R.M. 2011. Human motor unit

recordings: Origins and insight into the integrated motor
system. Brain Research, 1409, 42–61.
13. Edman, K.A.P. 2003. Contractile performance of skeletal
muscle. In P.V. Komi (ed.), Strength and Power in Sports
(pp. 114–133). Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.

14. Enoka, R.M. 2008. Neuromechanical Basis of Kinesiology

(2nd edn). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

15. Fenn, W.O. 1923. The relation between the work

performed and the energy liberated in muscle. Journal of
Physiology, 180, 343–345.

16. Fleck, S.J. and Kraemer, W.J. 2004. Designing

Resistance Training Programmes. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

17. Fon, E.A. and Edwards, R.H. 2001. Molecular mechanisms

of neurotransmitter release. Muscle and Nerve, 24,
581–601.

18. Gordon, A.M., Homsher, E. and Regnier, M. 2000.

Regulation of contraction in striated muscle.
Physiological Reviews, 80, 853–924.

19. Granzier, H.L. and Labeit, S. 2006. The giant muscle

protein titin is an adjustable molecular spring. Exercise
and Sport Sciences Reviews, 34(2), 50–53.

20. Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E. 2006. Textbook of Medical

Physiology (11th edn). Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier.

21. Henneman, E. and Mendell, L.M. 1981. Functional

application of motoneuron pool and its inputs. In V.B.
Brooks (ed.), Handbook of Physiology and Motor Control (pp.
423–507). Bethesda, MD: American Physiological Society.

22. Henneman, E., Somjem, G. and Carpenter, D.O. 1965.

Functional significance of cell size in spinal
motoneurons. Journal of Neurophysiology, 28, 560–580.

23. Hicks, A. and McComas, A.J. 1989. Increased sodium pump

activity following repetitive stimulation of rat soleus
muscles. Journal of Physiology, 414, 337–349.

24. Huxley, A.F. 1957. Muscle structure and theories of

contraction. Progress in Biophysics and Biophysical
Chemistry, 7, 255–318.

25. Huxley, A.F. and Simmons, R.M. 1971. Proposed

mechanisms of force generation in striated muscle. Nature,
233, 533–538.

26. Jami, L. 1992. Golgi tendon organs in mammalian

skeletal muscle: Functional properties and central
actions. Physiological Reviews, 72, 623–666.

27. Kamen, G. and Roy, A. 2000. Motor unit synchronization

in young and elderly adults. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 81, 403–410.

28. Lappin, A.K., Monroy, J.A., Pilarski, J.Q., Zepnewski,

E.D., Pierotti, D.J. and Nishikawa, K.C. 2006. Storage and
recovery of elastic potential energy powers ballistic prey
capture in toads. Journal of Experimental Biology, 209,
2535–2553.

29. Latash, M.L. 2008. Neurophysiological Basis of Movement

(2nd edn). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

30. Liddell, E.G.T. and Sherrington, C.S. 1925. Recruitment

and some other factors of reflex inhibition. Proceedings of
the Royal Society of London, 97, 488–518.

31. Lindstedt, S.L., Reich, T.E., Keim, P. and LaStayo,

P.C. 2002. Do muscles function as adaptable locomotor
springs? Journal of Experimental Biology, 205, 2211–2216.

32. Marieb, E.N. and Hoehn, K. 2009. Human Anatomy and

Physiology (8th edn). New York: Pearson Higher Education.

33. McArdle, W.D., Katch, F.I. and Katch, V.I. 2007.

Exercise Physiology: Energy, Nutrition and Human
Performance (6th edn). Philadelphia, PA: Lea & Febiger.

34. Monroy, J.A., Lappin, K. and Nishikawa, K.C. 2007.

Elastic properties of active muscle on the rebound.
Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews, 35(4), 174–179.

35. Moritani, T. 2003. Motor unit and motoneurone

excitability during explosive movement. In P.V. Komi
(ed.), Strength and Power in Sports (pp. 27–49). Cambridge,
MA: Blackwell.

36. Neptune, R.R. and Kautz, S.A. 2001. Muscle activation

and deactivation dynamics: The governing properties in fast
cyclical human movement performance. Exercise and Sport
Sciences Reviews, 29(2), 76–81.

37. Nielson, J.J., Mohr, M., Klarskov, C., Kristensen, M.,

Krustrup, P., Juel, C. and Bangsbo, J. 2004. Effects of
high intensity intermittent training on potassium kinetics
and performance in human skeletal muscle. Journal of
Physiology, 554, 857–870.

38. Nigg, B.M., Macintosh, B.R. and Mester, J. 2000.

Biomechanics and Biology of Movement. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

39. Nordstrom, M.A., Gorman, R.B., Laouris, Y., Spielmann,

J.M. and Stuart, D.G. 2006. Does motoneuron adaptation
contribute to muscle fatigue. Muscle and Nerve, 35,
135–158.

40. Payne, A.M. and Delbono, O. 2004. Neurogenesis of

excitation–contraction uncoupling in aging skeletal
muscle. Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews, 32(1), 36–40.

41. Petit, J., Giroux-Metges, M.A. and Gioux, M. 2003.

Power developed by motor units of the peroneus tertius
muscle of the cat. Journal of Neurophysiology, 90,
3095–3104.

42. Petrovsky, J.S. and Phillips, C.A. 1980. The influence

of temperature, initial length and electrical activity on
the force–velocity relationship of the medial gastrocnemius
muscle of the cat. Journal of Biomechanics, 14, 297–306.

43. Pierot-Deseillegny, E. and Burke, D. 2005. The

Circuitry of the Human Spinal Cord. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.

44. Prochazka, A., Clarac, F., Loeb, G.E., Rothwell, J.C.

and Wolpaw, J.R. 2000. What do reflex and voluntary mean?
Modern views on an ancient debate. Experimental Brain
Research, 130, 417–432.

45. Rassier, D.E. and Herzog, W. 2004. Considerations on

the history dependence of muscle contractions. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 96, 419–427.

46. Rekling, J.C., Funk, G.D., Bayliss, D.A., Dong, X.W.

and Feldman., J.L. 2000. Synaptic control of motoneuronal
excitability. Journal of Physiology, 80(2), 767–852.

47. Rossi, A.E. and Dirksen, R.T. 2006. Sarcoplasmic

reticulum: The dynamic calcium governor of muscle. Muscle
and Nerve, 33, 715–731.

48. Schneider, M.F. and Chandler, W.K. 1973. Voltage

dependent charge movement in skeletal muscle: A possible
step in excitation–contraction coupling. Nature, 242,
244–246.

49. Stein, R.B. and Thompson, A.K. 2006. Muscle reflexes in

motion: How, what and why. Exercise and Sport Sciences
Reviews, 34(4), 145–153.

50. Stone, M.H., Stone, M.E. and Sands, W.A. 2007.

Principles and Practice of Resistance Training. Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

51. Taylor, A. 2002. Give proprioceptors a chance. Advances

in Experimental Medicine and Biology, 508, 327–334.

52. Turner, A.M. and Jeffreys, I. 2010. The

stretch–shortening cycle: Proposed mechanisms and methods
for enhancement. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 32(4),
87–99.

53. van Soest, A.J. and van Ingen Schenau, G.J. 1998. How
are explosive movements controlled? In M.L. Latash (ed.),
Progress in Motor Control (Vol. 1, pp. 361–387). Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

54. Wilmore, J.H., Costill, D.L. and Kenney, W.L. 2008.

Physiology of Sport and Exercise (4th edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

55. Woods, J.J., Furbush, F. and Bigland-Ritchie, B. 1987.

Evidence for a fatigue-induced reflex inhibition of
motoneuron firing rates. Journal of Neurophysiology, 58,
125–137.

56. Zatsiorsky, V.M. and Kraemer, W.J. 2006. Science and

Practice of Strength Training. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

57. Zehr, E.P. 2006. Training induced adaptive plasticity

in human somatosensory reflex pathways. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 101, 1783–1794.
3 Chapter 3: The biomechanical principles
underpinning strength and conditioning

1. Bernstein, N.A. 1967. The Co-ordination and Regulation

of Movements. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

2. Cavagna, G.A., Heglund, N.C. and Willems, P.A. 2005.

Effects of an increase in gravity on the power output and
the rebound of the body in human running. Journal of
Experimental Biology, 208, 2333–2346.

3. Chang, Y.-H., Huang, H.-W.C., Hamerski, C.M. and Kram,

R. 2000. The independent effects of gravity and inertia on
running mechanics. Journal of Experimental Biology, 203,
229–238.

4. Cleather, D.J. and Bull, A.M.J. 2012. The development of

lower limb musculoskeletal models with clinical relevance
is dependent upon the fidelity of the mathematical
description of the lower limb. Part 2: Patient-specific
geometry. Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical
Engineers, Part H: Journal of Engineering in Medicine,
226, 133–145.

5. Faulkner, J.A., Claflin, D.R. and McCully, K.K. 1986.

Power output of fast and slow fibers from human skeletal
muscles. In N.L. Jones, N. McCartney and A.J. McComas
(eds), Human Muscle Power (pp. 81–94). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

6. Herzog, W., Hasler, E. and Abrahamse, S.K. 1991. A

comparison of knee extensor strength curves obtained
theoretically and experimentally. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 23, 108–114.

7. Hill, A.V. 1964. The effect of load on the heat of

shortening of muscle. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London B: Biological Sciences, 159, 297–318.

8. Knudson, D.V. 2009. Correcting the use of the term

‘power’ in the strength and conditioning literature.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 23,
1902–1908.

9. Knuttgen, H.G. and Kraemer, W.G. 1987. Terminology and

measurement in exercise performance. Journal of Applied
Sport Science Research, 1, 1–10.

10. Latash, M.L., Scholz, J.P. and Schöner, G. 2007. Toward

a new theory of motor synergies. Motor Control, 11,
276–308.

11. Lucia, A., Esteve-Lanao, J., Oliván, J., Gómez-Gallego,

F., San Juan, A.F., Santiago, C., Pérez, M.,
Chamorro-Viña, C. and Foster, C. 2006. Physiological
characteristics of the best Eritrean runners – Exceptional
running economy. Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and
Metabolism, 31, 530–540.

12. Newton, I. [1726] 1999. The Principia: Mathematical

Principles of Natural Philosophy, trans. I.B. Cohen and A.
Whitman. Berkeley: University of California Press.

13. Newton, R.U. and Kraemer, W.J. 1994. Developing

explosive muscular power: Implications for a mixed methods
training strategy. Strength and Conditioning, 16(5), 20–31.

14. Nigg, B.M. 2000. Forces acting on and in the human

body. In B.M. Nigg, B.R. MacIntosh and J. Mester (eds),
Biomechanics and Biology of Movement (pp. 253–267).
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

15. Roberts, T.J. 2002. The integrated function of muscles

and tendons during locomotion. Comparative Biochemistry
and Physiology, Part 1: Molecular and Integrative
Physiology, 133, 1087–1099.

16. Roberts, T.J., Kram, R., Weyand, P.G. and Taylor, C.R.
1998. Energetics of bipedal running. I. Metabolic cost of
generating force. Journal of Experimental Biology, 201,
2745–2751.

17. Ryschon, T.W., Fowler, M.D., Wysong, R.E., Anthony,

A.-R. and Balaban, R.S. 1997. Efficiency of human skeletal
muscle in vivo: Comparison of isometric, concentric, and
eccentric muscle action. Journal of Applied Physiology,
83(3), 867–874.

18. Seynnes, O.R., de Boer, M. and Narici, M.V. 2007. Early

skeletal muscle hypertrophy and architectural changes in
response to high-intensity resistance training. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 102, 368–373.

19. van Ingen Schenau, G.J., Bobbert, M.F. and Rozendal,

R.H. 1987. The unique action of bi-articula r muscles in
complex movements. Journal of Anatomy, 155, 1–5.

20. Verkhoshansky, Y. 1977. Fundamentals of Special

Strength Training in Sport. Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport.
21. Weyand, P.G., Sandell, R.F., Prime, D.N.L. and Bundle,
M.W. 2010. The biological limits to running speed are
imposed from the ground up. Journal of Applied Physiology,
108(4), April, 950–961.

22. Zajac, F., Neptune, R. and Kautz, S. 2002. Biomechanics

and muscle coordination of human walking. Part 1:
Introduction to concepts, power transfer, dynamics and
simulations. Gait and Posture, 16, 215–232.
4 Chapter 4: The bioenergetics of sports
performance

1. Allen, D.G., Lamb, G.D. and Westerblad, H. 2008.

Skeletal muscle fatigue: Cellular mechanisms. Physiological
Reviews, 88, 287–332.

2. Arkinstall, M.J., Bruce, C.R., Clark, S.A., Rickards,

C.A., Burke, L.M. and Hawley, J.A. 2004. Regulation of
fuel metabolism by preexercise muscle glycogen content and
exercise intensity. Journal of Applied Physiology, 97,
2275–2283.

3. Balsom, P.D., Gaitanos, G.C., Soderlund, K. and Ekblom,

B. 1999. High-intensity exercise and muscle glycogen
availability in humans. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica,
165, 337–345.

4. Balsom, P.D., Seger, J.Y., Sjodin, B. and Ekblom, B.

1992. Maximal-intensity intermittent exercise: Effect of
recovery duration. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 13, 528–533.

5. Boobis, L.H., Williams, C. and Wootton, S.A. 1983.

Influence of sprint training on muscle metabolism during
brief maximal exercise in man. Journal of Physiology, 342,
36–37.

6. Burgomaster, K.A., Heigenhauser, G.J. and Gibala, M.J.

2006. Effect of short-term sprint interval training on
human skeletal muscle carbohydrate metabolism during
exercise and time-trial performance. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 100, 2041–2047.

7. Casey, A., Constantin-Teodosiu, D., Howell, S., Hultman,

E. and Greenhaff, P.L. 1996. Metabolic response of type I
and II muscle fibers during repeated bouts of maximal
exercise in humans. American Journal of Physiology, 271,
E38–E43.

8. Ferreira, L.F. and Reid, M.B. 2008. Muscle-derived ROS

and thiol regulation in muscle fatigue. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 104, 853–860.

9. Foskett, A., Williams, C., Boobis, L. and Tsintzas, K.

2008. Carbohydrate availability and muscle energy
metabolism during intermittent running. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 40, 96–103.

10. Gibala, M.J. 2001. Regulation of skeletal muscle amino

acid metabolism during exercise. International Journal of
Sport Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 11, 87–108.

11. Gibala, M.J., Little, J.P., van Essen, M., Wilkin,

G.P., Burgomaster, K.A., Safdar, A., Raha, S. and
Tarnopolsky, M.A. 2006. Short-term sprint interval versus
traditional endurance training: Similar initial adaptations
in human skeletal muscle and exercise performance. Journal
of Physiolog y, 575, 901–911.

12. Hawley, J.A., Schabort, E.J., Noakes, T.D. and Dennis,

S.C. 1997. Carbohydrate-loading and exercise performance:
An update. Sports Medicine, 24, 73–81.

13. Henriksson, J. 1977. Training induced adaptation of

skeletal muscle and metabolism during submaximal exercise.
Journal of Physiology, 270, 661–675.

14. Holloszy, J.O. and Coyle, E.F. 1984. Adaptations of

skeletal muscle to endurance exercise and their metabolic
consequences. Journal of Applied Physiology, 56, 831–838.

15. Horowitz, J.F., Mora-Rodriguez, R., Byerley, L.O. and

Coyle, E.F. 1997. Lipolytic suppression following
carbohydrate ingestion limits fat oxidation during
exercise. American Journal of Physiology, 273, E768–E775.

16. Howlett, R.A., Parolin, M.L., Dyck, D.J., Hultman, E.,

Jones, N.L., Heigenhauser, G.J. and Spriet, L.L. 1998.
Regulation of skeletal muscle glycogen phosphorylase and
PDH at varying exercise power outputs. American Journal of
Physiology, 275, R418–R425.

17. Hurley, B.F., Nemeth, P.M., Martin, W.H., 3rd, Hagberg,

J.M., Dalsky, G.P. and Holloszy, J.O. 1986. Muscle
triglyceride utilization during exercise: Effect of
training. Journal of Applied Physiology, 60, 562–567.

18. Iaia, F.M. and Bangsbo, J. 2010. Speed endurance

training is a powerful stimulus for physiological
adaptations and performance improvements of athletes.
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports,
20(Suppl. 2), 11–23.

19. Jones, N.L., McCartney, N., Graham, T., Spriet, L.L.,

Kowalchuk, J.M., Heigenhauser, G.J. and Sutton, J.R. 1985.
Muscle performance and metabolism in maximal isokinetic
cycling at slow and fast speeds. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 59, 132–136.
20. Krustrup, P., Mohr, M., Steensberg, A., Bencke, J.,
Kjaer, M. and Bangsbo, J. 2006. Muscle and blood
metabolites during a soccer game: Implications for sprint
performance. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
38, 1165–1174.

21. Little, J.P., Chilibeck, P.D., Ciona, D., Forbes, S.,

Rees, H., Vandenberg, A. and Zello, G.A. 2010. Effect of
low-and high-glycemic-index meals on metabolism and
performance during highintensity, intermittent exercise.
International Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise
Metabolism, 20, 447–456.

22. MacDougall, J.D., Hicks, A.L., MacDonald, J.R.,

McKelvie, R.S., Green, H.J. and Smith, K.M. 1998. Muscle
performance and enzymatic adaptations to sprint interval
training. Journal of Applied Physiology, 84, 2138–2142.

23. MacLaren, D.P.M. and Morton, J.P. 2012. Biochemistry

for Sport and Exercise Metabolism. London: John Wiley &
Sons.

24. Maughan, R.J., Greenhaff, P.L., Leiper, J.B., Ball, D.,

Lambert, C.P. and Gleeson, M. 1997. Diet composition and
the performance of high-intensity exercise. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 15, 265–275.

25. Maughan, R.J. and Poole, D.C. 1981. The effects of a

glycogen-loading regimen on the capacity to perform
anaerobic exercise. European Journal of Applied Physiology
and Occupational Physiology, 46, 211–219.

26. McKenna, M.J., Medved, I., Goodman, C.A., Brown, M.J.,

Bjorksten, A.R., Murphy, K.T., Petersen, A.C., Sostaric,
S. and Gong, X. 2006. N-acetylcysteine attenuates the
decline in muscle Na+,K+-pump activity and delays fatigue
during prolonged exercise in humans. Journal of
Physiology, 576, 279–288.

27. Mohr, M., Krustrup, P. and Bangsbo, J. 2003. Match

performance of high-standard soccer players with special
reference to development of fatigue. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 21, 519–528.

28. Nader, G.A. 2006. Concurrent strength and endurance

training: From molecules to man. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 38(11), 1965–1970.

29. Nevill, M.E., Boobis, L.H., Brooks, S. and Williams, C.

1989. Effect of training on muscle metabolism during
treadmill sprinting. Journal of Applied Physiology, 67,
2376–2382.

30. Ortenblad, N., Nielsen, J., Saltin, B. and Holmberg,

H.C. 2011. Role of glycogen availability in sarcoplasmic
reticulum Ca 2+ kinetics in human skeletal muscle. Journal
of Physiology, 589, 711–725.

31. Parolin, M.L., Chesley, A., Matsos, M.P., Spriet, L.L.,

Jones, N.L. and Heigenhauser, G.J. 1999. Regulation of
skeletal muscle glycogen phosphorylase and PDH during
maximal intermittent exercise. American Journal of
Physiology, 277, E890–E900.

32. Perry, C.G., Heigenhauser, G.J., Bonen, A. and Spriet,

L.L. 2008. High-intensity aerobic interval training
increases fat and carbohydrate metabolic capacities in
human skeletal muscle. Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and
Metabolism, 33, 1112–1123.

33. Romijn, J.A., Coyle, E.F., Sidossis, L.S., Gastaldelli,

A., Horowitz, J.F., Endert, E. and Wolfe, R.R. 1993.
Regulation of endogenous fat and carbohydrate metabolism in
relation to exercise intensity and duration. American
Journal of Physiology, 265, E380–E391.

34. Rose, A.J. and Richter, E.A. 2005. Skeletal muscle

glucose uptake during exercise: How is it regulated?
Physiology (Bethesda), 20, 260–270.

35. Ross, A. and Leveritt, M. 2001. Long-term metabolic and

skeletal muscle adaptations to shortsprint training:
Implications for sprint training and tapering. Sports
Medicine, 31, 1063–1082.

36. Sidossis, L.S., Gastaldelli, A., Klein, S. and Wolfe,

R.R. 1997. Regulation of plasma fatty acid oxidation
during low- and high-intensity exercise. American Journal
of Physiology, 272, E1065–E1070.

37. Spriet, L.L. 2007. Regulation of substrate use during

the marathon. Sports Medicine, 37(4), 332–336.

38. Stellingwerff, T., Maughan, R.J. and Burke, L.M. 2011.

Nutrition for power sports: Middledistance running, track
cycling, rowing, canoeing/kayaking, and swimming. Journal
of Sports Sciences, 29(Suppl. 1), S79–S89.

39. Stephens, F.B., Constantin-Teodosiu, D. and Greenhaff,

P.L. 2007. New insights concerning the role of carnitine
in the regulation of fuel metabolism in skeletal muscle.
Journal of Physiology, 581, 431–444.

40. Stewart, R.D., Duhamel, T.A., Foley, K.P., Ouyang, J.,

Smith, I.C. and Green, H.J. 2007. Protection of muscle
membrane excitability during prolonged cycle exercise with
glucose supplementation. Journal of Applied Physiology,
103, 331–339.

41. Sutton, J.R., Jones, N.L. and Toews, C.J. 1981. Effect
of PH on muscle glycolysis during exercise. Clinical
Science (London), 61, 331–338.

42. van Loon, L.J.C., Greenhaff, P.L., Constantin-Teodosiu,

D., Saris, W.H. and Wagenmakers, A.J. 2001. The effects of
increasing exercise intensity on muscle fuel utilisation in
humans. Journal of Physiology, 536, 295–304.

43. Yeo, W.K., Carey, A.L., Burke, L., Spriet, L.L. and
Hawley, J.A. 2011. Fat adaptation in welltrained athletes:
Effects on cell metabolism. Applied Physiology, Nutrition,
and Metabolism, 36, 12–22.
5 Chapter 5: Cardiorespiratory control of
exercise and adaptation to training

1. Andersen, P. and Saltin, B. 1985. Maximal perfusion of

skeletal muscle in man. Journal of Physiology, 366,
233–249.

2. Åstrand, P.O., Cuddy, T.E., Saltin, B. and Stenberg, J.

1964. Cardiac output during submaximal and maximal work.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 19, 268–274.

3. Åstrand, P.O., Ekblom, B., Messin, R., Saltin, B. and

Stenberg, J. 1965. Intra-arterial blood pressure during
exercise with different muscle groups. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 20, 253–256.

4. Azevedo, J.L., Jr, Linderman, K., Lehman, S.L. and

Brooks, G.A. 1998. Training decreases muscle glycogen
turnover during exercise. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 78, 479–486.

5. Bailey, S.J., Romer, L.M., Kelly, J., Wilkerson, D.P.,

DiMenna, F.J. and Jones, A.M. 2010. Inspiratory muscle
training enhances pulmonary O 2 uptake kinetics and
high-intensity exercise tolerance in humans. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 109, 457–468.

6. Barnard, R.J., MacAlpin, R., Kattus, A.A. and Buckberg,

G.D. 1977. Effect of training on myocardial O 2
supply/demand balance. Circulation, 56, 289–291.

7. Bassett, D.R. and Howley, E.T. 2000. Limiting factors

for maximum O 2 uptake and determinants of endurance
performance. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
32, 70–84.

8. Berger, N.J.A., Campbell, I.T., Wilkerson, D.P. and

Jones, A.M. 2006. Influence of acute plasma volume
expansion on � V O 2 kinetics, � V O 2peak , and
performance during high-intensity cycle exercise. Journal
of Applied Physiology, 101, 707–714.

9. Bobbert, A.C. 1960. Physiological comparisons of three

types of ergometry. Journal of Applied Physiology, 15,
1007–1014.

10. Brooks, G.A., Fahey, T.D., White, T.P. and Baldwin,

K.M. 2000. Cardiovascular dynamics during exercise. In
G.A. Brooks, T.D. Fahey, T.P. White and K.M. Baldwin (eds),
Exercise Physiology: Human Bioenergetics and Its
Application (pp. 317–338). New York: McGraw-Hill.

11. Brown, D.D. 2000. Pulmonary responses to exercise and

training. In W.E. Garrett, Jr and D.T. Kirkendall (eds),
Exercise and Sport Science (pp. 116–134). Philadelphia, PA:
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

12. Brown, M.D. 2003. Exercise and coronary vascular

remodelling in the healthy heart. Experimental Physiology,
88, 645–658.

13. Casaburi, R., Barstow, T.J., Robinson, T. and

Wasserman, K. 1992. Dynamic and steady-state ventilatory
and gas exchange responses to arm exercise. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 24, 1365–1374.

14. Clausen, J.P. and Trap-Jensen, J. 1976. Heart rate and

arterial blood pressure during exercise in patients with
angina pectoris: Effect of training and nitroglycerin.
Circulation, 53, 436–442.

15. Clifford, P.S. and Hellsten, Y. 2004. Vasodilatory

mechanisms in contracting skeletal muscle. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 97, 393–403.

16. Coggan, A.R., Habash, D.L., Mendenhall, L.A., Swanson,

S.C. and Kien, C.L. 1993. Isotopic estimation of CO 2
production during exercise before and after endurance
training. Journal of Applied Physiology, 75, 70–75.

17. Cohen, J.L. and Segal, K.R. 1985. Left ventricular

hypertrophy in athletes: An exerciseechocardiographic
study. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 17,
695–700.

18. Convertino, V.A. 1983. Heart rate and sweat rate

responses associated with exercise-induced hypervolemia.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 15, 77–82.

19. Convertino, V.A. 1991. Blood volume: Its adaptation to

endurance training. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 23, 1338–1348.

20. Convertino, V.A., Brock, P.J., Keil, L.C., Bernauer,

E.M. and Greenleaf, J.E. 1980. Exercise training-induced
hypervolemia: Role of plasma albumin, renin, and
vasopressin. Journal of Applied Physiology, 48, 665–669.

21. Convertino, V.A., Keil, L.C. and Greenleaf, J.E. 1983.

Plasma volume, renin, and vasopressin responses to graded
exercise after training. Journal of Applied Physiology, 54,
508–514.

22. Davies, K.J.A., Packer, L. and Brooks, G.A. 1981.

Biochemical adaptation of mitochondria, muscle, and
whole-animal respiration to endurance training. Archives of
Biochemistry and Biophysics, 209, 539–554.

23. Davies, K.J.A., Packer, L. and Brooks, G.A. 1982.

Exercise bioenergetics following sprint training. Archives
of Biochemistry and Biophysics, 215, 260–265.

24. Davis, J.A., Frank, M.H., Whipp, B.J. and Wasserman, K.

1979. Anaerobic threshold alterations caused by endurance
training in middle-aged men. Journal of Applied Physiology,
46, 1039–1046.

25. Dempsey, J.A., Hanson, P.G. and Henderson, K.S. 1984.

Exercise-induced arterial hypoxaemia in healthy human
subjects at sea level. Journal of Physiology, 355, 161–175.

26. Dempsey, J.A., Miller, J.D. and Romer, L.M. 2006. The
respiratory system. In C.M. Tipton (ed.), ACSM’s Advanced
Exercise Physiology (pp. 246–299). Philadelphia, PA:
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

27. Dempsey, J.A., Romer, L., Rodman, J., Miller, J. and

Smith, C. 2006. Consequences of exercise-induced
respiratory muscle work. Respiratory Physiology and
Neurobiology, 151, 242–250.

28. DiMenna, F.J., Wilkerson, D.P., Burnley, M., Bailey,

S.J. and Jones, A.M. 2010. Priming exercise speeds
pulmonary O 2 uptake kinetics during supine ‘work-to-work’
high-intensity cycle exercise. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 108, 283–292.

29. Ehsani, A.A., Hagberg, J.M. and Hickson, R.C. 1978.

Rapid changes in left ventricular dimensions and mass in
response to physical conditioning and deconditioning.
American Journal of Cardiology, 42, 52–56.

30. Ekblom, B. and Hermansen, L. 1968. Cardiac output in

athletes. Journal of Applied Physiology, 25, 619–625.

31. Fagard, R.H. 1997. Impact of different sports and

training on cardiac structure and function. Cardiology
Clinics, 15, 397–412.

32. Fagard, R.H. 2006. Exercise is good for your blood

pressure: Effects of endurance training and resistance
training. Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and
Physiology, 33, 853–856.

33. Gillen, C.M., Lee, R., Mack, G.W., Tomaselli, C.M.,

Nishiyasu, T. and Nadel, E.R. 1991. Plasma volume
expansion in humans after a single intense exercise
protocol. Journal of Applied Physiology, 71, 1914–1920.

34. Gledhill, N., Cox, D. and Jamnik, R. 1994. Endurance

athletes’ stroke volume does not plateau: Major advantage
in diastolic function. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 26, 1116–1121.

35. Goodman, J.M., Liu, P.P. and Green, H.J. 2005. Left
ventricular adaptations following shortterm endurance
training. Journal of Applied Physiology, 98, 454–460.

36. Grassi, B., Poole, D.C., Richardson, R.S., Knight,

D.R., Erickson, B.K. and Wagner, P.D. 1996. Muscle O 2
uptake in humans: Implications for metabolic control.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 80, 988–998.

37. Green, H.J., Jones, L.L. and Painter, D.C. 1990.

Effects of short-term training on cardiac function during
prolonged exercise. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 22, 488–493.

38. Hickson, R.C., Hagberg, J.M., Ehsani, A.A. and

Holloszy, J.O. 1981. Time course of the adaptive responses
of aerobic power and heart rate to training. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 13, 17–20.

39. Hoffman, J. 2002. Cardiovascular system and exercise.

In Physiological Aspects of Sport Training and Performance
(pp. 39–56). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

40. Hogan, M.C. 2001. Fall in intracellular PO 2 at the

onset of contractions in Xenopus single skeletal muscle
fibers. Journal of Applied Physiology, 90, 1871–1876.

41. Holloszy, J.O. and Coyle, E.F. 1984. Adaptations of

skeletal muscle to endurance exercise and their metabolic
consequences. Journal of Applied Physiology, 56, 831–838.

42. Howald, H., Hoppeler, H., Claassen, H., Mathieu, O. and

Straub, R. 1985. Influences of endurance training on the
ultrastructural composition of the different muscle fiber
types in humans. Pflugers Archives, 403, 369–376.
43. Hughson, R.L., Xing, H.C., Borkhoff, C. and Butler,
G.C. 1991. Kinetics of ventilation and gas exchange during
supine and upright cycle exercise. European Journal of
Applied Physiology, 63, 300–307.

44. Jasperse, J. and Laughlin, M. 2006. Endothelial

function and exercise training: Evidence from studies
using animal models. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 38, 445–454.

45. Kalliokoski, K.K., Oikonen, V., Takala, T.O., Sipilä,

H., Knuuti, J. and Nuutila, P. 2001. Enhanced oxygen
extraction and reduced flow heterogeneity in exercising
muscle in endurancetrained men. American Journal of
Physiology – Endocrinology and Metabolism, 280, 1015–1021.

46. Kanstrup, I.L., Marving, J. and Hoilund-Carlsen, P.F.

1992. Acute plasma expansion: Left ventricular hemodynamics
and endocrine function during exercise. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 73, 1791–1796.

47. Klausen, K., Secher, N.H., Clausen, J.P., Hartling, O.

and Trap-Jensen, J. 1982. Central and regional circulatory
adaptations to one-leg training. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 52, 976–983.

48. Koga, S., Shiojiri, T., Shibasaki, M., Kondo, N.,

Fukuba, Y. and Barstow, T.J. 1999. Kinetics of oxygen
uptake during supine and upright heavy exercise. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 87, 253–260.

49. Kozàkovà, M., Galetta, F., Gregorini, L., Bigalli, G.,

Franzoni, F., Giusti, C. and Palombo, C. 2000. Coronary
vasodilator capacity and epicardial vessel remodeling in
physiological and hypertensive hypertrophy. Hypertension,
36, 343–349.

50. Laughlin, M.H. and Korzick, D.H. 2001. Vascular smooth

muscle: Integrator of vasoactive signals during exercise
hyperemia. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 33,
81–91.

51. Laughlin, M.H. and Roseguini, B. 2008. Mechanisms for

exercise training-induced increases in skeletal muscle
blood flow capacity: Differences with interval sprint
training versus aerobic endurance training. Journal of
Physiology and Pharmacology, 59, 71–88.

52. Lehoux, S., Tronc, F. and Tedgui, A. 2002. Mechanisms

of blood flow-induced vascular enlargement. Biorheology,
39, 319–324.

53. Levine, B.D., Lane, L., Buckey, J.C., Friedman, D.B.

and Blomqvist, C.G. 1991. Left ventricular pressure–volume
and Frank–Starling relations in endurance athletes.
Circulation, 84, 1016–1023.

54. Leyk, D., Egfeld, D., Hoffmann, U., Wunderlich, H.,

Baum, K. and Stegemann, J. 1994. Postural effect on
cardiac output, oxygen uptake and lactate during cycle
exercise of varying intensity. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 68, 30–35.

55. Mayo, J.J. and Kravitz, L. 1999. A review of the acute

cardiovascular responses to resistance exercise of healthy
young and older adults. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 13, 90–96.

56. McAllister, R.M. 1998. Adaptations in control of blood

flow with training: Splanchnic and renal blood flows.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 30, 375–381.

57. Meyer, R.A. 1988. A linear model of muscle respiration

explains monoexponential phosphocreatine changes. American
Journal of Physiology – Cell Physiology, 254, C548–C553.

58. Mier, C.M., Turner, M.J., Ehsani, A.A. and Spina, R.J.
1997. Cardiovascular adaptations to 10 days of cycle
exercise. Journal of Applied Physiology, 83, 1900–1906.

59. Milliken, M.C., Stray-Gundersen, J., Peshock, R.M.,

Katz, J. and Mitchell, J.H. 1988. Left ventricular mass as
determined by magnetic resonance imaging in male endurance
athletes. American Journal of Cardiology, 62, 301–305.

60. Moore, R.L. 2006. The cardiovascular system: Cardiac

function. In C.M. Tipton (ed.), ACSM’s Advanced Exercise
Physiology (pp. 326–342). Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins.

61. Morganroth, J., Maron, B.J., Henry, W.L. and Epstein,

S.E. 1975. Comparative left ventricular dimensions in
trained athletes. Annals of Internal Medicine, 82, 521–524.

62. Nagashima, K., Mack, G.W., Haskell, A., Nishiyasu, T.

and Nadel, E.R. 1999. Mechanism for the posture-specific
plasma volume increase after a single intense exercise
protocol. Journal of Applied Physiology, 86, 867–873.

63. Pagani, E.D. and Solaro, R.J. 1983. Swimming exercise,

thyroid state, and the distribution of myosin isoenzymes
in rat heart. American Journal of Physiology – Heart and
Circulatory Physiology, 245, H713–H720.

64. Pawelczyk, J.A., Hanel, B., Pawelczyk, R.A., Warberg,

J. and Secher, N.H. 1992. Leg vasoconstriction during
dynamic exercise with reduced cardiac output. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 73, 1838–1846.

65. Pelliccia, A., Maron, B.J., Spataro, A., Proschan, M.A.

and Spirito, P. 1991. The upper limit of physiological
cardiac hypertrophy in highly trained elite athletes. New
England Journal of Medicine, 324, 295–301.

66. Penpargkul, S., Repke, D.I., Katz, A.M. and Scheuer, J.

1977. Effect of physical training on calcium transport by
rat cardiac sarcoplasmic reticulum. Circulation Research,
40, 134–138.

67. Peronnet, F., Cleroux, J., Perrault, H., Cousineau, D.,

de Champlain, J. and Nadeau, R. 1981. Plasma
norepinephrine response to exercise before and after
training in humans. Journal of Applied Physiology, 51,
812–815.

68. Piiper, J. 2000. Perfusion, diffusion and their

heterogeneities limiting blood-tissue O 2 transfer in
muscle. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 168, 603–607.

69. Pluim, B.M., Zwinderman, A.H., Van der Laarse, A. and

Van der Wall, E.E. 2000. The athlete’s heart: A
meta-analysis of cardiac structure and function.
Circulation, 101, 336–344.

70. Poole, D.C., Ferreira, L.F., Behnke, B.J., Barstow,

T.J. and Jones, A.M. 2007. The final frontier: Oxygen flux
into muscle at exercise onset. Exercise and Sport Science
Review, 35, 166–173.

71. Prior, B.M., Yang, H.T. and Terjung, R.L. 2004. What
makes vessels grow with exercise training? Journal of
Applied Physiology, 97, 1119–1128.

72. Remensnyder, J.P., Mitchell, J.H. and Sarnoff, S.J.

1962. Functional sympatholysis during muscular activity:
Observations on influence of carotid sinus on O 2 uptake.
Circulation Research, 11, 370–380.

73. Rowell, L.B. 1973. Regulation of splanchnic blood flow

in man. Physiologist, 16, 127–142.
74. Saltin, B., Blomqvist, C.G., Mitchell, J.H., Johnson,
R.L., Wildenthal, K. and Chapman, C.B. 1968. Response to
submaximal and maximal exercise after bed rest and
training. Circulation, 38(Suppl. 7), 1–78.

75. Saltin, B. and Rowell, L.B. 1980. Functional

adaptations to physical activity and inactivity.
Federation Proceedings, 39, 1506–1513.

76. Secher, N.H., Clausen, J.P., Klausen, K., Noer, I. and

Trap-Jensen, J. 1977. Central and regional circulatory
effects of adding arm exercise to leg exercise. Acta
Physiologica Scandinavica, 100, 288–297.

77. Selye, H. 1951. The general-adaptation-syndrome. Annual

Review of Medicine, 2, 327–342.

78. Sharma, R.V., Tomanek, R.J. and Bhalla, R.C. 1985.

Effect of swimming training on cardiac function and myosin
ATPase activity in SHR. Journal of Applied Physiology, 59,
758–765.

79. Shepherd, J.T. 1987. Circulatory response to exercise

in health. Circulation, 76, VI3–10.

80. Spirito, P., Pellicia, A., Proschan, M.A., Granata, M.,

Sparato, A., Bellone, P., Caselli, G., Biffi, A., Vecchio,
C. and Maron, B.J. 1994. Morphology of the ‘athlete’s
heart’ assessed by echocardiography in 947 elite athletes
representing 27 sports. American Journal of Cardiology, 74,
802–806.

81. Tanaka, H., Monahan, K.D. and Seals, D.R. 2001.

Age-predicted maximal heart rate revisited. Journal of the
American College of Cardiology, 37, 153–156.

82. Thomas, G.D., Hansen, J. and Victor, R.G. 1994.

Inhibition of alpha 2-adrenergic vasoconstriction during
contraction of glycolytic, not oxidative, rat hindlimb
muscle. American Journal of Physiology – Heart and
Circulatory Physiology, 266, H920–H929.

83. Tibbits, G.F., Barnard, R.J., Baldwin, K.M., Cugalj, N.

and Roberts, N.K. 1981. Influence of exercise on
excitation–contraction coupling in rat myocardium. American
Journal of Physiology – Heart and Circulatory Physiology,
240, H472–H480.

84. Tonkonogi, M. and Sahlin, K. 2002. Physical exercise

and mitochondrial function in human skeletal muscle.
Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews, 30, 129–137.

85. Wagner, P.D. 2005. Why doesn’t exercise grow the lungs
when other factors do? Exercise and Sport Sciences
Reviews, 33, 3–8.

86. Wenger, H.A. and Bell, G.J. 1986. The interactions of

intensity, frequency and duration of exercise training in
altering cardiorespiratory fitness. Sports Medicine, 3,
346–356.

87. Whipp, B.J., Davis, J.A., Torres, F. and Wasserman, K.

1981. A test to determine parameters of aerobic function
during exercise. Journal of Applied Physiology, 50,
217–221.

88. Whipp, B.J., Davis, J.A. and Wasserman, K. 1989.

Ventilatory control of the ‘isocapnic buffering’ region in
rapidly-incremental exercise. Respiration Physiology, 76,
357–367.

89. Wilkerson, D.P., Berger, N.J.A. and Jones, A.M. 2006.

Influence of hyperoxia on pulmonary O 2 uptake kinetics
following the onset of exercise in humans. Respiratory
Physiology and Neurobiology, 153, 92–106.

90. Wilmore, J.H., Stanforth, P.R., Gagnon, J., Rice, T.,

Mandel, S., Leon, A.S., Rao, D.C., Skinner, J.S. and
Bouchard, C. 2001. Heart rate and blood pressure changes
with endurance training: The HERITAGE Family Study.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 33, 107–116.

91. Zavorsky, G.S. 2000. Evidence and possible mechanisms

of altered maximum heart rate with endurance training and
tapering. Sports Medicine, 29, 13–26.
6 Chapter 6: The endocrine responses to
training

1. Ahtiainen, J.P., Pakarinen, A., Alen, M., Kraemer, W.J.

and Hakkinen, K. 2003. Muscle hypertrophy, hormonal
adaptations and strength development during strength
training in strength-trained and untrained men. European
Journal of Applied Physiology, 89, 555–563.

2. Ahtiainen, J.P., Pakarinen, A., Kraemer, W.J. and

Hakkinen, K. 2003. Acute hormonal and neuromuscular
responses and recovery to forced vs maximum repetitions
multiple resistance exercises. International Journal of
Sports Medicine, 24, 410–418.

3. Ahtiainen, J.P., Pakarinen, A., Kraemer, W.J. and

Hakkinen, K. 2004. Acute hormonal responses to heavy
resistance exercise in strength athletes versus
nonathletes. Canadian Journal of Applied Physiology, 29,
527–543.

4. Alen, M., Pakarinen, A., Hakkinen, K. and Komi, P.V.

1988. Responses of serum androgenicanabolic and catabolic
hormones to prolonged strength training. International
Journal of Sports Medicine, 9, 229–233.

5. Baker, J.R., Bemben, M.G., Anderson, M.A. and Bemben,

D.A. 2006. Effects of age on testosterone responses to
resistance exercise and musculoskeletal variables in men.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 20,
874–881.

6. Ballor, D.L., Becque, M.D. and Katch, V.L. 1987.

Metabolic responses during hydraulic resistance exercise.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 19, 363–367.

7. Banister, E.W., Singh, A.K. and Calvert, T.W. 1980. The

effect of training on the formation of catecholamines,
ammonia, glutamic acid and glutamine during exhaustive
exercise. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 12,
84.

8. Baron, R., Petschnig, R., Bachl, N., Raberger, G.,

Smekal, G. and Kastner, P. 1992. Catecholamine excretion
and heart rate as factors of psychophysical stress in table
tennis. International Journal of Sports Medicine, 13,
501–505.

9. Bosco, C. and Viru, A. 1998. Testosterone and cortisol

levels in blood of male sprinters, soccer players and
cross-country skiers. Biology of Sport, 15, 3–8.

10. Buresh, R., Berg, K. and French, J. 2009. The effect of

resistive exercise rest interval on hormonal response,
strength, and hypertrophy with training. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 23, 62–71.

11. Bush, J.A., Kraemer, W.J., Mastro, A.M.,

Triplett-McBride, N.T., Volek, J.S., Putukian, M.,
Sebastianelli, W.J. and Knuttgen, H.G. 1999. Exercise and
recovery responses of adrenal medullary neurohormones to
heavy resistance exercise. Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 31, 554–559.

12. Cardinale, M. and Stone, M.H. 2006. Is testosterone

influencing explosive performance? Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 20, 103–107.

13. Chandler, R.M., Byrne, H.K., Patterson, J.G. and Ivy,

J.L. 1994. Dietary supplements affect the anabolic
hormones after weight-training exercise. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 76, 839–845.

14. Cook, C. and Crewther, B. 2011. Biochemical markers and

resistance training. In M. Cardinale, R.U. Newton and K.
Nosaka (eds), Strength and Conditioning: Biological
Principles and Practical Applications (pp. 155–164).
Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell.

15. Crewther, B., Cronin, J., Keogh, J. and Cook, C. 2008.

The salivary testosterone and cortisol response to three
loading schemes. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 22, 250–255.

16. Crewther, B., Keogh, J., Cronin, J. and Cook, C. 2006.

Possible stimuli for strength and power adaptation: Acute
hormonal responses. Sports Medicine, 36, 215–238.

17. Crewther, B.T., Cook, C., Cardinale, M., Weatherby,

R.P. and Lowe, T. 2011. Two emerging concepts for elite
athletes: The short-term effects of testosterone and
cortisol on the neuromuscular system and the dose–response
training role of these endogenous hormones. Sports
Medicine, 41, 103–123.

18. Crowley, M.A. and Matt, K.S. 1996. Hormonal regulation

of skeletal muscle hypertrophy in rats: The testosterone
to cortisol ratio. European Journal of Applied Physiology
and Occupational Physiology, 73, 66–72.
19. Deschenes, M.R., Kraemer, W.J., Maresh, C.M. and
Crivello, J.F. 1991. Exercise-induced hormonal changes and
their effects upon skeletal muscle tissue. Sports Medicine,
12, 80–93.

20. Fahey, T.D., Rolph, R., Moungmee, P., Nagel, J. and

Mortara, S. 1976. Serum testosterone, body composition,
and strength of young adults. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 8, 31–34.

21. Florini, J.R. 1987. Hormonal control of muscle growth.

Muscle and Nerve, 10, 577–598.

22. French, D.N., Kraemer, W.J., Volek, J.S., Spiering,

B.A., Judelson, D.A., Hoffman, J.R. and Maresh, C.M. 2007.
Anticipatory responses of catecholamines on muscle force
production. Journal of Applied Physiology, 102, 94–102.

23. Fry, A.C. and Hoffman, J.R. 2008. Training responses

and adaptations of the endocrine system. In T.J. Chandler
and L.E. Brown (eds), Conditioning for Strength and Human
Performance (pp. 94–122). Baltimore, MD: Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins.

24. Fry, A.C. and Kraemer, W.J. 1997. Resistance exercise

overtraining and overreaching: Neuroendocrine responses.
Sports Medicine, 23, 106–129.

25. Fry, A.C., Kraemer, W.J. and Ramsey, L.T. 1998.

Pituitary–adrenal–gonadal responses to high-intensity
resistance exercise overtraining. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 85, 2352–2359.

26. Fry, A.C., Kraemer, W.J., Stone, M.H., Warren, B.J.,

Fleck, S.J., Kearney, J.T. and Gordon, S.E. 1994.
Endocrine responses to over-reaching before and after 1
year of weightlifting training. Canadian Journal of Applied
Physiology, 19, 400–410.

27. Fry, A.C., Kraemer, W.J., Van Borselen, F., Lynch,

J.M., Triplett, N.T., Koziris, L.P. and Fleck, S.J. 1994.
Catecholamine responses to short-term high-intensity
resistance exercise overtraining. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 77, 941–946.

28. Fry, A.C. and B.K. Schilling. 2002. Weightlifting

training and hormonal responses in adolescent males:
Implications for program design. Strength and Conditioning
Journal, 24, 7–12.
29. Fry, A.C., Schilling, B.K., Fleck, S.J. and Kraemer,
W.J. 2011. Relationships between competitive wrestling
success and neuroendocrine responses. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 25, 40–45.

30. Galbo, H. 1983. Hormonal and Metabolic Adaptations to

Exercise. New York: Georg Thieme Verlag.

31. Galbo, H., Holst, J.J. and Christensen, N.J. 1975.

Glucagon and plasma catecholamine responses to graded and
prolonged exercise in man. Journal of Applied Physiology,
38, 70–76.

32. Gilbert, C. 1995. Optimal physical performance in

athletes: Key roles of dopamine in a specific
neurotransmitter/hormonal mechanism. Mechanisms of Ageing
and Development, 84, 83–102.

33. Godfrey, R.J., Madgwick, Z. and Whyte, G.P. 2003. The

exercise-induced growth hormone response in athletes.
Sports Medicine, 33, 599–613.

34. Goldstein, D.S., Eisenhofer, G. and Kopin, I.J. 2003.

Sources and significance of plasma levels of catechols and
their metabolites in humans. Journal of Pharmacology and
Experimental Therapeutics, 305, 800–811.

35. Gotshalk, L.A., Loebel, C.C., Nindl, B.C., Putukian,

M., Sebastianelli, W.J., Newton, R.U., Hakkinen, K. and
Kraemer, W.J. 1997. Hormonal responses of multiset versus
single-set heavy-resistance exercise protocols. Canadian
Journal of Applied Physiology, 22, 244–255.

36. Griffin, J.E. and Ojeda, S.R. (eds). 2004. Textbook of

Endocrine Physiology (5th edn). Oxford: Oxford University
Press.

37. Hackney, A.C., Szczepanowska, E. and Viru, A.M. 2003.

Basal testicular testosterone production in
endurance-trained men is suppressed. European Journal of
Applied Physiology, 89, 198–201.

38. Hakkinen, K. and Pakarinen, A. 1991. Serum hormones in

male strength athletes during intensive short term strength
training. European Journal of Applied Physiology and
Occupational Physiology, 63, 194–199.

39. Hakkinen, K. and Pakarinen, A. 1993. Acute hormonal

responses to two different fatiguing heavy-resistance
protocols in male athletes. Journal of Applied Physiology,
74, 882–887.

40. Hakkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Alen, M., Kauhanen, H. and

Komi, P.V. 1987. Relationships between training volume,
physical performance capacity, and serum hormone
concentrations during prolonged training in elite weight
lifters. International Journal of Sports Medicine,
8(Suppl. 1), 61–65.

41. Hakkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Alen, M., Kauhanen, H. and

Komi, P.V. 1988. Neuromuscular and hormonal adaptations in
athletes to strength training in two years. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 65, 2406–2412.

42. Hakkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Kraemer, W.J., Newton,

R.U. and Alen, M. 2000. Basal concentrations and acute
responses of serum hormones and strength development during
heavy resistance training in middle-aged and elderly men
and women. Journals of Gerontology Series A: Biological
Sciences and Medical Sciences, 55, B95–B105.

43. Hakkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Kyrolainen, H., Cheng, S.,

Kim, D.H. and Komi, P.V. 1990. Neuromuscular adaptations
and serum hormones in females during prolonged power
training. International Journal of Sports Medicine, 11,
91–98.

44. Hakkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Newton, R.U. and Kraemer,

W.J. 1998. Acute hormone responses to heavy resistance
lower and upper extremity exercise in young versus old men.
European Journal of Applied Physiology and Occupational
Physiology, 77, 312–319.

45. Hameed, M., Lange, K.H., Andersen, J.L., Schjerling,

P., Kjaer, M., Harridge, S.D. and Goldspink, G. 2004. The
effect of recombinant human growth hormone and resistance
training on IGF-1 mRNA expression in the muscles of elderly
men. Journal of Physiology, 555, 231–240.

46. Hickson, R.C., Hagberg, J.M., Conlee, R.K., Jones,

D.A., Ehsani, A.A. and Winder, W.W. 1979. Effect of
training on hormonal responses to exercise in competitive
swimmers. European Journal of Applied Physiology and
Occupational Physiology, 41, 211–219.

47. Hickson, R.C., Hidaka, K., Foster, C., Falduto, M.T.

and Chatterton, R.T., Jr. 1994. Successive time courses of
strength development and steroid hormone responses to
heavy-resistance training. Journal of Applied Physiology,
76, 663–670.
48. Hoch, F., Werle, E. and Weicker, H. 1988.
Sympathoadrenergic regulation in elite fencers in training
and competition. International Journal of Sports Medicine,
9(Suppl. 2), S141–S145.

49. Izquierdo, M., Ibanez, J., Hakkinen, K., Kraemer, W.J.,

Ruesta, M. and Gorostiaga, E.M. 2004. Maximal strength and
power, muscle mass, endurance and serum hormones in
weightlifters and road cyclists. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 22, 465–478.

50. Kanaley, J.A., Weltman, J.Y., Veldhuis, J.D., Rogol,

A.D., Hartman, M.L. and Weltman, A. 1997. Human growth
hormone response to repeated bouts of aerobic exercise.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 83, 1756–1761.

51. Kaplan, N.M. 2000. The adrenal glands. In J.E. Griffin

and S.R. Ojeda (eds), Textbook of Endocrine Physiology
(pp. 328–356). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

52. Kindermann, W., Schnabel, A., Schmitt, W.M., Biro, G.,

Cassens, J. and Weber, F. 1982. Catecholamines, growth
hormone, cortisol, insulin, and sex hormones in anaerobic
and aerobic exercise. European Journal of Applied
Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 49, 389–399.

53. Kjaer, M., Farrell, P.A., Christensen, N.J. and Galbo,

H. 1986. Increased epinephrine response and inaccurate
glucoregulation in exercising athletes. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 61, 1693–1700.

54. Kraemer, W.J., Aguilera, B.A., Terada, M., Newton,

R.U., Lynch, J.M., Rosendaal, G., McBride, J.M., Gordon,
S.E. and Hakkinen, K. 1995. Responses of IGF-1 to
endogenous increases in growth hormone after
heavy-resistance exercise. Journal of Applied Physiology,
79, 1310–1315.

55. Kraemer, W.J., Dziados, J.E., Marchitelli, L.J.,

Gordon, S.E., Harman, E.A., Mello, R., Fleck, S.J.,
Frykman, P.N. and Triplett, N.T. 1993. Effects of different
heavy-resistance exercise protocols on plasma
beta-endorphin concentrations. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 74, 450–459.

56. Kraemer, W.J., Fleck, S.J. and Deschenes, M.R. 2012.

Exercise Physiology: Integrating Theory and Application.
Baltimore, MD: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
57. Kraemer, W.J., Fleck, S.J., Dziados, J.E., Harman,
E.A., Marchitelli, L.J., Gordon, S.E., Mello, R., Frykman,
P.N., Koziris, L.P. and Triplett, N.T. 1993. Changes in
hormonal concentrations after different heavy-resistance
exercise protocols in women. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 75, 594–604.

58. Kraemer, W.J., Fleck, S.J., Maresh, C.M., Ratamess,

N.A., Gordon, S.E., Goetz, K.L., Harman, E.A., Frykman,
P.N., Volek, J.S., Mazzetti, S.A., Fry, A.C., Marchitelli,
L.J. and Patton, J.F. 1999. Acute hormonal responses to a
single bout of heavy resistance exercise in trained power
lifters and untrained men. Canadian Journal of Applied
Physiology, 24, 524–537.

59. Kraemer, W.J., Fry, A.C., Warren, B.J., Stone, M.H.,

Fleck, S.J., Kearney, J.T., Conroy, B.P., Maresh, C.M.,
Weseman, C.A., Triplett, N.T. and Gordon, S.E. 1992. Acute
hormonal responses in elite junior weightlifters.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 13, 103–109.

60. Kraemer, W.J., Gordon, S.E., Fleck, S.J., Marchitelli,

L.J., Mello, R., Dziados, J.E., Friedl, K., Harman, E.,
Maresh, C. and Fry, A.C. 1991. Endogenous anabolic hormonal
and growth factor responses to heavy resistance exercise
in males and females. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 12, 228–235.

61. Kraemer, W.J., Hakkinen, K., Newton, R.U., McCormick,

M., Nindl, B.C., Volek, J.S., Gotshalk, L.A., Fleck, S.J.,
Campbell, W.W., Gordon, S.E., Farrell, P.A. and Evans, W.J.
1998. Acute hormonal responses to heavy resistance exercise
in younger and older men. European Journal of Applied
Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 77, 206–211.

62. Kraemer, W.J., Hakkinen, K., Newton, R.U., Nindl, B.C.,

Volek, J.S., McCormick, M., Gotshalk, L.A., Gordon, S.E.,
Fleck, S.J., Campbell, W.W., Putukian, M. and Evans, W.J.
1999. Effects of heavy-resistance training on hormonal
response patterns in younger vs. older men. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 87, 982–992.

63. Kraemer, W.J., Marchitelli, L., Gordon, S.E., Harman,

E., Dziados, J.E., Mello, R., Frykman, P., McCurry, D. and
Fleck, S.J. 1990. Hormonal and growth factor responses to
heavy resistance exercise protocols. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 69, 1442–1450.

64. Kraemer, W.J., and Mazzetti, S.A. 2003. Hormonal

mechanisms related to the expression of muscular strength
and power. In P.V. Komi (ed.), Strength and Power in Sport
(pp. 73–95). Oxford: Blackwell Science.

65. Kraemer, W.J., Noble, B.J., Clark, M.J. and Culver,

B.W. 1987. Physiologic responses to heavy-resistance
exercise with very short rest periods. International
Journal of Sports Medicine, 8, 247–252.

66. Kraemer, W.J., Patton, J.F., Knuttgen, H.G., Hannan,

C.J., Kettler, T., Gordon, S.E., Dziados, J.E., Fry, A.C.,
Frykman, P.N. and Harman, E.A. 1991. Effects of
high-intensity cycle exercise on sympathoadrenal–medullary
response patterns. Journal of Applied Physiology, 70,
8–14.

67. Kraemer, W.J. and Ratamess, N.A. 2003. Endocrine

responses and adaptations to strength and power training.
In P.V. Komi (ed.), Strength and Power in Sport (pp.
361–386). Oxford: Blackwell Science.

68. Kraemer, W.J. and Ratamess, N.A. 2005. Hormonal

responses and adaptations to resistance exercise and
training. Sports Medicine, 35, 339–361.

69. Kraemer, W.J., Volek, J.S., Bush, J.A., Putukian, M.

and Sebastianelli, W.J. 1998. Hormonal responses to
consecutive days of heavy-resistance exercise with or
without nutritional supplementation. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 85, 1544–1555.

70. Lehmann, M., Jakob, E., Roscher, E., Tusch, R. and

Keul, J. 1988. Ski-flying: Related catecholamine excretion
compared with cross-country skiing. International Journal
of Sports Medicine, 9, 438–442.

71. Lehmann, M. and Keul, J. 1986. Free plasma

catecholamines, heart rates, lactate levels, and oxygen
uptake in competition weight lifters, cyclists, and
untrained control subjects. International Journal of
Sports Medicine, 7, 18–21.

72. Lehmann, M., Schmid, P. and Keul, J. 1984. Age-and

exercise-related sympathetic activity in untrained
volunteers, trained athletes and patients with impaired
left-ventricular contractility. European Heart Journal,
5(Suppl. E), 1–7.

73. Lin, H., Wang, S.W., Wang, R.Y. and Wang, P.S. 2001.
Stimulatory effect of lactate on testosterone production by
rat Leydig cells. Journal of Cellular Biochemistry, 83,
147–154.

74. Linnamo, V., Pakarinen, A., Komi, P.V., Kraemer, W.J.

and Hakkinen, K. 2005. Acute hormonal responses to
submaximal and maximal heavy resistance and explosive
exercises in men and women. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 19, 566–571.

75. Lu, S.S., Lau, C.P., Tung, Y.F., Huang, S.W., Chen,
Y.H., Shih, H.C., Tsai, S.C., Lu, C.C., Wang, S.W., Chen,
J.J., Chien, E.J., Chien, C.H. and Wang, P.S. 1997. Lactate
and the effects of exercise on testosterone secretion:
Evidence for the involvement of a cAMP-mediated mechanism.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 29, 1048–1054.

76. Luger, A., Watschinger, B., Deuster, P., Svoboda, T.,

Clodi, M. and Chrousos, G.P. 1992. Plasma growth hormone
and prolactin responses to graded levels of acute exercise
and to a lactate infusion. Neuroendocrinology, 56, 112–117.

77. Marx, J.O., Gordon, S.E., Vos, N.H., Nindl, B.C.,

Gomez, A.L., Volek, J.S., Pedro, J., Ratamess, N., Newton,
R.U., French, D.N., Rubin, M.R., Hakkinen, K. and Kraemer,
W.J. 2002. Effect of alkalosis on plasma epinephrine
responses to high intensity cycle exercise in humans.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 87, 72–77.

78. Marx, J.O., Ratamess, N.A., Nindl, B.C., Gotshalk,

L.A., Volek, J.S., Dohi, K., Bush, J.A., Gomez, A.L.,
Mazzetti, S.A., Fleck, S.J., Hakkinen, K., Newton, R.U. and
Kraemer, W.J. 2001. Low-volume circuit versus high-volume
periodized resistance training in women. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 33, 635–643.

79. Mazzeo, R.S. 1991. Catecholamine responses to acute and

chronic exercise. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 23, 839–845.

80. McCall, G.E., Byrnes, W.C., Fleck, S.J., Dickinson, A.

and Kraemer, W.J. 1999. Acute and chronic hormonal
responses to resistance training designed to promote muscle
hypertrophy. Canadian Journal of Applied Physiology, 24,
96–107.

81. McCaulley, G.O., McBride, J.M., Cormie, P., Hudson,

M.B., Nuzzo, J.L., Quindry, J.C. and Triplett, N.T. 2009.
Acute hormonal and neuromuscular responses to hypertrophy,
strength and power type resistance exercise. European
Journal of Applied Physiology, 105, 695–704.
82. McMorris, T., Myers, S., MacGillivary, W.W., Sexsmith,
J.R., Fallowfield, J., Graydon, J. and Forster, D. 1999.
Exercise, plasma catecholamine concentrations and
decision-making performance of soccer players on a
soccer-specific test. Journal of Sports Sciences, 17,
667–676.

83. McMurray, R.G., Forsythe, W.A., Mar, M.H. and Hardy,

C.J. 1987. Exercise intensity-related responses of
beta-endorphin and catecholamines. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 19, 570–574.

84. Nagaya, N. and Herrera, A.A. 1995. Effects of

testosterone on synaptic efficacy at neuromuscular
junctions in a sexually dimorphic muscle of male frogs.
Journal of Physiology, 483(Pt 1), 141–153.

85. Naveri, H. 1985. Blood hormone and metabolite levels

during graded cycle ergometer exercise. Scandinavian
Journal of Clinical and Laboratory Investigation, 45,
599–603.

86. Nindl, B.C., Kraemer, W.J., Gotshalk, L.A., Marx, J.O.,

Volek, J.S., Bush, F.A., Hakkinen, K., Newton, R.U. and
Fleck, S.J. 2001. Testosterone responses after resistance
exercise in women: Influence of regional fat distribution.
International Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise
Metabolism, 11, 451–465.

87. Nindl, B.C., Kraemer, W.J. and Hymer, W.C. 2000.

Immunofunctional vs immunoreactive growth hormone
responses after resistance exercise in men and women.
Growth Hormone and IGF Research, 10, 99–103.

88. Ojeda, S.R. and Griffin, J.E. 2000. Organization of the

endocrine system. In J.E. Griffin and S.R. Ojeda (eds),
Textbook of Endocrine Physiology (pp. 3–18). Oxford: Oxford
University Press.

89. Peronnet, F., Cleroux, J., Perrault, H., Cousineau, D.,

de Champlain, J. and Nadeau, R. 1981. Plasma
norepinephrine response to exercise before and after
training in humans. Journal of Applied Physiology, 51,
812–815.

90. Pullinen, T., Huttunen, P. and Komi, P.V. 2000. Plasma

catecholamine responses and neural adaptation during
short-term resistance training. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 82, 68–75.
91. Pullinen, T., Mero, A., Huttunen, P., Pakarinen, A. and
Komi, P.V. 2002. Resistance exerciseinduced hormonal
responses in men, women, and pubescent boys. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 34, 806–813.

92. Raastad, T., Bjoro, T. and Hallen, J. 2000. Hormonal

responses to high-and moderate-intensity strength
exercise. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 82,
121–128.

93. Ratamess, N.A., Kraemer, W.J., Volek, J.S., Maresh,

C.M., Vanheest, J.L., Sharman, M.J., Rubin, M.R., French,
D.N., Vescovi, J.D., Silvestre, R., Hatfield, D.L., Fleck,
S.J. and Deschenes, M.R. 2005. Androgen receptor content
following heavy resistance exercise in men. Journal of
Steroid Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 93, 35–42.

94. Schwarz, L. and Kindermann, W. 1990. Beta-endorphin,

adrenocorticotropic hormone, cortisol and catecholamines
during aerobic and anaerobic exercise. European Journal of
Applied Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 61,
165–171.

95. Smilios, I., Pilianidis, T., Karamouzis, M. and

Tokmakidis, S.P. 2003. Hormonal responses after various
resistance exercise protocols. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 35, 644–654.

96. Spiering, B.A., Kraemer, W.J., Vingren, J.L., Ratamess,

N.A., Anderson, J.M., Armstrong, L.E., Nindl, B.C., Volek,
J.S., Hakkinen, K. and Maresh, C.M. 2009. Elevated
endogenous testosterone concentrations potentiate muscle
androgen receptor responses to resistance exercise.
Journal of Steroid Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 114,
195–199.

97. Staron, R.S., Karapondo, D.L., Kraemer, W.J., Fry,

A.C., Gordon, S.E., Falkel, J.E., Hagerman, F.C. and
Hikida, R.S. 1994. Skeletal muscle adaptations during early
phase of heavyresistance training in men and women. Journal
of Applied Physiology, 76, 1247–1255.

98. Tarpenning, K.M., Wiswell, R.A., Hawkins, S.A. and

Marcell, T.J. 2001. Influence of weight training exercise
and modification of hormonal response on skeletal muscle
growth. Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport, 4,
431–446.

99. Tremblay, M.S., Copeland, J.L. and Van Helder, W. 2004.

Effect of training status and exercise mode on endogenous
steroid hormones in men. Journal of Applied Physiology, 96,
531–539.

100. Vingren, J.L., Kraemer, W.J., Ratamess, N.A.,

Anderson, J.M., Volek, J.S. and Maresh, C.M. 2010.
Testosterone physiology in resistance exercise and
training: The up-stream regulatory elements. Sports
Medicine, 40, 1037–1053.

101. Viru, A., Karelson, K. and Smirnova, T. 1992.

Stability and variability in hormonal responses to
prolonged exercise. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 13, 230–235.

102. Viru, A. and Viru, M. 2001. Biochemical Monitoring of

Sport Training. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

103. Viru, A. and Viru, M. 2004. Cortisol – Essential

adaptation hormone in exercise. International Journal of
Sports Medicine, 25, 461–464.

104. Volek, J.S., Kraemer, W.J., Bush, J.A., Boetes, M.,

Incledon, T., Clark, K.L. and Lynch, J.M. 1997. Creatine
supplementation enhances muscular performance during
high-intensity resistance exercise. Journal of the American
Dietetic Association, 97, 765–770.

105. Volek, J.S., Kraemer, W.J., Bush, J.A., Incledon, T.

and Boetes, M. 1997. Testosterone and cortisol in
relationship to dietary nutrients and resistance exercise.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 82, 49–54.

106. Wallace, J.D., Cuneo, R.C., Bidlingmaier, M.,

Lundberg, P.A., Carlsson, L., Boguszewski, C.L., Hay, J.,
Healy, M.L., Napoli, R., Dall, R., Rosen, T. and
Strasburger, C.J. 2001. The response of molecular isoforms
of growth hormone to acute exercise in trained adult males.
Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 86,
200–206.

107. West, D.W., Burd, N.A., Tang, J.E., Moore, D.R.,

Staples, A.W., Holwerda, A.M., Baker, S.K. and Phillips,
S.M. 2010. Elevations in ostensibly anabolic hormones with
resistance exercise enhance neither training-induced muscle
hypertrophy nor strength of the elbow flexors. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 108, 60–67.

108. West, D.W., Kujbida, G.W., Moore, D.R., Atherton, P.,

Burd, N.A., Padzik, J.P., De Lisio, M., Tang, J.E.,
Parise, G., Rennie, M.J., Baker, S.K. and Phillips, S.M.
2009. Resistance exercise-induced increases in putative
anabolic hormones do not enhance muscle protein synthesis
or intracellular signalling in young men. Journal of
Physiology, 587, 5239–5247.

109. Wilkinson, S.B., Tarnopolsky, M.A., Grant, E.J.,

Correia, C.E. and Phillips, S.M. 2006. Hypertrophy with
unilateral resistance exercise occurs without increases in
endogenous anabolic hormone concentration. European
Journal of Applied Physiology, 98, 546–555.

110. Winder, W.W., Hickson, R.C., Hagberg, J.M., Ehsani,

A.A. and McLane, J.A. 1979. Traininginduced changes in
hormonal and metabolic responses to submaximal exercise.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 46, 766–771.

111. Wortsman, J. 2002. Role of epinephrine in acute

stress. Endocrinology and Metabolism Clinics of North
America, 31, 79–106.
7 Chapter 7: Nutrition for human
performance

1. Almond, C.S., Shin, A.Y., Fortescue, E.B., Mannix, R.C.,

Wypij, D., Binstadt, B.A., Duncan, C.N., Olson, D.P.,
Salerno, A.E., Newburger, J.W. and Greenes, D.S. 2005.
Hyponatremia among runners in the Boston Marathon. New
England Journal of Medicine, 352, 1550–1556.

2. Armstrong, L.E. 2005. Hydration assessment techniques.

Nutrition Reviews, 63, S40–S54.

3. Astrup, A., Dyerberg, J., Elwood, P., Hermansen, K., Hu,

F.B., Jakobsen, M.U., Kok, F.J., Krauss, R.M., Lecerf,
J.M., LeGrand, P., Nestel, P., Riserus, U., Sanders, T.,
Sinclair, A., Stender, S., Tholstrup, T. and Willett, W.C.
2011. The role of reducing intakes of saturated fat in the
prevention of cardiovascular disease: Where does the
evidence stand in 2010? American Journal of Clinical
Nutrition, 93, 684–688.

4. Atkinson, F.S., Foster-Powell, K. and Brand-Miller, J.C.

2008. International tables of glycemic index and glycemic
load values: 2008. Diabetes Care, 31, 2281–2283.

5. Bergeron, M.F. 2003. Heat cramps: Fluid and electrolyte

challenges during tennis in the heat. Journal of Science
and Medicine in Sport, 6, 19–27.

6. Betts, J.A. and Williams, C. 2010. Short-term recovery

from prolonged exercise: exploring the potential for
protein ingestion to accentuate the benefits of
carbohydrate supplements. Sports Medicine, 40, 941–959.

7. Blomstrand, E. 2001. Amino acids and central fatigue.

Amino Acids, 20(1), 25–34.

8. Burke, L.M., Claassen, A., Hawley, J.A. and Noakes, T.D.

1998. Carbohydrate intake during prolonged cycling
minimizes effect of glycemic index of preexercise meal.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 85, 2220–2226.

9. Burke, L.M., Collier, G.R. and Hargreaves, M. 1993.

Muscle glycogen storage after prolonged exercise: Effect
of the glycemic index of carbohydrate feedings. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 75, 1019–1023.

10. Burke, L.M., Hawley, J.A., Wong, S.H. and Jeukendrup,

A.E. 2011. Carbohydrates for training and competition.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 29(Suppl. 1), S17–S27.
11. Bussau, V.A., Fairchild, T.J., Rao, A., Steele, P. and
Fournier, P.A. 2002. Carbohydrate loading in human muscle:
An improved 1 day protocol. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 87, 290–295.

12. Clarkson, P.M. 1991. Minerals: Exercise performance and

supplementation in athletes. Journal of Sports Sciences,
9(Suppl. 1), 91–116.

13. Close, G.L., Ashton, T., Cable, T., Doran, D.,

Holloway, C., McArdle, F. and MacLaren, D.P. 2006.
Ascorbic acid supplementation does not attenuate
post-exercise muscle soreness following muscle-damaging
exercise but may delay the recovery process. British
Journal of Nutrition, 95, 976–981.

14. Close, G.L., Ashton, T., McArdle, A. and MacLaren, D.P.

2005. The emerging role of free radicals in delayed onset
muscle soreness and contraction-induced muscle injury.
Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology – Part A:
Molecular and Integrative Physiology, 142, 257–266.

15. Close, G.L., Russell, J., Cobley, J.N., Owens, D.J.,

Wilson, G., Gregson, W., Fraser, W.D. and Morton, J.P.
2013. Assessment of vitamin D concentration in
non-supplemented professional athletes and healthy adults
during the winter months in the UK: Implications for
skeletal muscle function. Journal of Sports Sciences,
31(4), 344–353.

16. Cobley, J., McGlory, C., Morton, J. and Close, G.L.

2011. N-acetylcysteine’s attenuation of fatigue after
repeated bouts of intermittent exercise: Practical
implications for tournament situations. International
Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 21(6),
451–461.

17. Cohen, M. and Bendich, A. 1986. Safety of pyridoxine –

A review of human and animal studies. Toxicology Letters,
34, 129–139.

18. Costill, D.L., Pascoe, D.D., Fink, W.J., Robergs, R.A.,

Barr, S.I. and Pearson, D. 1990. Impaired muscle glycogen
resynthesis after eccentric exercise. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 69, 46–50.

19. Decombaz, J., Jentjens, R., Ith, M., Scheurer, E.,

Buehler, T., Jeukendrup, A. and Boesch, C. 2011. Fructose
and galactose enhance post-exercise human liver glycogen
synthesis. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
43(10), 1964–1971.

20. Donaldson, C.M., Perry, T.L. and Rose, M.C. 2010.

Glycemic index and endurance performance. International
Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 20,
154–165.

21. Elwood, P.C., Pickering, J.E., Givens, D.I. and

Gallacher, J.E. 2010. The consumption of milk and dairy
foods and the incidence of vascular disease and diabetes:
An overview of the evidence. Lipids, 45, 925–939.

22. Expert Group on Vitamins and Minerals. 2003. Safe Upper

Levels for Vitamins and Minerals. Available from:

23. Ferreira, L.F. and Reid, M.B. 2008. Muscle-derived ROS

and thiol regulation in muscle fatigue. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 104, 853–860.

24. Foster, C., Costill, D.L. and Fink, W.J. 1979. Effects
of preexercise feedings on endurance performance. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 11, 1–5.

25. Gleeson, M. 2007. Immune function in sport and

exercise. Journal of Applied Physiology, 103, 693–699.

26. Gomez-Cabrera, M.C., Domenech, E. and Vina, J. 2008.

Moderate exercise is an antioxidant: Upregulation of
antioxidant genes by training. Free Radical Biology and
Medicine, 44, 126–131.

27. Hawley, J.A. and Burke, L.M. 2010. Carbohydrate

availability and training adaptation: Effects on cell
metabolism. Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews, 38,
152–160.

28. Hawley, J.A., Burke, L.M., Phillips, S.M. and Spriet,

L.L. 2011. Nutritional modulation of training-induced
skeletal muscle adaptations. Journal of Applied Physiology,
110, 834–845.

29. Hobson, R.M., Saunders, B., Ball, G., Harris, R.C. and
Sale, C. 2012. Effects of beta-alanine supplementation on
exercise performance: A meta-analysis. Amino Acids, 43,
25–37.

30. Hu, F.B. 2010. Are refined carbohydrates worse than

saturated fat? American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 91,
1541–1542.
31. Hu, F.B., Stampfer, M.J., Manson, J.E., Ascherio, A.,
Colditz, G.A., Speizer, F.E., Hennekens, C.H. and Willett,
W.C. 1999. Dietary saturated fats and their food sources in
relation to the risk of coronary heart disease in women.
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 70, 1001–1008.

32. Ivy, J.L., Katz, A.L., Cutler, C.L., Sherman, W.M. and
Coyle, E.F. 1988. Muscle glycogen synthesis after
exercise: Effect of time of carbohydrate ingestion. Journal
of Applied Physiology, 64, 1480–1485.

33. Jentjens, R. and Jeukendrup, A. 2003. Determinants of

post-exercise glycogen synthesis during short-term
recovery. Sports Medicine, 33, 117–144.

34. Jeukendrup, A.E. 2010. Carbohydrate and exercise

performance: The role of multiple transportable
carbohydrates. Current Opinion in Clinical Nutrition and
Metabolic Care, 13, 452–457.

35. Jeukendrup, A.E. and Chambers, E.S. 2010. Oral

carbohydrate sensing and exercise performance. Current
Opinion in Clinical Nutrition and Metabolic Care, 13,
447–451.

36. Jeukendrup, A.E. and Killer, S.C. 2010. The myths

surrounding pre-exercise carbohydrate feeding. Annals of
Nutrition and Metabolism, 57(Suppl. 2), 18–25.

37. Karelis, A.D., Smith, J.W., Passe, D.H. and Peronnet,

F. 2010. Carbohydrate administration and exercise
performance: What are the potential mechanisms involved?
Sports Medicine, 40, 747–763.

38. Kovacs, E.M., Schmahl, R.M., Senden, J.M. and Brouns,

F. 2002. Effect of high and low rates of fluid intake on
post-exercise rehydration. International Journal of Sport
Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 12, 14–23.

39. Lee, J.K. and Shirreffs, S.M. 2007. The influence of

drink temperature on thermoregulatory responses during
prolonged exercise in a moderate environment. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 25, 975–985.

40. Lemon, P.W. 1995. Do athletes need more dietary protein

and amino acids? International Journal of Sport Nutrition,
5(Suppl.), S39–S61.

41. Levenhagen, D.K., Carr, C., Carlson, M.G., Maron, D.J.,

Borel, M.J. and Flakoll, P.J. 2002. Postexercise protein
intake enhances whole-body and leg protein accretion in
humans. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 34,
828–837.

42. Manore, M.M. 2000. Effect of physical activity on

thiamine, riboflavin, and vitamin B-6 requirements.
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 72, 598S–606S.

43. Manore, M.M. 2002. Dietary recommendations and athletic

menstrual dysfunction. Sports Medicine, 32, 887–901.

44. Maughan, R.J. 1999. Role of micronutrients in sport and

physical activity. British Medical Bulletin, 55, 683–690.

45. Maughan, R.J. and Shirreffs, S.M. 2008. Development of

individual hydration strategies for athletes. International
Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 18,
457–472.

46. Maughan, R.J., Watson, P., Evans, G.H., Broad, N. and

Shirreffs, S.M. 2007. Water balance and salt losses in
competitive football. International Journal of Sport
Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 17, 583–594.

47. McNaughton, L.R., Siegler, J. and Midgley, A. 2008.

Ergogenic effects of sodium bicarbonate. Current Sports
Medicine Reports, 7(4), 230–236.

48. Mettler, S., Mitchell, N. and Tipton, K.D. 2010.

Increased protein intake reduces lean body mass loss
during weight loss in athletes. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 42, 326–337.

49. Millward, D.J. 2004. Protein and amino acid

requirements of athletes. Journal of Sports Sciences, 22,
143–144.

50. Morton, J.P., Croft, L., Bartlett, J.D., Maclaren,

D.P., Reilly, T., Evans, L., McArdle, A. and Drust, B.
2009. Reduced carbohydrate availability does not modulate
training-induced heat shock protein adaptations but does
upregulate oxidative enzyme activity in human skeletal
muscle. Journal of Applied Physiology, 106, 1513–1521.

51. Morton, J.P., Robertson, C., Sutton, L. and MacLaren,

D.P. 2010. Making the weight: A case study from
professional boxing. International Journal of Sport
Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 20, 80–85.
52. Mozaffarian, D., Katan, M.B., Ascherio, A., Stampfer,
M.J. and Willett, W.C. 2006. Trans fatty acids and
cardiovascular disease. New England Journal of Medicine,
354, 1601–1613.

53. Pedersen, D.J., Lessard, S.J., Coffey, V.G., Churchley,

E.G., Wootton, A.M., Ng, T., Watt, M.J. and Hawley, J.A.
2008. High rates of muscle glycogen resynthesis after
exhaustive exercise when carbohydrate is coingested with
caffeine. Journal of Applied Physiology, 105, 7–13.

54. Pfeiffer, B., Stellingwerff, T., Zaltas, E. and

Jeukendrup, A.E. 2010. CHO oxidation from a CHO gel
compared with a drink during exercise. Medicine and Science
in Sports and Exercise, 42, 2038–2045.

55. Phillips, S.M. 2004. Protein requirements and

supplementation in strength sports. Nutrition, 20(7–8),
689–695.

56. Phillips, S.M. 2011. The science of muscle hypertrophy:

Making dietary protein count. Proceedings of the Nutrition
Society, 70, 100–103.

57. Phillips, S.M., Tang, J.E. and Moore, D.R. 2009. The
role of milk-and soy-based protein in support of muscle
protein synthesis and muscle protein accretion in young and
elderly persons. Journal of the American College of
Nutrition, 28, 343–354.

58. Phillips, S.M., Tipton, K.D., Ferrando, A.A. and Wolfe,

R.R. 1999. Resistance training reduces the acute
exercise-induced increase in muscle protein turnover.
American Journal of Physiology, 276, E118–E124.

59. Powers, S.K. and Jackson, M.J. 2008. Exercise-induced

oxidative stress: Cellular mechanisms and impact on muscle
force production. Physiological Reviews, 88, 1243–1276.

60. Res, P.T., Groen, B., Pennings, B., Beelen, M., Wallis,
G.A., Gijsen, A.P., Senden, J.M. and van Loon, L.J. 2012.
Protein ingestion before sleep improves postexercise
overnight recovery. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 44(8), 1560–1569.

61. Robinson, T.M., Sewell, D.A., Hultman, E. and

Greenhaff, P.L. 1999. Role of submaximal exercise in
promoting creatine and glycogen accumulation in human
skeletal muscle. Journal of Applied Physiology, 87,
598–604.
62. Rodriguez, N.R., DiMarco, N.M. and Langley, S. 2009.
Position of the American Dietetic Association, Dietitians
of Canada, and the American College of Sports Medicine:
Nutrition and athletic performance. Journal of the
American Dietetic Association, 109, 509–527.

63. Rollo, I. and Williams, C. 2010. Influence of ingesting

a carbohydrate-electrolyte solution before and during a
1-hour run in fed endurance-trained runners. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 28, 593–601.

64. Sawka, M.N., Burke, L.M., Eichner, E.R., Maughan, R.J.,

Montain, S.J. and Stachenfeld, N.S. 2007. American College
of Sports Medicine position stand: Exercise and fluid
replacement. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
39, 377–390.

65. Schoeller, D.A., Watras, A.C. and Whigham, L.D. 2009. A

meta-analysis of the effects of conjugated linoleic acid on
fat-free mass in humans. Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and
Metabolism, 34(5), 975–978.

66. Shing, C.M., Hunter, D.C. and Stevenson, L.M. 2009.

Bovine colostrum supplementation and exercise performance:
Potential mechanisms. Sports Medicine, 39(12), 1033–1054.

67. Shirreffs, S.M. and Maughan, R.J. 1998. Urine

osmolality and conductivity as indices of hydration status
in athletes in the heat. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 30, 1598–1602.

68. Simopoulos, A.P. 2002. The importance of the ratio of

omega-6/omega-3 essential fatty acids. Biomedicine and
Pharmacotherapy, 56, 365–379.

69. Slater, G. and Phillips, S.M. 2011. Nutrition

guidelines for strength sports: Sprinting, weightlifting,
throwing events, and bodybuilding. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 29(Suppl. 1), S67–S77.

70. Stephens, F.B., Constantin-Teodosiu, D. and Greenhaff,

P.L. 2007. New insights concerning the role of carnitine
in the regulation of fuel metabolism in skeletal muscle.
Journal of Physiology, 581(Pt 2), 431–444.

71. Tarnopolsky, M.A. 2010. Caffeine and creatine use in

sport. Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism, 57(Suppl. 2),
1–8.
72. Taylor, C., Higham, D., Close, G.L. and Morton, J.P.
2011. The effect of adding caffeine to postexercise
carbohydrate feeding on subsequent high-intensity
interval-running capacity compared with carbohydrate alone.
International Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise
Metabolism, 21, 410–416.

73. Thompson, D., Williams, C., McGregor, S.J., Nicholas,

C.W., McArdle, F., Jackson, M.J. and Powell, J.R. 2001.
Prolonged vitamin C supplementation and recovery from
demanding exercise. International Journal of Sport
Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 11, 466–481.

74. Tipton, K.D., Rasmussen, B.B., Miller, S.L., Wolf,

S.E., Owens-Stovall, S.K., Petrini, B.E. and Wolfe, R.R.
2001. Timing of amino acid–carbohydrate ingestion alters
anabolic response of muscle to resistance exercise.
American Journal of Physiology – Endocrinology and
Metabolism, 281, E197–E206.

75. Turnlund, J.R. 1991. Bioavailability of dietary

minerals to humans: The stable isotope approach. Critical
Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 30, 387–396.

76. Venables, M.C., Hulston, C.J., Cox, H.R. and

Jeukendrup, A.E. 2008. Green tea extract ingestion, fat
oxidation, and glucose tolerance in healthy humans.
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 87(3), 778–784.

77. Vist, G.E. and Maughan, R.J. 1995. The effect of

osmolality and carbohydrate content on the rate of gastric
emptying of liquids in man. Journal of Physiology, 486(Pt
2), 523–531.

78. Willis, K.S., Peterson, N.J. and Larson-Meyer, D.E.

2008. Should we be concerned about the vitamin D status of
athletes? International Journal of Sport Nutrition and
Exercise Metabolism, 18(2), 204–224.

79. Wilson, G., Chester, N., Eubank, M., Crighton, B.,

Drust, B., Morton, J.P. and Close, G.L. 2012. An
alternative dietary strategy to make weight while improving
mood, decreasing body fat, and not dehydrating: A case
study of a professional jockey. International Journal of
Sport Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 22(3), 225–231.

80. Woolf, K. and Manore, M.M. 2006. B-vitamins and

exercise: Does exercise alter requirements? International
Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 16,
453–484.
81. Yeo, W.K., Carey, A.L., Burke, L., Spriet, L.L. and
Hawley, J.A. 2011. Fat adaptation in welltrained athletes:
Effects on cell metabolism. Applied Physiology, Nutrition,
and Metabolism, 36, 12–22.

82. Zanchi, N.E., Gerlinger-Romero, F., Guimarães-Ferreira,

L., de Siqueira Filho, M.A., Felitti, V., Lira, F.S.,
Seelaender, M. and Lancha, A.H., Jr. 2011. HMB
supplementation: Clinical and athletic performance-related
effects and mechanisms of action. Amino Acids, 40(4),
1015–1025. This Page is Intentionally Left Blank
8 Chapter 8: Effective needs analysis and
functional training principles

1. Balyi, I. 2004. Long-term athlete development:

Trainability in childhood and adolescence. Olympic Coach,
16(1), 4–9.

2. Bar-Or, O. (ed.). 1995. The Child and Adolescent

Athlete. Oxford: Blackwell Science.

3. Brannick, M.T., Levine, E.L. and Morgeson, F.P. 2007.

Job and Work Analysis (2nd edn). Los Angeles, CA: Sage.

4. Brooks, G.A., Fahey, T.D. and Baldwin, K.M. 2005.

Exercise Physiology (4th edn). New York: McGraw-Hill.

5. Charness, N., Feltovich, P.J., Hoffman, R.R. and

Ericsson, K.A. (eds). 2006. The Cambridge Handbook of
Expertise and Expert Performance. New York: Cambridge
University Press.

6. Dick, F.W. 2007. Sports Training Principles (5th edn).

London: A&C Black.

7. Drabik, J. 1996. Children and Sports Training. Island

Pond, VT: Stadion Publishing.

8. Faulkner, J.A., Claflin, D.R. and McCully, K.K. 1986.

Power output of fast and slow fibers from human skeletal
muscles. In N.L. Jones, N. McCartney and A.J. McComas
(eds), Human Muscle Power (pp. 81–94). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

9. Fleck, S.J. and Kraemer, W.J. 2003. Designing Resistance

Training Programs (3rd edn). Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

10. Häkkinen, K. and Komi, P.V. 1985. Changes in electrical

and mechanical behavior of leg extensor muscles during
heavy resistance strength training. Scandinavian Journal of
Sports Science, 7, 55–64.

11. Häkkinen, K. and Komi, P.V. 1985. The effect of

explosive type strength training on electromyographic and
force production characteristics of leg extensor muscles
during concentric and various stretch–shortening cycle
exercises. Scandinavian Journal of Sports Science, 7,
65–76.

12. Harre, D. 1978. Endurance – Classification and

development. Modern Athlete and Coach, 16(4), 19–21.

13. Harre, D. (ed.). 1982. Principles of Sports Training.

Berlin: Sportverlag.

14. Kelly, L.E. and Melograno, V.J. 2004. Developing the

Physical Education Curriculum: An AchievementBased
Approach. Long Grove, IL: Human Kinetics.

15. Kraemer, W.J. 1983. Exercise prescription in resistance

training: A needs analysis. NSCA Journal, 5(1), 64–65.

16. Magill, R.A. 2006. Motor Learning and Control (8th

edn). New York: McGraw-Hill.

17. Malina, R.M., Bouchard, C. and Bar-Or, O. 2004. Growth,

Maturation and Physical Activity (2nd edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

18. Matveyev, L. 1977. Fundamentals of Sports Training.

Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport [Moscow: Progress, 1981, trans.
A.P. Zdornykh].

19. Newton, R.U. and Kraemer, W.J. 1994. Developing

explosive muscular power: Implications for a mixed methods
training strategy. Strength and Conditioning, 16(5), 20–31.

20. Plisk, S.S. 1994. Regression analyses of NCAA Division

I Final Four men’s lacrosse competition. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 8(1), 28–42.

21. Plisk, S.S. 2005. Training principles and program

design. Strategies, 18(4), 16–21.

22. Plisk, S.S. 2008. Speed, agility, and speed-endurance

development. In T.R. Baechle and R.W. Earle (eds),
Essentials of Strength Training and Conditioning (3rd edn,
pp. 457–485). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

23. Plisk, S.S. and Gambetta, V. 1997. Tactical metabolic

training. Strength and Conditioning, 19(2), 44–53.

24. Plisk, S.S. and Stenersen, S.B. 1992. The lacrosse

face-off. NSCA Journal, 14(2), 6–8, 77–91.

25. Schmidt, R.A. and Lee, T.D. 2005. Motor Control and
Learning (4th edn). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

26. Schmidt, R.A. and Wrisberg, C.A. 2007. Motor Learning

and Performance (4th edn). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
27. Schmolinsky, G. (ed.). 1993. Track and Field. Toronto:
Sport Books Publisher.

28. Starkes, J.L. and Ericsson, K.A. (eds). 2003. Expert

Performance in Sports. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

29. Steinhofer, D. 1997. Terminology and differentiation of

training methods. Modern Athlete and Coach, 35(1), 15–21.

30. Stone, M.H., Stone, M.E. and Sands, W.A. 2007.

Principles and Practice of Resistance Training. Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

31. Taylor, J. 2003. Basketball: Applying time motion data

to conditioning. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 25(2),
57–64.

32. Taylor, J. 2004. A tactical metabolic training model

for collegiate basketball. Strength and Conditioning
Journal, 26(5), 22–29.

33. Verkhoshansky, Y.V. 1977. Fundamentals of Special

Strength-Training in Sport. Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport
[Livonia, MI: Sportivny, 1986, trans. A. Charniga, Jr].

34. Verkhoshansky, Y.V. 2006. Special Strength Training.

Muskegon, MI: Ultimate Athlete Concepts.

35. Viru, A. 1995. Adaptation in Sports Training. Boca

Raton, FL: CRC Press.

36. Viru, A., Korge, P. and Parnat, J. 1976. Classification

of training methods. Modern Athlete and Coach, 14(5/6),
31–33.

37. Watson, D.E. and Wilson, S.A. 2003. Task Analysis (2nd
edn). Bethesda, MD: American Occupational Therapy
Association.

38. Zatsiorsky, V.M. and Kraemer, W.J. 2006. Science and

Practice of Strength Training (2nd edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.
9 Chapter 9: Performance diagnostics

1. Austin, D.J., Gabbett, T.J. and Jenkins, D.G. 2011.

Repeated high-intensity exercise in professional rugby
league. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 25,
1898–1904.

2. Baker, D. 2001. Comparison of upper-body strength and

power between professional and college- aged rugby league
players. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
15(1), 30–35.

3. Baker, D. 2002. Differences in strength and power among

junior-high, senior-high, college-aged, and elite
professional rugby league players. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 16(4), 581–585.

4. Baker, D., Nance, S. and Moore, M. 2001. The load that

maximizes the average mechanical power output during jump
squats in power-trained athletes. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 15, 92–97.

5. Baker, D. and Newton, R.U. 2006. Adaptations in

upper-body maximal strength and power output resulting
from long-term resistance training in experienced
strength–power athletes. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 20(3), 541–546.

6. Bangsbo, J., Iaia, F.M. and Krustrup, P. 2008. The Yo-Yo

intermittent recovery test: A useful tool for evaluation
of physical performance in intermittent sports. Sports
Medicine, 38, 37–51.

7. Batterham, A.M. and Hopkins, W.G. 2006. Making

meaningful inferences about magnitudes. International
Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance, 1, 50–57.

8. Clark, R.A., Bryant, A.L. and Humphries, B. 2008. A

comparison of force curve profiles between the bench press
and ballistic bench throws. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 22(6), 1755–1759.

9. Cormie, P., McGuigan, M.R. and Newton, R.U. 2010.

Changes in the eccentric phase contribute to improved
stretch–shorten cycle performance after training. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 42(9), 1731–1744.

10. Cronin, J. and Sleivert, G. 2005. Challenges in

understanding the influence of maximal power training on
improving athletic performance. Sports Medicine, 35,
213–234.

11. Draper, J.A. and Lancaster, M.G. 1985. The 505 test: A
test for agility in the horizontal plane. Australian
Journal for Science and Medicine in Sport, 1, 15–18.

12. Driss, T., Vandewallec, H., Quièvrec, J., Miller, C.

and Monod, H. 2001. Effects of external loading on power
output in a squat jump on a force platform: A comparison
between strength and power athletes and sedentary
individuals. Journal of Sports Sciences, 19, 99–105.

13. Dugan, E.L., Doyle, T.L.A., Humphries, B., Hasson,

C.J. and Newton, R.U. 2004. Determining the optimal load
for jump squats: A review of methods and calculations.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 18,
668–674.

14. Farrow, D., Young, W. and Bruce, L. 2005. The

development of a test of reactive agility for netball: A
new methodology. Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport,
8, 52–60.

15. Ferrari, B.D., Impellizzeri, F.M., Rampinini, E.,

Castagna, C., Bishop, D. and Wisloff, U. 2008. Sprint vs
interval training in football. International Journal of
Sports Medicine, 29, 668–674.

16. Gabbett, T.J. 2010. The development of a test of

repeat-sprint ability for elite women’s soccer players.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 24,
1191–1194.

17. Gabbett, T.J., Jenkins, D.G. and Abernethy, B. 2010.

Physical collisions and injury during professional rugby
league skills training. Journal of Science and Medicine in
Sport, 13, 578–583.

18. Gabbett, T.J., Kelly, J.N. and Sheppard, J.M. 2008.

Speed, change of direction speed, and reactive agility of
rugby league players. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 22(1), 174–181.

19. Gabbett, T.J. and Mulvey, M.J. 2008. Time–motion

analysis of small-sided training games and competition in
elite women soccer players. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 22, 543–552.

20. Gabbett, T., Rubinoff, M., Thorburn, L. and Farrow, D.

2007. Testing and training anticipation skills in softball
fielders. International Journal of Sports Science and
Coaching, 2, 15–24.

21. Gabbett, T., Sheppard, J., Pritchard-Peschek, K.,

Leveritt, M. and Aldred, M. 2008. Influence of closed
skill and open skill warm-ups on speed, change of direction
speed, vertical jump, and reactive agility in team sport
athletes. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
22(5), 1413–1415.

22. Haff, G.G., Stone, M., O’Bryant, H.S., Harman, E.,

Dinan, C., Johnson, R. and Han, K.-H. 1997. Force–time
dependent characteristics of dynamic and isometric muscle
actions. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
11(4), 269–272.

23. Häkkinen, K. and Komi, P.V. 1985. Effect of explosive

type strength training on electromyographic and force
production characteristics of leg extensor muscles during
concentric and various stretch–shortening cycle exercises.
Scandinavian Journal of Sports Sciences, 7(2), 65–76.

24. Häkkinen, K. and Komi, P.V. 1986. Training-induced

changes in neuromuscular performance under voluntary and
reflex conditions. European Journal of Applied Physiology,
55, 147–155.

25. Hopkins, W.G. 2000. Measures of reliability in sports

medicine and science. Sports Medicine, 30(1), 1–15.

26. Hori, G. and Andrews, W. 2009. Reliability of velocity,

force, and power obtained from the Gymaware encoder with
and without external loads. Journal of Australian Strength
and Conditioning, 17(1), 12–17.

27. Jennings, D., Cormack, S., Coutts, A.J., Boyd, L. and

Aughey, R.J. 2010. The validity and reliability of GPS
units for measuring distance in team sport specific running
patterns. International Journal of Sports Physiology and
Performance, 5, 328–341.

28. Johnston, R.D. and Gabbett, T.J. 2011. Repeated-sprint

and effort ability in rugby league players. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 25, 2789–2795.

29. Kawamori, N., Rossi, S.J., Justice, B.D., Haff, E.E.,

Pistilli, E.E., O’Bryant, H.S., Stone, M.H. and Haff, G.G.
2006. Peak force and rate of force development during
isometric and dynamic mid-thigh clean pull performed at
various intensities. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 20(3), 483–491.

30. McBride, J.M., McCaulley, G.O. and Cormie, P. 2008.

Influence of preactivity and eccentric muscle activity on
concentric performance during vertical jumping. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 22(3), 750–757.

31. McBride, J.M., Triplett-McBride, T., Davie, A. and

Newton, R.U. 2002. The effect of heavy-vs. light-load jump
squats on the development of strength, power, and speed.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 16, 75–82.

32. McGuigan, M.R., Doyle, T.L.A., Newton, M., Edwards,

D.J., Nimphius, S. and Newton, R.U. 2006. Eccentric
utilization ratio: Effect of sport and phase of training.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 20(4),
992–995.

33. Pyne, D.B., Saunders, P.U., Montgomery, P.G., Hewitt,

A.J. and Sheehan, K. 2008. Relationships between repeated
sprint testing, speed, and endurance. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 22, 1633–1637.

34. Refsnes, P.E. 1999. Testing and training for top

Norwegian athletes. In E. Muller, G. Zallinger and F.
Ludescher (eds), Science in Elite Sport (pp. 97–114).
London: E & FN Spon.

35. Schmidtbleicher, D. 1985. Structural analysis of motor

strength qualities and its application to training.
Science Periodical of Research and Technology in Sport,
September, 1–7.

36. Sheppard, J.M. and Chapman, D.W. 2011. An evaluation of

a strength qualities assessment test for the lower body.
Journal of Australian Strength and Conditioning, 19(2),
14–20.

37. Sheppard, J.M., Chapman, D.W., Gough, C., McGuigan,

M.R. and Newton, R.U. 2009. Twelve month training induced
changes in elite international volleyball players. Journal
of Strength and Conditioning Research, 23(7), 2096–2101.

38. Sheppard, J.M., Cormack, S., Taylor, K.-L., McGuigan,

M.R. and Newton, R.U. 2008. Assessing the force–velocity
characteristics of the leg extensors in well-trained
athletes: The incremental load power profile. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 22(4), 1320–1326.

39. Sheppard, J.M., Cronin, J.B., Gabbett, T.J., McGuigan,

M.R., Etxebarria, N. and Newton, R.U. 2008. Relative
importance of strength and power qualities to jump
performance in elite male volleyball players. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 22(3), 758–765.

40. Sheppard, J.M. and Young, W.B. 2006. Agility literature

review: Classifications, training and testing. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 24(9), 919–932.

41. Sheppard, J.M., Young, W.B., Doyle, T.L.A., Sheppard,

T.A. and Newton, R.U. 2006. An evaluation of a new test of
reactive agility and its relationship to sprint speed and
change of direction speed. Journal of Science and Medicine
in Sport, 9, 342–349.

42. Sleivert, G. and Taingahue, M. 2004. The relationship

between maximal jump-squat power and sprint acceleration
in athletes. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 91,
46–52.

43. Spencer, M., Lawrence, S., Rechichi, C., Bishop, D.,

Dawson, B. and Goodman, C. 2004. Time–motion analysis of
elite field hockey, with special reference to
repeated-sprint activity. Journal of Sports Sciences, 22,
843–850.

44. Stone, M.H., O’Bryant, H.S., McCoy, L., Coglianese, R.,

Lehmkuhl, M. and Schilling, B. 2003. Power and maximum
strength relationships during performance of dynamic and
static weighted jumps. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 17, 140–147.

45. Stone, M.H., Stone, M. and Sands, W.A. 2007. Principles

and Practice of Resistance Training. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

46. Wilson, G.J., Newton, R.U., Murphy, A.J. and Humphries,

B.J. 1993. The optimal training load for the development
of dynamic athletic performance. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 25(11), 1279–1286.

47. Young, W. 1995. Laboratory strength assessment of

athletes. New Studies in Athletics, 10(1), 89–96.

48. Young, W. 1995. Specificity of strength development for

improving the takeoff ability in jumping events. Modern
Athlete and Coach, 33, 3–8.

49. Young, W.B., McDowell, M.H. and Scarlett, B.J. 2001.

Specificity of sprint and agility training methods.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 15(3),
315–319.

50. Young, W.B., McLean, B. and Ardagna, J. 1995.

Relationship between strength qualities and sprinting
performance. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical
Fitness, 35(1), 13–19.

51. Young, W.B., Newton, R.U., Doyle, T.L.A., Chapman, D.,

Cormack, S., Stewart, G. and Dawson, B. 2005.
Physiological and anthropometric characteristics of
starters and non-starters and playing positions in elite
Australian Rules football: A case study. Journal of Science
and Medicine in Sport, 8, 333–345.

52. Young, W. and Sheppard, J. 2011. Speed and agility

assessment. In M. Cardinale, R. Newton and K. Nosaka
(eds), Strength and Conditioning: Biological Principles and
Practical Applications (pp. 271–286). Chichester:
Wiley-Blackwell.

53. Young, W., Wilson, G. and Byrne, C. 1991. Relationship

between strength qualities and performance in standing and
run-up vertical jumps. Journal of Sports Medicine and
Physical Fitness, 39, 285–293.

54. Zatsiorsky, V.M. and Kraemer, W.J. 2006. Science and

Practice of Strength Training (2nd edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.
10 Chapter 10: Screening methods for the
strength and conditioning practitioner

1. Abrams, G. and Safran, M. 2010. Diagnosis and management

of superior labrum anterior posterior lesions in overhead
athletes. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 44, 311–318.

2. Alentorn-Geil, E., Myer, G., Silvers, H., Samities, G.,

Romero, D., Lazaro-Haro, C. and Cugat, R. 2009. Prevention
of non-contact anterior cruciate ligament injuries in
soccer players, part 1: Mechanisms of injury and
underlying risk factors. Knee Surgery, Sports Traumatology,
Arthoscopy, 17(7), 705–729.

3. Bontempo, N. and Mazzocca, A. 2010. Biomechanics and

treatment of acromioclavicular and sternoclavicular joint
injuries. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 44, 361–369.

4. Cook, G. 2003. Athletic Body in Balance: Optimal

Movement Skills and Conditioning for Performance.
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

5. Cook, G., Burton, L. and Hogenboom, B. 2006. The use of

fundamental movements as an assessment of function: Part 1.
North American Journal of Sports Physical Therapy, 1,
62–72.

6. Cook, G., Burton, L. and Hogenboom, B. 2006. The use of

fundamental movements as an assessment of function: Part
2. North American Journal of Sports Physical Therapy, 1,
132–139.

7. Croisier, J., Ganteaume, S., Binet, P., Genty, M. and

Ferret, J.-M. 2008. Strength imbalances and prevention of
hamstring injury in professional soccer players. American
Journal of Sports Medicine, 36(8), 1469–1476.

8. Dennis, R., Finch, C., Elliot, B. and Farhart, P. 2008.

The reliability of musculoskeletal screening tests used in
cricket. Physical Therapy in Sport, 9, 25–33.

9. Evans, K., Refshauge, K. and Adams, R. 2007. Trunk

muscle endurance tests: Reliability, and gender
differences in athletes. Journal of Science and Medicine in
Sport, 10, 447–455.

10. Gabbett, T. and Georgieff, B. 2007. Physiological and

anthropometric characteristics of Australian junior
national, state, and novice volleyball players. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 21(3), 902–908.
11. Gacesa, J.Z.P., Barak, O. and Grujic, N. 2009. Maximal
anaerobic power test in athletes of different sport
disciplines. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
23(3), 751–755.

12. Glaister, M., Howatson, G., Pattison, J.R. and McInnes,

G. 2008. The reliability and validity of fatigue measures
during multiple-sprint work: An issue revisited. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 22(5), 1597–1601.

13. Harvey, D. 1998. Assessment of the flexibility of elite

athletes using the modified Thomas test. British Journal
of Sports Medicine, 32, 68–70.

14. Herrington, L., Myer, G.D. and Munro, A. 2013. Intra

and inter-tester reliability of the tuck jump assessment.
Physical Therapy in Sport, 14(3), 152–155.

15. Hewett, T., Myer, G., Ford, K., Heidt, R.J., Colosimo,
A., McLean, S., van den Bogert, A.J., Paterno, M.V. and
Succop, P. 2005. Biomechanical measures of neuromuscular
control and valgus loading of the knee predict anterior
cruciate ligament injury risk in female athletes: A
prospective study. American Journal of Sports Medicine,
33(4), 492–501.

16. Jones, P.A. and Bampouras, T.M. 2010. A comparison of

isokinetic and functional methods of assessing bilateral
strength imbalance. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 24(6), 1553–1558.

17. Kiesal, K., Plisky, P. and Voight, M. 2007. Can serious

injury in professional football be predicted by a
preseason functional movement screen? North American
Journal of Sports Physical Therapy, 2(3), 147–158.

18. Lawrence, R., Kernozek, T., Miller, E., Torry, M. and

Reuteman, P. 2008. Influences of hip external rotation
strength on knee mechanics during single leg drop landings
in females. Clinical Biomechanics, 23(6), 806–813.

19. McGill, S. 2007. Low Back Disorders. Champaign, IL:

Human Kinetics.

20. Milnick, K., Kiesal, K., Burton, L., Taylor, A.,

Plisky, P. and Butler, R. 2010. Interrater reliability of
the functional movement screen. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 24(2), 479–486.
21. Myer, G.D., Ford, K.R. and Hewett, T.E. 2008. Tuck jump
assessment for reducing anterior cruciate ligament injury
risk. Athletic Therapy Today, 13(5), 39–44.

22. Nesser, T., Huxel, K., Tincher, J. and Okada, T. 2008.

The relationship between core stability and performance in
Division 1 football players. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 22(6), 1750–1754.

23. Newton, R. and Dugan, E. 2002. Application of strength

diagnosis. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 24(5),
50–59.

24. Newton, R., Nimphius, S. and Kraemer, W. 2006.

Determination of functional strength imbalance of the lower
extremities. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
20(4), 971–977.

25. Okada, T., Huxel, K. and Nesser, T. 2011. Relationship

between core stability, functional movement, and
performance. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
25(1), 252–261.

26. Oxford Dictionary. 2010. Oxford: Oxford University

Press.

27. Proske, U., Morgan, D., Brockett, C. and Percival, P.

2004. Identifying athletes at risk of hamstring strains
and how to protect them. Clinical and Experimental
Pharmacology and Physiology, 31, 546–550.

28. Sahrmann, S. 2002. Diagnosis and Treatment of Movement

Impaired Syndromes. St Louis, MO: Mosby.

29. Schlumberger, A., Laube, W., Bruhn, S., Herbeck, M.,

Dahlinger, G., Fenkart, G., Schmidtbleicher, D. and Mayer,
F. 2006. Muscle imbalances – Fact or fiction? Isokinetics
and Exercise Science, 14, 3–11.
11 Chapter 11: Developing strength and
power

1. Aagaard, P. 2003. Training-induced changes in neural

function. 2003. Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews, 3,
61–67.

2. Aagaard, P., Simonsen, E.B., Andersen, J.L., Magnusson,

P. and Dyhre-Poulsen, P. 2000. Neural inhibition during
maximal eccentric and concentric quadriceps contraction.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 89, 2249–2257.

3. Aagaard, P., Simonsen, E.B., Andersen, J.L., Magnusson,

P. and Dyhre-Poulsen, P. 2002. Increased rate of force
development and neural drive of human skeletal muscle
following resistance training. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 93, 1318–1326.

4. Aagaard, P., Simonsen, E.B., Andersen, J.L., Magnusson,

P. and Dyhre-Poulsen, P. 2002. Neural adaptation to
resistance training: Changes in evoked V-wave and H-reflex
responses. Journal of Applied Physiology, 92, 2309–2318.

5. Abe, T., Kearns, C.F. and Sato, Y. 2006. Muscle size and
strength are increased following walk training with
restricted venous blood flow from the leg muscle,
KAATSU-walk training. Journal of Applied Physiology, 100,
1460–1466.

6. Abe, T., Kojima, K., Kearns, C.F., Yohena, N. and

Fukuda, J. 2003. Whole body muscle hypertrophy from
resistance training: Distribution and total mass. British
Journal of Sports Medicine, 37, 543–545.

7. Abe, T., Sakamaki, M., Fujita, S., Ozaki, H., Sugaya,

M., Sato, Y. and Nakajima, T. 2010. Effects of
low-intensity walk training with restricted leg blood flow
on muscle strength and aerobic capacity in older adults.
Journal of Geriatric Physical Therapy, 33, 34–40.

8. Akima, H., Takahashi, H., Kuno, S.Y., Masuda, K.,

Masuda, T., Shimojo, H., Anno, I., Itai, Y. and Katsuta,
S. 1999. Early phase adaptations of muscle use and strength
to isokinetic training. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 31, 588–594.

9. Alway, S.E., MacDougall, D.G. and Sale, D.G.1988.

Functional and structural adaptations in skeletal muscle
of trained athletes. Journal of Applied Physiology, 64,
1114–1120.
10. Alway, S.E., MacDougall, D.G. and Sale, D.G. 1989.
Contractile adaptations in the human triceps surae after
isometric exercise. Journal of Applied Physiology, 66,
2725–2732.

11. American College of Sport Medicine. 2002. American

College of Sport Medicine position stand: Progressive
models in resistance training for healthy adults. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 34, 364–380.

12. Andersen, J.L. and Aagaard, P. 2010. Effects of

strength training on muscle fiber types and size:
Consequences for athletes training for high-intensity
sport. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in
Sports, 20(Suppl.), 32–38.

13. Andersen, L.L. and Aagaard, P. 2006. Influence of

maximal muscle strength and intrinsic muscle contractile
properties on contractile rate of force development.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 96, 46–52.

14. Andersen, L.L., Andersen, J.L., Zebis, M.K. and

Aagaard, P. 2010. Early and late rate of force
development: Differential adaptive responses to resistance
training? Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in
Sports, 20, e120–e129.

15. Atha, J. 1983. Strengthening muscle. Exercise and Sport

Sciences Reviews, 9, 1–73.

16. Augustsson, J., Esko, A., Thomeé, R. and Svantesson, U.

1998. Weight training of the thigh muscles using closed
vs. open kinetic chain exercises: A comparison of
performance enhancement. Journal of Orthopaedics and Sport
Physical Therapy, 27(1), 3–8.

17. Beckham, G.K., Lamont, H.S., Sato, K., Ramsey, M.W.,

Haff, G.G. and Stone, M.H. 2012. Isometric strength of
powerlifters in key positions of the conventional deadlift.
Journal of Trainology, 1, 32–35.

18. Behm, D.G. and Sale, D.G. 1993. Intended rather than
actual movement velocity determines velocity-specific
training response. Journal of Applied Physiology, 74,
359–368.

19. Bell, Gordon J. and Wenger, Howard A. 1992.

Physiological adaptations to velocity-controlled
resistance training. Sports Medicine, 13(4), 234–244.
20. Bird, S.K., Tarpenning, K.M. and Marino, F.E. 2005.
Designing resistance training programmes to enhance
muscular fitness. Sports Medicine, 35, 841–851.

21. Bishop, P., Cureton, K., Conerly, M. and Collins, M.

1989. Sex difference in muscle crosssectional area of
athletes and non-athletes. Journal of Sports Science, 7,
31–39.

22. Blazevich, A.J., Cannavan, D., Coleman, D.R. and Horne,

S. 2007. The influence of concentric and eccentric
resistance training on architectural adaptation in human
quadriceps muscles. Journal of Applied Physiology, 103,
1565–1575.

23. Blazevich, A.J., Gill, N.D., Bronks, R. and Newton,

R.U. 2003. Training-specific muscle architecture adaptation
after 5-wk training in athletes. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 35, 2013–2022.

24. Bompa, T.O. and Haff, G.G. 2010. Periodization: Theory

and Methodology of Training. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

25. Buresh, R., Berg, K. and French, J. 2009. The effect of

resistive exercise rest intervals on hormonal response,
strength and hypertrophy with training. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 23, 62–71.

26. Burke, R.E. 1986. The control of muscle force: Motor

unit recruitment and firing patterns. In N.L. Jones, M.
McCartney and A.J. McComas (eds), Human Muscle Power (pp.
97–106). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

27. Canavan, P.K., Garrett, G.E. and Armstrong, L.E. 1996.

Kinematic and kinetic relationships between an
Olympic-style lift and the vertical jump. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 10, 127–130.

28. Carlock, J., Smith, S.L., Hartman, M.J., Morris, R.T.,

Ciroslan, D.A., Pierce, K.C. and Stone, M.H. 2004. The
relationship between vertical jump power estimates and
weightlifting ability: A field-test approach. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 18, 534–539.

29. Carroll, T.J., Riek, S. and Carson, R.G. 2002. The

sites of neural adaptation induced by resistance training
in humans. Journal of Physiology, 544(Pt 2), 641–652.
30. Chimera, N.J., Swanik, K.A., Swanik, C.B. and Straub,
S.J. 2004. Effects of plyometric training on
muscle-activation strategies and performance in female
athletes. Journal of Athletic Training, 39, 24–31.

31. Choi, J., Takahashi, H. and Itai, Y. 1998. The

difference between effects of power-up type and bulk-up
type strength training exercise – With special reference to
muscle cross-sectional area, muscular strength, anaerobic
power and anaerobic endurance. Japanese Journal of Physical
Fitness and Sports Medicine, 47, 119–129.

32. Collins, J.J. 1994. Antagonistic–synergistic muscle

action at the knee during competitive weightlifting.
Medical and Biological Engineering and Computing, 32,
168–174.

33. Cook, S.B., Clark, B.C. and Ploutz-Snyder, L.L. 2007.

Effects of exercise load and blood-flow restriction on
skeletal muscle function. Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 39, 1708–1713.

34. Conley, M.S., Stone, M.H., Nimmons, M. and Dudley, G.A.

1997. Specificity of resistance training responses in neck
muscle size and strength. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 75, 443–448.

35. Cormie, P., McBride, J.M. and McCaulley, G.O. 2007.

Influence of body mass on calculation of power output and
load–power relationships. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 21, 1042–1049.

36. Cormie, P., McBride, J.M. and McCaulley, G.O. 2007.

Validation of power measurement techniques in dynamic lower
body resistance exercises. Journal of Applied Biomechanics,
23, 103–118.

37. Cormie, P., McCaulley, G.O. and McBride, J.M. 2007.

Power versus strength–power jump squat training: Influence
on the load–power relationship. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 39, 996–1003.

38. Cormie, P., McGuigan, M.R. and Newton, R.U. 2010.

Adaptations in athletic performance after ballistic power
versus strength training. Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 42, 1582–1598.

39. Cormie, P., McGuigan, M.R. and Newton, R.U. 2010.

Changes in the eccentric phase contribute to improved
stretch–shorten cycle performance after training. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 42(9), 1731–1744.

40. Cormie, P., McGuigan, M.R. and Newton, R.U. 2010.

Influence of strength on magnitude and mechanisms of
adaptation to power training. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 42(8), 1566–1581.

41. Côté, C., Simoneau, J.A., Lagasse, P., Boulay, M.,

Thibault, M.C., Marcotte, M. and Bouchard, B. 1988.
Isokinetic strength training protocols: Do they produce
skeletal muscle hypertrophy? Archives of Physical Medicine
and Rehabilitation, 69, 282–285.

42. Coyle, E.F., Feiring, D.C., Rotkis, T.C., Cote, R.W.,

Roby, F.B., Lee, W. and Wilmore, J.H. 1981. Specificity of
power improvements through slow and fast isokinetic
training. Journal of Applied Physiology, 51, 1437–1442.

43. Cureton, K.J., Collins, M.A., Hill, D.W. and

McElhannon, F.M. 1988. Muscle hypertrophy in men and
women. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 20,
338–344.

44. De Salles, B.F., Simao, F., Fabrico, M., Novaes, J.S.,

Adriana, L. and Willardson, J. 2009. Rest interval between
sets in strength training. Sport Medicine, 39, 765–777.

45. Deschenes, M.R., Maresh, C.M., Armstrong, L.E.,

Covault, J., Kraemer, W.J. and Crivello, J.F. 1994.
Endurance and resistance exercise induces muscle fibre type
specific responses in androgen binding capacity. Journal
of Steroid Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 50, 175–179.

46. Deshmukh, A.S., Treebak, J.T., Long, Y.C., Viollet, B.,

Wojtaszewski, J.F. and Zierath, J.R. 2008. Role of
adenosine 5’-monophosphate-activated protein kinase
subunits in skeletal muscle mammalian target of rapamycin
signaling. Molecular Endocrinology, 22, 1105–1112.

47. Deweese, B., Hornsby, G., Stone, M. and Stone, M.H.

2015. The training process: Planning for strength–power
training in track and field part 1: Practical and applied
aspects. Journal of Sport and Health Science, 4(4),
308–317.

48. Deweese, B., Hornsby, G., Stone, M. and Stone, M.H.

2015. The training process: Planning for strength–power
training in track and field part 2: Practical and applied
aspects. Journal of Sport and Health Science, 4(4),
318–320.
49. Dinn, N.A. and Behm, D.G. 2007. A comparison of
ballistic-movement and ballistic-intent training on muscle
strength and activation. International Journal of Sports
Physiology and Performance, 2, 386–399.

50. Doan, B.K., Newton, R.U., Kwon, Y.-H. and Kraemer, W.J.
2006. Effects of physical conditioning on intercollegiate
golfer performance. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 20, 62–72.

51. Dursenev, L. and Raeysky, L. 1979. Strength training

for jumpers. Soviet Sports Reviews, 14, 53–55.

52. Elliot, B.C., Wilson, D.J. and Kerr, G.K. 1989. A

biomechanical analysis of the sticking region in the bench
press. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 21,
450–462.

53. Enoka, R.M. 1988. Load and skill-related changes in

segmental contribution to a weightlifting movement.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 20, 178–187.

54. Enoka, R.M. and Duchateau, J. 2008. Muscle fatigue:

What, why and how it influences muscle function. Journal
of Physiology, 586(1), 11–23.

55. Farthing, J.P. and Chilibeck, P.D. 2003. The effects of

eccentric and concentric training at different velocities
on muscle hypertrophy. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 89, 578–586.

56. Feiereisen, P., Duchateau, J. and Hainaut, K. 1997.

Motor unit recruitment order during voluntary and
electrically induced contractions in the tibialis anterior.
Experimental Brain Research, 114(1), 117–123.

57. Folland, J.P., Buckthorpe, M.W. and Hannah, R. 2014.

Human capacity for explosive force production: Neural and
contractile determinants. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine
and Science in Sport and Exercise, 24, 894–906.

58. Folland, J.P., Irish, C.S., Roberts, J.C., Tarr, J.E.

and Jones, D.A. 2002. Fatigue is not a necessary stimulus
for strength gains during resistance training. British
Journal of Sports Medicine, 36, 370–374.

59. Friedman, B., Kinscherf, R., Vorwald, S., Muller, H.,

Kucera, K., Borisch, S., Richter, G., Bartsch, P. and
Billeter, R. 2004. Muscular adaptations to computer-guided
strength training with eccentric overload. Acta
Physiologica Scandinavica, 182, 77–88.

60. Frobrose, I., Verdonck, A., Duesberg, F. and Mucha, C.

1993. Effects of various load intensities in the framework
of postoperative stationary endurance training on
performance deficit of the quadriceps muscle of the thigh.
Zeitschrift für Orthopädie und ihre Grenzgebiete, 131(2),
164–167.

61. Fry, A.C. 2004. The role of resistance exercise

intensity on muscle fibre adaptations. Sports Medicine,
34, 663–679.

62. Fry, A.C., Schilling, B.K., Staron, R.S., Hagerman,

F.C., Hikida, R.S. and Thrush, J.T. 2003. Muscle fiber
characteristics and performance correlates of male
Olympic-style weightlifters. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 17, 746–754.

63. Fry, A.C., Webber, L.W., Weiss, L.W., Fry, M.D. and Li,
Y. 2000. Impaired performances with excessive
high-intensity free-weight training. 2000. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 14, 34–61.

64. Fry, C.S., Glynn, E.L., Drummond, M.J., Timmerman,

K.L., Fujita, S., Abe, T., Dhanani, S., Volpi, E. and
Rasmussen, B.B. 2010. Blood flow restriction exercise
stimulates mTORC1 signaling and muscle protein synthesis in
older men. Journal of Applied Physiology, 108, 1199–1209.

65. Gabriel, D.A., Basford, J. and An, K.-N. 1997. Effects

of the reversal of antagonist upon isometric elbow
extension strength and endurance. Archives of Physical
Medicine and Rehabilitation, 78, 1191–1195.

66. Gabriel, D.A., Kamen, G. and Frost, G. 2006. Neural

adaptation to resistive exercise. Sports Medicine, 36,
133–149.

67. Gardiner, P.F. 2001. Neuromuscular Aspects of Physical

Activity. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

68. Garhammer, J. 1991. A comparison of maximal power

outputs between elite male and female weightlifters in
competition. Journal of Applied Biomechanics, 7, 3–11.

69. Garhammer, J. and Gregor, R. 1992. Propulsion forces as

a function of intensity for weightlifting and vertical
jumping. Journal of Applied Sport Sciences Research, 6,
129–134.

70. Goldspink, G. and Ward, P.S. 1979. Changes in rodent

muscle-fiber types during post-natal growth,
undernutrition and exercise. Journal of Physiology, 296,
453–469.

71. Haff, G.G., Stone, M.H., O’Bryant, H.S., Harman, E.,

Dinan, C., Johnson, R. and Han, K.-H. 1997. Force–time
dependent characteristics of dynamic and isometric muscle
actions. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
11, 269–272.

72. Häkkinen, K. 1989. Neuromuscular and hormonal

adaptations during strength and power training: A review.
Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness, 29, 9–26.

73. Häkkinen, K., Kallinen, M., Komi, P.V. and Kauhanen, H.

1991. Neuromuscular adaptations during short-term ‘normal’
and reduced training periods in strength athletes.
Electromyography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 31, 35–42.

74. Häkkinen, K. and Keskinen, K.L. 1989. Muscle

cross-sectional area and voluntary force production
characteristics in elite strength-and endurance-trained
athletes and sprinters. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 59, 215–220.

75. Häkkinen, K., Komi, P.V. and Alén, M. 1985. Changes in

isometric force-and relaxation-time, electromyographic and
muscle fibre characteristics of human skeletal muscle
during strength training and detraining. Acta Physiologica
Scandinavica, 125(4), 573–585.

76. Häkkinen, K., Komi, P.V. and Alén, M. 1985. Effect of

explosive type strength training on isometric force-and
relaxation-time, electromyographic and muscle fibre
characteristics of leg extensor muscles. Acta Physiologica
Scandinavica, 125(4), 587–600.

77. Häkkinen, K., Komi, P.V., Alén, M. and Kauhanen, H.

1987. EMG, muscle fibre and force production
characteristics during a 1 year training period in elite
weightlifters. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 56,
419–427.

78. Häkkinen, K., Newton, R.U., Gordon, S.E., McCormick,

M., Volek, J.S., Nindl, B.C., Gotshalk, L.A., Campbell,
W.W., Evans, W.J., Häkkinen, A., Humphries, B.J. and
Kraemer, W.J. 1998. Changes in muscle morphology,
electromyographic activity and force production
characteristics during progressive strength training in
young and older men. Journal of Gerontology A: Biological
Science and Medical Science, 53, B415–B423.

79. Häkkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Alén, M., Kauhanen, H. and

Komi, P.V. 1988. Neuromuscular and hormonal adaptations in
athletes to strength training in two years. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 65, 2406–2412.

80. Häkkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Kraemer, W.J., Häkkinen,

A., Valkeinen, H. and Alén, M. 2001. Selective muscle
hypertrophy, changes in EMG and force and serum hormones
during strength training in older women. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 9, 569–580.

81. Harris, G.R., Stone, M.H., O’Bryant, H.S., Proulx, C.M.

and Johnson, R.L. 2000. Short term performance effects of
high speed, high force or combined weight training. Journal
of Strength and Conditioning Research, 14, 14–20.

82. Hellebrandt, F.A., Houtz, S.J. and Euband, R.N. 1951.

Influence of alternate and reciprocal exercise on work
capacity. Archives of Neurology, 32, 766–776.

83. Higbie, E.J., Cureton, K.J., Warren, G.L. and Prior,

B.M. 1996. Effects of concentric and eccentric training on
muscle strength, cross-sectional area and neural
activation. Journal of Applied Physiology, 81, 2173–2181.

84. Higham, T.E. and Biewener, A.A. 2008. Integration

within and between muscles during terrestrial locomotion:
Effects of incline and speed. Journal of Experimental
Biology, 211(Pt 14), 2303–2316.

85. Hodson-Tole, E.F. and Wakeling, J.M. 2008. Motor unit

recruitment patterns 1: Responses to changes in locomotor
velocity and incline. Journal of Experimental Biology, 211,
1882–1892.

86. Holtermann, A., Roeleveld, K., Engstrom, M. and Sand,

T. 2007. Enhanced H-reflex with resistance training is
related to increased rate of force development. European
Journal of Applied Physiology, 101, 301–312.

87. Holtermann, A., Roeleveld, K., Vereijiken, B. and

Ettema, G. 2007. The effect of rate of force development
on maximal force production: Acute and training related
aspects. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 99,
605–613.
88. Homberger, T.A. 2012. Mechanotransduction and the
regulation of mTORC1 signaling in skeletal muscle.
International Journal of Biochemistry and Cell Biology,
43(9), 1267–1276.

89. Hori, N., Newton, R.U., Andrews, W.A., Kawamori, N.,

McGuigan, M.R. and Nosaka, K. 2007. Comparison of four
different methods to measure power output during the hang
power clean and the weighted jump squat. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 21, 314–320.

90. Hori, N., Newton, R.U., Andrews, W.A., Kawamori, N.,

McGuigan, M.R. and Nosaka, K. 2008. Does performance of
hang power clean differentiate performance of jumping,
sprinting and changing direction? Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 22, 412–418.

91. Hori, N., Newton, R.U., Nosaka, K. and Stone, M.H.

2005. Weightlifting exercises enhance athletic performance
that requires high-load speed strength. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 27, 50–55.

92. Hubal, M.J., Gordish-Dressman, H., Thompson, P.D.,

Price, T.B., Hoffman, E.P., Angelopoulos, T.J., Gordon,
P.M., Moyna, N.M., Pescatello, L.S., Visich, P.S., Zoeller,
R.F., Seip, R.L. and Clarkson, P.M. 2005. Variability in
muscle size and strength gain after unilateral resistance
training. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 37,
964–972.

93. Hulmii, J.J., Tannerstedt, J., Selänne, H.,

Kainulainen, H., Kovanen, V. and Mero, A.A. 2009.
Resistance exercise with whey protein ingestion affects
mTOR signaling pathway and myostatin in men. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 106(5), 1720–1729.

94. Ikai, M. and Fukunaga, T. 1970. A study on training

effect of strength per unit of cross-sectional area of
muscle by means of ultrasonic measurement. Internationale
Zeitschrift für angewandte Physiologie einschließlich
Arbeitsphysiologie, 28, 173–180.

95. Izquierdo, M., Ibañez, J., González-Badillo, J.J.,

Häkkinen, K., Ratamess, N.A., Kraemer, W.J., French, D.N.,
Eslava, J., Altadill, A., Asiain, X. and Gorostiaga, E.M.
2006. Differential effects of strength training leading to
failure versus not to failure on hormonal responses,
strength, and muscle power gains. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 100, 1647–1656.
96. Izquierdo-Gabarren, M., González de Txabarri Expósito,
R., García-Pallarés, J., SánchezMedina, L., de Villarreal
E.S. and Izquierdo, M. 2010. Concurrent endurance and
strength training not to failure optimizes performance
gains. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 42,
1191–1199.

97. Jidovtseff, B., Croisier, J.L., Scimar, N., Demoulin,

C., Maquet, D. and Crielaard, J.M. 2008. The ability of
isoinertial assessment to monitor specific training
effects. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness,
48, 55–64.

98. Jones, E.J., Bishop, P.A., Woods, A.K. and Green, J.M.
2008. Cross-sectional area and muscular strength: A brief
review. Sports Medicine, 38, 987–994.

99. Kadi, F., Schjerling, P., Andersen, L.L., Charifi, N.,

Nadsen, J.L., Olsen, L.R. and Andersen, J.L. 2004. The
effects of heavy resistance training and detraining on
satellite cells in human skeletal muscles. Journal of
Physiology, 558, 1005–1012.

100. Kanehisa, H. and Miyashita, M. 1983. Specificity of

velocity in strength training. European Journal of Applied
Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 52, 104–106.

101. Kaneko, M., Fuchimoto, T., Toji, H. and Suei, K. 1983.

Training effect of different loads on the force–velocity
relationship and mechanical power output in human muscle.
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports, 5,
50–55.

102. Kanzleiter, T., Rath, M., Görgens, S.W., Jensen, J.,

Tangen, D.S., Kolnes, A.J., Kolnes, K.J., Lee, S., Eckel,
J., Schürmann, A. and Eckardt, K. 2014. The myokine decorin
is regulated by contraction and involved in muscle
hypertrophy. Biochemical and Biophysical Research
Communications, 450(2), 1089–1094.

103. Karavirta, L., Häkkinen, A., Sillanpaa, E.,

Garcia-Lopez, D., Kauhanen, A., Haapasaari, A., Alén, M.,
Pakarinen, A., Kraemer, W.J., Izquierdo, M., Gorostiaga, E.
and Häkkinen, K. 2011. Effects of combined endurance and
strength training on muscle strength, power and
hypertrophy in 40–67-year-old men. Scandinavian Journal of
Medicine and Science in Sports, 21, 402–411.

104. Kauhanen, H., Garhammer, J. and Häkkinen, K. 2000.

Relationships between power output, body size and snatch
performance among elite weightlifters. In J. Avela, P.V.
Komi and J. Komulainen (eds), Proceedings of the 5th
European College of Sport Science, Jyvaskyla, Finland (p.
383).

105. Kawakami, Y., Abe, T., Kuno, S.Y. and Fukunaga, T.

1995. Training induced changes in muscle architecture and
specific tension. European Journal of Applied Physiology,
72, 566–573.

106. Keeler, L.K., Finklestein, L.H., Miller, W. and

Fernhall, B. 2001. Early-phase adaptations of
traditional-speed vs. superslow resistance training on
strength and aerobic capacity in sedentary individuals.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 15, 309–314.

107. Keogh, J.W., Aickin, S.E. and Oldham, A.R. 2010. Can
common measures of core stability distinguish performance
in a shoulder pressing task under stable and unstable
conditions? Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
24(2), 422–429.

108. Knight, C.A. and Kamen, G. 2001. Adaptations in

muscular activation of the knee extensor muscles with
strength training in young and older adults. Journal of
Electromyographic Kinesiology, 11, 405–412.

109. Koch, A., O’Bryant, H.S., Stone, M.E., Sanborn, K.,

Proulx, C., Hruby, J., Shannonhouse, E., Boros, R. and
Stone, M.H. 2003. The effect of warm-up on the standing
broad jump in trained and untrained men and women. Journal
of Strength and Conditioning Research, 17, 710–714.

110. Komi, P.V. and Buskirk, E.R. 1972. Effect of eccentric

and concentric muscle conditioning on tension and
electrical activity of human muscle. Ergonomics, 15,
417–434.

111. Kraska, J., Ramsey, M.W., Haff, G.G., Fethke, N.,

Sands, W.A., Stone, M.E. and Stone, M.H. 2009.
Relationship between strength characteristics and
un-weighted and weighted vertical jump height.
International Journal of Sport Physiology and Performance,
4(4), 461–473.

112. Krieger, J.W. 2010. Single versus multiple sets for

muscle hypertrophy: A meta-analysis. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 24, 1150–1159.
113. Kubo, K., Kanehisa, H., Ito, M. and Fukunaga, T. 2001.
Effects of isometric training on the elasticity of human
tendon structures in vivo. Journal of Applied Physiology,
91, 26–32.

114. Kubo, K., Tsunoda, N., Kanehisa, H. and Fukunaga, T.

2004. Activation of agonist and antagonist muscles at
different joint angles during maximal isometric efforts.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 91, 341–352.

115. Kvorning, T., Andersen, M., Brixen, K., Schjerling,

P., Suetta, C. and Madsen, K. 2006. Results: Suppression
of testosterone does not blunt mRNA expression of myoD,
myogenin, IGF myostatin or androgen receptor post strength
training in humans. Journal of Physiology, 578(Pt 2),
579–593.

116. Kyröläinen, H. and Komi, P.V. 1995. The function of

neuromuscular system in maximal stretch–shortening cycle
exercises: Comparison between power-and endurance-trained
athletes. Journal of Electromyography and Kinesiology, 5,
15–25.

117. Lantier, L., Mounier, R., Leclerc, J., Pende, M.,

Foretz, M. and Viollet, B. 2010. Coordinated maintenance
of muscle cell size control by AMP-activated protein
kinase. FASEB Journal, 24, 3555–3561.

118. Laurentino, G., Ugrinowitsch, C., Aihara, A.Y.,

Fernandes, A.R., Parcell, A.C., Ricard, M. and Tricoli, V.
2008. Effects of strength training and vascular occlusion.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 29, 664–667.

119. Madarame, H., Sasaki, K. and Ishii, N. 2010. Endocrine

responses to upper-and lower-limb resistance exercises
with blood flow restriction. Acta Physiologica Hungaria,
97, 192–200.

120. Mann, R. 1994. The Mechanics of Sprinting and

Hurdling. Orlando, FL: Compusport.

121. Matsuda, K., Choi, J.V., Shimojo, H. and Katsuta, S.

1999. Maintenance of myoglobin concentrations in human
skeletal muscle after heavy resistance training. European
Journal of Applied Physiology and Occupational Physiology,
79, 347–352.

122. Maughan, R.J., Watson, J.S. and Weir, J. 1984. Muscle

strength and cross-sectional area in man: A comparison of
strength-trained and untrained subjects. British Journal of
Sports Medicine, 18, 149–157.

123. McBride, J.M., Triplett-McBride, T., Davie, A. and

Newton, R.U. 1999. A comparison of strength and power
characteristics between power lifters, Olympic lifters, and
sprinters. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
13, 58–66.

124. McBride, J.M., Triplett-McBride, T., Davie, A. and

Newton, R.U. 2002. The effect of heavy versus light load
jump squats on the development of strength, power and
speed. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 16,
75–82.

125. McDonagh, M.J.N. and Davies, C.T.M. 1984. Adaptive

response of mammalian skeletal muscle to exercise with
high loads. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 52,
139–155.

126. McMillan, J., Stone, M.H., Sartain, J., Marple, D.,

Keith, R., Lewis, D. and Brown, C. 1993. The 20-hr
hormonal response to a single session of weight-training.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 7(1), 9–21.

127. Milner-Brown, H.S., Stein, R.B. and Lee, R.G. 1975.

Synchronization of human motor units: Possible roles of
exercise and supraspinal reflexes. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 38, 245–254.

128. Milner-Brown, H.S., Stein, R.B. and Yemm, R. 1973. The

orderly recruitment of human motor units during voluntary
isometric contractions. Journal of Physiology, 230,
359–370.

129. Minetti, A.E. 2002. On the mechanical power of joint

extensions as affected by the change in muscle force (or
cross-sectional area), ceteris paribus. European Journal of
Applied Physiology, 86, 363–369.

130. Mirkov, D.M., Nedelijkovic, A., Milanovic, S. and

Jaric, S. 2004. Muscle strength testing: Evaluation of
tests of explosive force production. European Journal of
Applied Physiology, 91, 147–154.

131. Moritani, T. and deVries, H.A. 1979. Neural factors

versus hypertrophy in the time course of muscle strength
gain. American Journal of Physical Medicine, 58, 115–130.

132. Moss, B.M., Refsnes, P.E., Abildgaard, A., Nicolaysen,

K. and Jensen, J. 1997. Effects of maximal effort strength
training with different loads on dynamic strength,
cross-sectional area, load– power and load–velocity
relationships. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 75,
193–199.

133. Nader, G. 2006. Concurrent strength and endurance

training: From molecules to man. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 38, 1965–1970.

134. Narici, M.V., Roi, G.S., Landoni, L., Minetti, A.E.

and Cerretelli, P. 1989. Changes in force, cross-sectional
area and neural activation during strength training and
detraining of the human quadriceps. European Journal of
Applied Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 59,
310–319.

135. Neils, C.M., Udermann, B.E., Brice, G.A., Winchester,

J.B. and McGuigan, M.R. 2005. Influence of contraction
velocity in untrained individuals over the early phase of
resistance training. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 19, 883–887.

136. Newton, R.U., Kraemer, W.J., Häkkinen, K., Humphries,

B. and Murphy, A.J. 1996. Kinematics, kinetics and muscle
activation during explosive upper body movements. Journal
of Applied Biomechanics, 12, 31–43.

137. Nogueira, W., Gentil, P., Meelo, S.N., Olivera, R.J.,

Bezerra, A.J. and Bottaro, M. 2009. Effects of power
training on muscle thickness of older men. International
Journal of Sport Medicine, 30, 200–204.

138. Nosaka, K., Lavender, A., Newton, M. and Sacco, P.

2003. Muscle damage in resistance training: Is muscle
damage necessary for hypertrophy? International Journal of
Sport and Health Science, 1, 1–18.

139. Nuzzo, J.L., McBride, J.M., Cormie, P. and McCaulley,

G.O. 2008. Relationship between countermovement jump
performance and multi-joint isometric and dynamic tests of
strength. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
22, 699–707.

140. Ojasto, T. and Häkkinen, K. 2009. Effects of different

accentuated eccentric load levels in eccentric–concentric
actions on acute neuromuscular, maximal force, and power
responses. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
23, 996–1004.

141. Ojasto, T. and Häkkinen, K. 2009. Effects of different

accentuated eccentric loads on acute neuromuscular, growth
hormone, and blood lactate responses during a hypertrophic
protocol. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
23, 946–953.

142. Peterson, M.D., Alvar, B.A. and Rhea, M.R. 2006. The
contribution of maximal force production to explosive
movement among young collegiate athletes. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 20, 867–873.

143. Peterson, M.D., Rhea, M.R. and Alvar, B.A. 2005.

Applications of the dose–response for muscular strength
development: A review of meta-analytic efficacy and
reliability for designing training prescription. Journal
of Strength and Conditioning Research, 19(4), 950–958.

144. Petrella, J.K., Kim, J.S., Mayhew, D.L., Cross, J.M.

and Bamman, M.M. 2008. Potent myofiber hypertrophy during
resistance training in humans is associated with satellite
cellmediated myonuclear addition: A cluster analysis.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 104, 1736–1742.

145. Plisk, S. and Stone, M.H. 2003. Periodization

strategies. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 25, 19–37.

146. Prince, P.P., Hikida, R.S. and Hagerman, F.C. 1976.

Human muscle fiber type in powerlifters, distance runners
and untrained subjects. Pfluegers Archive, 363, 19–26.

147. Rahimi, R. 2005. Effect of different rest intervals on

the exercise volume completed during squat bouts. Journal
of Sports Science and Medicine, 4, 361–366.

148. Rasch, P.J. and Morehouse, L.E. 1957. Effect of static

and dynamic exercises on muscular strength and
hypertrophy. Journal of Applied Physiology, 11, 29–34.

149. Rhea, M.R., Alvar, B.A. Burkett, L.N. and Ball, S.D.
2003. A meta-analysis to determine the dose response for
strength development. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 35, 456–464.

150. Rhea, M.R., Oliverson, J.R., Marshall, G., Peterson,

M.D., Kenn, J.G. and Ayllon, F.N. 2008. Noncompatibility
of power and endurance training among college baseball
players. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
22, 230–234.

151. Robinson, J.M., Penland, C.M., Stone, M.H., Johnson,

R.L., Warren, B.J. and Lewis, D.L. 1995. Effects of
different weight training exercise–rest intervals on
strength, power and high intensity endurance. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 9, 216–221.

152. Rooney, K.J., Herbert, R.D. and Balnave, R.J. 1994.

Fatigue contributes to the strength training stimulus.
Medicine and Science in Sports Exercise, 26, 1160–1164.

153. Ruben, R.M., Molinari, M.A., Bibbee, C.A., Childress,

M.A., Harman, M.S., Reed, K.P. and Haff, G.G. 2010. The
acute effects of an ascending squat protocol on performance
during horizontal plyometric jumps. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning, 24(2), 358–369.

154. Sale, D.G. 1987. Influence of exercise and training on

motor unit activation. Exercise and Sport Sciences
Reviews, 15, 95–151.

155. Sale, D.G., MacDougall, J.D., Upton, A.M. and McComas,

A.J. 1983. Effect of strength training upon motoneuron
excitability in man. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 15, 57–62.

156. Saremi, A., Gharakhanloo, R., Sharghi, S., Gharaati,

M.R., Larijani, B. and Omidfar, K. 2010. Effects of oral
creatine and resistance training on serum myostatin and
GASP-1. Molecular and Cellular Endocrinology, 12, 17(1–2),
25–30.

157. Schilling, B.K., Stone, M.H., O’Bryant, H.S., Fry,

A.C., Coglianese, R.H. and Pierce, K.C. 2002. Snatch
technique of collegiate national level. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 16, 551–555.

158. Schmidtbleicher, D. 1992. Training for power events.

In P.V. Komi (ed.), Strength and Power in Sport (pp.
381–395). London: Blackwell Scientific Publications.

159. Schmidtbleicher, D. and Buehrle, M. 1987. Neuronal

adaptation and increase of cross-sectional area studying
different strength training methods. In G.B. Jonsson (ed.),
Biomechanics X-B (Vol. 6-B, pp. 615–620). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

160. Schoenfeld, B.J. 2010. The mechanisms of muscle

hypertrophy and their application to resistance training.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 24,
2857–2872.

161. Semmler, J.G. and Nordstrom, M. 1998. Motor unit

discharge and force tremor in skill-and strength-trained
individuals. Experimental Brain Research, 119, 27–38.

162. Shepstone, T.N., Tang, J.E., Dallaire, S., Schuenke,

M.D., Staron, R.S. and Phillips, S.M. 2005. Short-term
high-vs low-velocity isokinetic lengthening results in
greater hypertrophy of the elbow flexors in young men.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 98, 1768–1776.

163. Shields, R.K., Leo, K.C., Messaros, A.J. and Somers,

V.K. 1999. Effects of repetitive handgrip training on
endurance, specificity, and cross-education. Physical
Therapy, 7, 467–475.

164. Siff, M. 2000. Strength and the muscular system. In

Supertraining (5th edn, pp. 1–93). Denver, CO:
Supertraining Institute.

165. Staron, R.S., Malicky, E.S., Leonard, M.J., Falkel,

J.E., Hagerman, F.C. and Dudley G.S. 1989. Muscle
hypertrophy and fast fiber type conversions in heavy
resistance-trained women. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 60, 871–879.

166. Stone, M.H. 1993. Position/policy statement and

literature review for the National Strength and
Conditioning Association on ‘explosive exercise’. National
Strength and Conditioning Association Journal, 15(4),
7–15.

167. Stone, M.H., Chandler, T.J., Conley, M.S., Kramer,

J.B. and Stone, M.E. 1996. Training to muscular failure:
Is it necessary? Strength and Conditioning Journal, 18,
44–48.

168. Stone, M.H. and Fry A.C. 1998. Increased training

volume in strength/power athletes. In R.B. Kreider, A.C.
Fry and M.L. O’Toole (eds), Overtraining in Sport (pp.
87–106). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

169. Stone, M.H., Moir, G., Glaister, M. and Sanders, R.

2002. How much strength is necessary? Physical Therapy in
Sport, 3, 88–96.

170. Stone, M.H., Nelson, J.R., Nader, S. and Carter, D.

1983. Short term weight training effects on resting and
recovery heart rates. Athletic Training, 18, 69–71.

171. Stone, M.H., O’Bryant, H.S., McCoy, L., Coglianese,

R., Lehmkuhl, M. and Schilling, B. 2003. Power and maximum
strength relationships during performance of dynamic and
static weighted jumps. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 17, 140–147.

172. Stone, M.H., Pierce, K.C., Sands, W.A. and Stone, M.E.
2006. Weightlifting part 2: Program design. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 28(2), 10–17.

173. Stone, M.H., Sanborn, K., O’Bryant, H.S., Hartman,

M.E., Stone, M.E., Proulx, C., Ward B. and Hruby, J. 2003.
Maximum strength–power–performance relationships in
collegiate throwers. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 17, 739–745.

174. Stone, M.H., Sands, W.A., Carlock, J., Callan, S.,

Dickie, D., Daigle, D., Cotton, J. and Smith, S.L. 2004.
The importance of isometric maximum strength and peak rate
of force development in sprint cycling. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 18, 878–884.

175. Stone, M.H., Sands, W.A., Pierce, K.C., Carlock, J.,

Cardinale, M. and Newton, R.U. 2005. Relationship of
maximum strength to weightlifting performance. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 37(6), 1037–1040.

176. Stone, M.H. and Stone, M.E. 2010. Resistance training

modes: A practical perspective. In M. Cardinale, R. Newton
and K. Nozaka (eds), Strength and Conditioning: Biological
Principles and Practical Applications (pp. 345–359).
Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.

177. Stone, M.H., Stone, M.E. and Sands, W.A. 2007.

Principles and Practice of Resistance Training. Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

178. Stone, M.H., Wilson, G.D., Blessing, D. and Rozenek,

R. 1983. Cardiovascular responses to short-term Olympic
style weight training in young men. Canadian Journal of
Applied Sports Science, 8(3), 134–139.

179. Sundstrup, E., Jakobsen, M.D., Andersen, C.H., Zebis,

M.K., Mortensen, O.S. and Andersen, L.L. 2012. Muscle
activation strategies during strength training with heavy
loading vs. repetitions to failure. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 26(7), 1897–1903.

180. Tanaguchi, Y. 1997. Lateral specificity in resistance

training: The effect of bilateral and unilateral training.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 75, 144–150.
181. Terzis, G., Georgiadis, G., Stratakos, G., Vogiatzis,
I., Kavouras, S., Manta, P., Mascher, H. and Blomstrand,
E.R. 2007. Resistance exercise-induced increase in muscle
mass correlates with p70S6 kinase phosphorylation in human
subjects. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 102,
145–152.

182. Tesch, P. and Karlsson, J. 1985. Muscle fiber type and

size in trained and untrained muscles of elite athletes.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 59, 1716–1720.

183. Tesch, P. and Larson, L. 1982. Muscle hypertrophy in

bodybuilders. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 49,
301–306.

184. Thomas, M., Fiatarone, M.A. and Fielding, R.A. 1996.

Leg power in young women: Relationship to body
composition, strength, and function. Medicine and Science
in Sports and Exercise, 28, 1321–1326.

185. Thorlund, J.B., Aagaard, P. and Madsen, K. 2009. Rapid

muscle force capacity changes after soccer match play.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 30, 273–278.

186. Thorstenssen, A. 1977. Observations on strength

training and detraining. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica,
100, 491–493.

187. Thorstenssen, A.B., Sjodin, B. and Karlsson, J. 1975.

Enzyme activities and muscle strength after sprint
training in man. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 94,
313–318.

188. Tihanyi, J. 1997. Development of explosive strength

according to muscle fibres types. Presentation at the
International Symposium on Training and Testing of Muscular
Power, University of Tartu, Estonia. Text from Modern
Athlete and Coach, 37, 12–15.

189. Tillin, N.A., Jimenez-Reyes, P., Pain, M.T. and

Folland, J.P. 2010. Neuromuscular performance of explosive
power athletes vs. untrained individuals. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 42, 781–790.

190. Todd, J. 1995. From Milo to Milo: A history of

barbells, dumbells, and Indian clubs. Iron Game History,
3(6), 4–16.

191. Toji, H. and Kaneko, M. 2004. Effect of multiple-load

training on the force–velocity relationship. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 18, 792–795.

192. Toji, H., Suei, K. and Kaneko, M. 1995. Effect of

combined training programs on force– velocity relation and
power in human muscle. Japan Journal of Physical Fitness
and Sports Medicine, 44, 439–446.

193. Toji, H., Suei, K. and Kaneko, M. 1997. Effect of

combined training loads on relations among force, velocity
and power development. Canadian Journal of Applied
Physiology, 22, 328–336.

194. Tracy, B.L., Byrnes, W.C. and Enoka, R.M. 2004.

Strength training reduces force fluctuations during
anisometric contractions of the quadriceps femoris muscles
in old adults. Journal of Applied Physiology, 96,
1530–1540.

195. Tran, Q.T., Docherty, D. and Behm, D. 2006. The

effects of varying time under tension and volume load on
acute neuromuscular responses. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 98, 402–410.

196. Tricoli, V., Lamas, L., Carnevale, R. and

Ugrinowitsch, C. 2005. Short-term effects on lowerbody
functional power development: Weightlifting vs. vertical
jump training programs. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 19, 433–437.

197. van Cutsem, M., Duchateau, J. and Hainaut, K. 1998.

Changes in single motor unit behaviour contribute to the
increase in contraction speed after dynamic training in
humans. Journal of Physiology, 513(Pt 1), 295–305.

198. van Etten, L.M., Verstappen, F.T. and Westerterp, K.R.

1994. Effect of body build on weighttraining-induced
adaptations in body composition and muscular strength.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 26, 515–521.

199. van Wessel, T., De Haan, A., van der Laarse, W.J. and
Jaspers, R.T. 2010. The muscle fiber type–fiber size
paradox: Hypertrophy or oxidiative metabolism? European
Journal of Applied Physiology, 110(4), 665–694.

200. Wakeling, J.M. 2004. Motor units are recruited in a

task-dependent fashion during locomotion. Journal of
Experimental Biology, 207(Pt 22), 3883–3890.

201. Walker, P.M., Brunotte, F., Rouhier-Marcer, I.,

Cottin, Y., Casillas, J.M., Gras, P. and Didier, J.P.
1998. Nuclear magnetic resonance evidence of different
muscular adaptations after resistance training. Archives
of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 79, 1391–1398.

202. Wenger, H.A. and McNab, R.B.J. 1975. Endurance

training: The effects of intensity, total work, duration
and initial fitness. Journal of Sports Medicine and
Physical Fitness, 15, 199–211.

203. Wernbom, M., Augustsson, J. and Thomeé, R. 2007. The

influence of frequency, intensity, volume and mode of
strength training on whole muscle cross-sectional area in
humans. Sports Medicine, 37, 225–264.

204. West, W.D., Burd, N.A., Staples, A.W. and Phillips,

S.M. 2010. Human exercise-mediated skeletal muscle
hypertrophy is an intrinsic process. International Journal
of Biochemistry and Cell Biology, 42, 1371–1375.

205. Widrick, J.J., Stelzer, J.E., Shoepe, T.C. and Garner,

D.P. 2002. Functional properties of human muscle fibers
after short-term resistance exercise training. American
Journal of Physiology, 283, R408–R416.

206. Willardson, J.M. and Burkett, L.N. 2005. A comparison

of 3 different rest intervals on the exercise volume
completed during a workout. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 19, 23–26.

207. Willardson, J.M. and Burkett, L.N. 2008. The effect of

different rest intervals between sets on volume components
and strength gains. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 22, 146–152.

208. Wilson, G.J., Murphy, A.J. and Walshe, A. 1996. The

specificity of strength training: The effect of posture.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 73, 346–352.

209. Wilson, G.J., Murphy, A.J. and Walshe, A.D. 1997.

Performance benefits from weight and plyometric training:
Effects of initial strength level. Coaching and Sport
Science, 2, 1–8.

210. Wolfe, B.L., Lemura, L.M. and Cole, P.J. 2004.

Quantitative analysis of single-vs multiple-set programs
in resistance training. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 18, 35–47.

211. Young, W. 1993. Training for speed/strength: Heavy

versus light loads. National Strength and Conditioning
Association Journal, 15, 34–43.

212. Zamparo, P., Minetti, A.E. and di Prampero, P.E. 2002.

Interplay among the changes of muscle strength,
cross-sectional area and maximal explosive power: Theory
and facts. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 88,
193–202.

213. Zanchi, N.E. and Lancha, A.H. 2008. Mechanical stimuli

of skeletal muscle: Implications on m-TOR/p70s6k and
protein synthesis. European Journal of Applied Physiology,
102, 253–363.

214. Zatsiorsky, V.M. 1995. Science and Practice of

Strength Training. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
12 Chapter 12: Weightlifting for sports
performance

1. Bobbert, M.F. and Casius, L.J. 2005. Is the effect of a

countermovement on jump height due to active state
development? Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
37(3), 440–446.

2. Bobbert, M.F., Gerritsen, K.G.M., Litjens, M.C.A. and

van Soest, A.J. 1996. Why is countermovement jump height
greater than squat jump height? Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 28, 1402–1412.

3. Brewer, C. 2008. Strength and Conditioning for Sport: A

Practical Guide for Coaches. Leeds: Sports Coach UK.

4. Brewer, C. and Stone, M.H. 2008. Coaching the Double

Knee Bend. Available from: www.coachesinfo.com.

5. Burgener, M., Bielik, E. and Huegli, R. 1988. The power

clean. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 10, 50–55.

6. Charniga, B. 2001. Key Muscles for Weightlifting.

Livonia, MI: Sportivny Press.

7. Chiu, L.Z. and Schilling, B.K. 2005. A primer on

weightlifting: From sport to sports training. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 27, 42–48.

8. Dreschler, A. 1998. The Weightlifting Encyclopedia: A

Guide to World Class Performance. Whitestone, NY: A is A
Communications.

9. Enoka, R.M. 1979. The pull in Olympic weightlifting.

Medicine and Science in Sports, 11, 131–137.

10. Favre, M.W. and Peterson, M.D. 2012. Teaching the first
pull. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 34(6), 77–81.

11. Findley, B.W., Keating, T. and Toscano, L. 2003. Is the

Valsalva maneuver a proper breathing technique? Strength
and Conditioning Journal, 25, 52.

12. Fox, E.L., Bowers, R.W. and Foss, M.L. 1993.

Development of muscular strength, endurance and
flexibility. In C. Rodgers (ed.), The Physiological Basis
for Exercise and Sport (pp. 160–161). Dubuque, IA: Brown &
Benchmark.

13. Garhammer, J.J. 1980. Power production by Olympic

weightlifters. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
12, 54–60.

14. Garhammer, J.J. 1993. A review of the power output

studies of Olympic and powerlifting: Methodology,
performance prediction and evaluation tests. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 7, 76–89.

15. Garhammer, J. 2004. Biomechanical profiles of Olympic

weightlifters. USAW Symposium, USOC, Colorado Springs, CO,
July.

16. Hydock, D. 2001. The weightlifting pull in power

development. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 23, 32–37.

17. Jones, L. 1991. Senior Coach Manual, United States

Weightlifting Federation Coaching Accreditation Course,
USWF, Colorado Springs, CO.

18. Medvedev, A. 1988. Soviet lecture series no. 4: Three

periods of the snatch and clean and jerk. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 10, 33–38.

19. Pierce, K. 1999. Clean and jerk. Strength and

Conditioning Journal, 21, 46–47.

20. Pierce, K. 1999. Snatch. Strength and Conditioning

Journal, 21, 36–37.

21. Roman, R.A. 1988. The Training of the Weightlifter,

trans. and ed. A. Charniga. Livonia, MI: Sportivny Press.

22. Roman, R.A. and Shakirzyanov, M.S. 1982. The Snatch,

the Clean and Jerk, trans. and ed. A. Charniga. Livonia,
MI: Sportivny Press.

23. Stone, M.H., Gattone, M., Stone, M., Schilling, B.,

Pierce, K. and Byrd, R. 2008. Importance of the Double
Knee Bend Phase/Importance of Using Weightlifting Movements
in Sports Training. Available from: www.coachesinfo.com.

24. Stone, M.H., Pierce, K.C., Sands, W.A. and Stone, M.E.
2006. Weightlifting: A brief overview. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 28, 50–66.

25. Stone, M.H., Sands, W.A., Pierce, K.C., Carlock, J.,

Cardinale, M. and Newton, R.U. 2005. Relationship of
maximum strength to weightlifting performance. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 37(6), 1037–1043.
26. United States Weightlifting Association (USAW). 2003.
Coaching Accreditation Course: Sports Performance Coach
Manual. Colorado Springs, CO: USAW.

27. United States Weightlifting Federation. 1986. United

States Weightlifting Federation Coaching Manuals, Vols
1–3. Colorado Springs, CO: United States Weightlifting
Federation.

28. Vorobyev, A.N. 1978. A Textbook on Weightlifting,

trans. and ed. W.J. Brice. Budapest: International
Weightlifting Federation.

29. Yule, S. 2007. The back squat. Professional Strength

and Conditioning, 8, 20–23.
13 Chapter 13: Plyometric training:
Theory and practice

1. Aagaard, P., Simonsen, E.B., Andersen, J.L., Magnusson,

P. and Dyhre-Poulsen, P. 2002. Increased rate of force
development and neural drive of human skeletal muscle
following resistance training. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 93(4), 1318–1326.

2. Arampatzis, A., Peper, A., Bierbaum, S. and Albracht, K.

2010. Plasticity of human Achilles tendon mechanical and
morphological properties in response to cyclic strain.
Journal of Biomechanics, 43(16), 3073–3079.

3. Bobbert, M.F. and Casius, L.J.R. 2005. Is the effect of

a countermovement on jump height due to active state
development? Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
37(3), 440–446.

4. Bobbert, M.F., Gerritsen, K.G., Litjens, M.C. and van

Soest, A.J. 1996. Why is countermovement jump height
greater than squat jump height? Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 28(11), 1402–1412.

5. Burgess, K.E., Connick, M.J., Graham-Smith, P. and

Pearson, S.J. 2007. Plyometric vs. isometric training
influences on tendon properties and muscle output. Journal
of Strength and Conditioning Research, 21(3), 986–989.

6. Cornu, C., Silveira, M.-I.A. and Goubel, F. 1997.

Influence of plyometric training on the mechanical
impedance of the human ankle joint. European Journal of
Applied Physiology, 76(3), 282–288.

7. Enoka, R. 2008. Neuromechanics of Human Movement.

Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

8. Fouré, A., Nordez, A. and Cornu, C. 2010. Plyometric

training effects on Achilles tendon stiffness and
dissipative properties. Journal of Applied Physiology,
109(3), 849–854.

9. Fouré, A., Nordez, A., McNair, P. and Cornu, C. 2011.

Effects of plyometric training on both active and passive
parts of the plantarflexors series elastic component
stiffness of muscle–tendon complex. European Journal of
Applied Physiology, 111(3), 539–548.

10. Grosset, J.-F., Piscione, J., Lambertz, D. and Pérot,

C. 2009. Paired changes in electromechanical delay and
musculotendinous stiffness after endurance or plyometric
training. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 105(1),
131–139.

11. Heise, G., Shinohara, M. and Binks, L. 2008.

Biarticular leg muscles and links to running economy.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 29(8), 688–691.

12. Hill, A.V. 1938. The heat of shortening and the dynamic
constants of muscle. Proceedings of the Royal Society B:
Biological Sciences, 126(843), 136–195.

13. Hof, A.L., van Zandwijk, J.P. and Bobbert, M.F. 2002.
Mechanics of human triceps surae muscle in walking,
running and jumping. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica,
174(1), 17–30.

14. Macaluso, F., Isaacs, A.W. and Myburgh, K.H. 2012.

Preferential type II muscle fiber damage from plyometric
exercise. Journal of Athletic Training, 47(4), 414–420.

15. Markovic, G. and Mikulic, P. 2010.

Neuro-musculoskeletal and performance adaptations to
lower-extremity plyometric training. Sports Medicine,
40(10), 859–895.

16. Nardone, A., Romanò, C. and Schieppati, M. 1989.

Selective recruitment of high-threshold human motor units
during voluntary isotonic lengthening of active muscles.
Journal of Physiology, 409(1), 451–471.

17. Ryschon, T.W., Fowler, M.D., Wysong, R.E., Anthony, A.

and Balaban, R.S. 1997. Efficiency of human skeletal
muscle in vivo: Comparison of isometric, concentric, and
eccentric muscle action. Journal of Applied Physiology,
83(3), 867–874.

18. Schmidtbleicher, D. 1992. Training for power events. In

P.V. Komi (ed.), Strength and Power in Sports. (pp.
381–395) Oxford: Blackwell Science.

19. Scholz, M.N., Bobbert, M.F., van Soest, A.J., Clark,

J.R. and van Heerden, J. 2008. Running biomechanics:
Shorter heels, better economy. Journal of Experimental
Biology, 211(20), 3266–3271.

20. Sheppard, J.M., Dingley, A.A., Janssen, I., Spratford,

W., Chapman, D.W. and Newton, R.U. 2011. The effect of
assisted jumping on vertical jump height in
high-performance volleyball players. Journal of Science and
Medicine in Sport, 14(1), 85–89.

21. Sheppard, J., Hobson, S., Barker, M., Taylor, K.,

Chapman, D., McGuigan, M. and Newton, R. 2008. The effect
of training with accentuated eccentric load
counter-movement jumps on strength and power
characteristics of high-performance volleyball players.
International Journal of Sports Science and Coaching,
3(3), 355–363.

22. Siff, M.C. 2003. Supertraining. Denver, CO:

Supertraining Institute.

23. Smith, J.P., Kernozek, T.W., Kline, D.E. and Wright,

G.A. 2011. Kinematic and kinetic variations among three
depth jump conditions in male NCAA Division III athletes.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 25(1),
94–102.

24. Taube, W., Leukel, C., Lauber, B. and Gollhofer, A.

2012. The drop height determines neuromuscular adaptations
and changes in jump performance in stretch–shortening cycle
training. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in
Sports, 22(5), 671–683.

25. Vissing, K., Brink, M., Lønbro, S., Sørensen, H.,

Overgaard, K., Danborg, K. and Aagaard, P. 2008. Muscle
adaptations to plyometric vs. resistance training in
untrained young men. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 22(6), 1799–1810.

26. Walshe, A.D., Wilson, G.J. and Ettema, G.J.C. 1998.

Stretch–shorten cycle compared with isometric preload:
Contributions to enhanced muscular performance. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 84(1), 97–106.

27. Wilson, G.J., Murphy, A.J. and Pryor, J.F. 1994.

Musculotendinous stiffness: Its relationship to eccentric,
isometric, and concentric performance. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 76(6), 2714–2719.

28. Wulf, G., Dufek, J.S., Lozano, L. and Pettigrew, C.

2010. Increased jump height and reduced EMG activity with
an external focus. Human Movement Science, 29(3), 440–448.
14 Chapter 14: Developing speed and
agility for sports performance

1. Arampatzis, A., Peper, A., Bierbaum, S. and Albracht, K.

2010. Plasticity of human Achilles tendon mechanical and
morphological properties in response to cyclic strain.
Journal of Biomechanics, 43(16), 3073–3079.

2. Bernstein, N.A. 1967. The Co-ordination and Regulation

of Movements. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

3. Deane, R., Chow, J., Tilman, M. and Fournier, K. 2005.

Effects of hip flexor training on sprint, shuttle run, and
vertical jump performance. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 19(3), 615–621.

4. Dorn, T.W., Schache, A.G. and Pandy, M.G. 2012. Muscular

strategy shift in human running: Dependence of running
speed on hip and ankle muscle performance. Journal of
Experimental Biology, 215(11), 1944–1956.

5. Farrow, D., Young, W. and Bruce, L. 2002. The

development of a test of reactive agility for netball: A
new methodology. Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 8, 52–60.

6. Fouré, A., Nordez, A., Guette, M. and Cornu, C. 2009.

Effects of plyometric training on passive stiffness of
gastrocnemii and the musculo-articular complex of the ankle
joint. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in
Sport, 19(6), 811–818.

7. Handford, C., Davids, K., Bennett, S. and Button, C.

1997. Skill acquisition in sport: Some applications of an
evolving practice ecology. Journal of Sports Sciences, 15,
621–640.

8. Helseth, J., Hortobágyi, T. and DeVita, P. 2008. How do

low horizontal forces produce disproportionately high
torques in human locomotion? Journal of Biomechanics,
41(8), 1747–1753.

9. Holcomb, P.M. 2009. Agility training for experienced

athletes: A dynamical systems approach. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 31, 73–78.

10. Hoshikawa, Y., Muramatsu, M., Iida, T., Uchiyama, A.,

Nakajima, Y., Kanehisa, H. and Fukunaga, T. 2006.
Influence of the psoas major and thigh muscularity on 100-m
times in junior sprinters. Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 38(12), 2138–2143.

11. Jeffreys, I. 2006. Motor learning – Applications for

agility, part 1. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 28(5),
72–76.

12. Jeffreys, I. 2006. Motor learning – Applications for

agility, part 2. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 28(6),
10–14.

13. Jeffreys, I. 2008. Movement training for field sports:

Soccer. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 30(4), 19–27.

14. Jeffreys, I. 2010. Gamespeed: Movement Training for

Superior Sports Performance (pp. 4–6). Monterey, CA:
Coaches Choice.

15. Jeffreys, I. 2011. A task based approach to developing

reactive agility. Strength and Conditioning Journal,
33(4), 52–59.

16. Kuitunen, S., Komi, P.V. and Kyröläinen, H. 2002. Knee

and ankle joint stiffness in sprint running. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 34(1), 166–173.

17. Miller, R.H., Umberger, B.R. and Caldwell, G.E. 2012.

Limitations to maximum sprinting speed imposed by muscle
mechanical properties. Journal of Biomechanics, 45(6),
1092–1097.

18. Plisk, S.S. 2008. Speed, agility and speed-endurance

development. In T.R. Baechle and R.W. Earle (eds), The
Essentials of Strength Training and Conditioning (pp.
457–485). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

19. Schmidt, R.A. and Lee, T.D. 2005. Motor Control and
Learning: A Behavioural Emphasis (pp. 302–458). Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

20. Sheppard, J.M. and Young, W.B. 2006. Agility literature

review: Classifications, training and testing. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 24, 919–932.

21. van Ingen Schenau, G.J., Bobbert, M.F. and Rozendal,

R.H. 1987. The unique action of bi-articular muscles in
complex movements. Journal of Anatomy, 155, 1–5.

22. Vickers, J.N. 2007. Perception, Cognition and Decision

Training: The Quiet Eye in Action (pp. 164–184).
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
23. Weyand, P.G. and Davis, J.A. 2005. Running performance
has a structural basis. Journal of Experimental Biology,
208(14), 2625–2631.

24. Weyand, P.G., Sandell, R.F., Prime, D.N.L. and Bundle,

M.W. 2010. The biological limits to running speed are
imposed from the ground up. Journal of Applied Physiology,
108(4), 950–961.

25. Weyand, P.G., Sternlight, D.B., Belizzi, M.J. and

Wright, S. 2000. Faster top running speeds are achieved
with greater ground forces not more rapid leg movements.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 89(5), 1991–1999.

26. Young, W.B. and Farrow, D. 2006. A review of agility:

Practical applications for strength and conditioning.
Strength and Conditioning Journal, 28, 24–29.

27. Young, W.B., James, R. and Montgomery, I. 2002. Is

muscle power related to running speed with changes of
direction? Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness,
42, 282–288.
15 Chapter 15: Developing endurance for
sports performance

1. Aunola, S. and Rusko, H. 1992. Does anaerobic threshold

correlate with maximal lactate steady state? Journal of
Sports Science, 10, 309–323.

2. Bailey, S.J., Wilkerson, D.P., DiMenna, F.J. and Jones,

A.M. 2009. Influence of repeated sprint training on
pulmonary O 2 uptake and muscle deoxygenation kinetics in
humans. Journal of Applied Physiology, 106, 1875–1887.

3. Bishop, D. Game sense or game nonsense? 2009. Journal of

Science and Medicine in Sport, 12, 426–427.

4. Bishop, D., Girard, O. and Mendez-Villanueva, A. 2011.

Repeat-sprint ability – Part II: Recommendations for
training. Sports Medicine, 41, 741–756.

5. Chidnok, W., DiMenna, F.J., Fulford, J., Bailey, S.J.,

Skiba, P.F., Vanhatalo, A. and Jones, A.M. 2013. Muscle
metabolic responses during high-intensity intermittent
exercise measured by 31 P-MRS: Relationship to the
critical power concept. American Journal of Physiology
Regulatory Integrative and Comparative Physiology, 305,
R1085–R1092.

6. Donovan, C.M. and Brooks, G.A. 1983. Endurance training

affects lactate clearance, not lactate production.
American Journal of Physiology – Endocrinology and
Metabolism, 244, E83–E92.

7. Dubouchaud, H., Butterfield, G.E., Wolfel, E.E.,

Bergman, B.C. and Brooks, G.A. 2000. Endurance training,
expression and physiology of LDH, MCT1 and MCT4 in human
skeletal muscle. American Journal of Physiology –
Endocrinology and Metabolism, 278, E571–E579.

8. Edge, J., Bishop, D. and Goodman, C. 2005. Effects of

high-and moderate-intensity training on metabolism and
repeated sprints. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 37, 1975–1982.

9. Fay, L., Londeree, B.R., LaFontaine, T.P. and Volek,

M.R. 1989. Physiological parameters related to distance
running performance in female athletes. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 21, 319–324.

10. Gastin, P.B. 2001. Energy system interaction and

relative contribution during maximal exercise. Sports
Medicine, 31, 725–741.

11. Gibala, M.J., Little, J.P., Van Essen, M., Wilkin,

G.P., Burgomaster, K.A., Safdar, A., Raha, S. and
Tarnopolsky, M.A. 2006. Short-term sprint intervals vs.
traditional endurance training: Similar initial
adaptations in human skeletal muscle and exercise
performance. Journal of Physiology, 575, 901–911.

12. Gonzalez-Alonso, J. and Calbet, J.A.L. 2003. Reductions

in systemic and skeletal muscle blood flow and oxygen
delivery limit maximal aerobic capacity in humans.
Circulation, 28, 824–830.

Table 15.1 Typical weekly training programme for an elite

marathon runner

Day a.m./p.m. Distance Type

Monday a.m. 5 M Easy p.m. 10 M Steady

Tuesday a.m. 5 M Easy p.m. 16 × 400 m Interval (45 s

recovery)

Wednesday a.m. 12-15 M Steady p.m. Strength training

Thursday a.m. 5 M Easy p.m. 5 M/5 M Tempo/steady

Friday a.m. 5 M Easy p.m. 5 M Easy

Saturday a.m. 6 × 1500 m Interval (90 s recovery) p.m. 5

M Easy

Sunday a.m. 15-20 M Easy/steady p.m. Strength training

13. Hawley, J.A., Myburgh, K.H., Noakes, T.D. and Dennis,

S.C. 1997. Training techniques to improve fatigue
resistance and enhance endurance performance. Journal of
Sports Science, 15, 25–33.

14. Hennessey, L.C. and Watson, E.S. 1994. The interference

effects of training for strength and endurance
simultaneously. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 8, 12–19.

15. Hickson, R.C., Hagberg, J.M., Ehsani, A.A. and

Holloszy, J.O. 1981. Time course of the adaptive responses
of aerobic power and heart rate to training. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 13, 17–20.
16. Iaia, F.M. and Bangsbo, J. 2010. Speed endurance
training is a powerful stimulus for physiological
adaptations and performance improvements of athletes.
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine, Science and Sports,
20(Suppl. 2), 11–23.

17. Iaia, F.M., Thomassen, M., Kolding, H., Gunnarsson, T.,

Wendell, J., Rostgaard, T., Nordsborg, N., Krustrup, P.,
Nybo, L., Hellsten, Y. and Bangsbo, J. 2008. Reduced volume
but increased intensity elevates muscle Na + -K + pump a
1 -subunit and NHE1 expression as well as short-term work
capacity in humans. American Journal of Physiology –
Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology, 294,
R966–R974.

18. Jones, A.M. 1998. A 5-year physiological case study of

an Olympic runner. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 32,
39–43.

19. Jones, A.M. 2007. Middle and long distance running. In

E.M. Winter, A.M. Jones, R.R.C. Davison, P. Bromley and T.
Mercer (eds), Sport and Exercise Science Testing
Guidelines: The British Association of Sport and Exercise
Sciences Guide (pp. 147–154). London: Routledge.

20. Jones, A.M. and Carter, H. 2000. The effect of

endurance training on parameters of aerobic fitness.
Sports Medicine, 29, 373–386.

21. Jones, A.M. and Doust, A.H. 1998. The validity of the
lactate minimum test for determination of the maximal
lactate steady state. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 30, 1304–1313.

22. Karlsson, J. and Saltin, B. 1971. Diet, muscle

glycogen, and endurance performance. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 31, 203–206.

23. Kubukeli, Z.N., Noakes, T.D. and Dennis, S.C. 2002.

Training techniques to improve endurance exercise
performances. Sports Medicine, 32, 489–509.

24. Laursen, P.B. 2010. Training for intense exercise

performance: High-intensity or high-volume training?
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine, Science and Sports,
20(Suppl. 2), 1–10.

25. Laursen, P.B. and Jenkins, D.G. 2002. The scientific

basis for high-intensity interval training: Optimising
training programmes and maximising performance in highly
trained endurance athletes. Sports Medicine, 32, 53–73.

26. Lehmann, M., Berg, A., Kapp, R., Wessinghage, T. and

Keul, J. 1983. Correlations between laboratory testing and
distance running performance in marathoners of similar
performance ability. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 4, 226–230.

27. Midgley, A.W., McNaughton, L.R. and Jones, A.M. 2007.

Training to enhance the physiological determinants of
long-distance running performance: Can valid
recommendations be given to runners and coaches based on
current scientific knowledge? Sports Medicine, 37, 857–880.

28. Millet, G.P., Jaouen, B., Borrani, F. and Candau, R.

2002. Effects of concurrent endurance and strength
training on running economy and V . O 2 kinetics. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 34, 1351–1359.

29. Morgan, D.W., Bransford, D.R., Costill, D.L., Howley,

J.T. and Krahenbuhl, G.S. 1995. Variation in the aerobic
demand of running among trained and untrained subjects.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 27, 404–409.

30. Paavolainen, L., Häkkinen, K., Hämäläinen, I., Nummela,

A. and Rusko, H. 1999. Explosivestrength training improves
5-km running time by improving running economy and muscle
power. Journal of Applied Physiology, 86, 1527–1533.

31. Pate, R.R., Macera, C.A., Bailey, S.P., Bartoli, W.P.

and Powell, K.E. 1992. Physiological, anthropometric, and
training correlates of running economy. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 24, 1128–1133.

32. Seiler, K.S. and Kjerland, G.Ø. 2006. Quantifying

training intensity distribution in elite endurance
athletes: Is there evidence for an ‘optimal’ distribution?
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine, Science and Sports, 16,
49–56.

33. Sjodin, B. and Svedenhag, J. 1985. Applied physiology

of marathon running. Sports Medicine, 2, 83–99.

34. Smith, C.G.M. and Jones, A.M. 2001. The relationship

between critical velocity, maximal lactate steady-state
velocity and lactate turnpoint velocity in runners.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 85, 19–26.

35. Smith, D., Telford, R., Peltola, E. and Tumilty, D.

2000. Protocols for the physiological assessment of
high-performance runners. In C.J. Gore (ed.), Physiological
Tests for Elite Athletes (pp. 334–344). Australian Sports
Commission. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

36. Spencer, M.R. and Gastin, P.B. 2001. Energy system

contribution during 200 to 1500m running in highly trained
athletes: Diet, muscle glycogen, and endurance performance.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 33, 157–162.

37. Stepto, N.K., Hawley, J.A., Dennis, S.C. and Hopkins,

W.G. 1999. Effects of different intervaltraining programs
on cycling time-trial performance. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 31, 736–741.

38. Wenger, H.A. and Bell, G.J. 1986. The interactions of

intensity, frequency and duration of exercise training in
altering cardiorespiratory fitness. Sports Medicine, 3,
346–356.
16 Chapter 16: Flexibility: developing
effective movement

1. Abercromby, A.F.J., Amonette, W.E., Layne, C.S.,

McFarlin, B.K., Hinman, M.R. and Paloski, W.H. 2007.
Variation in neuromuscular responses during acute
whole-body vibration exercise. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 39, 1642–1650.

2. Abercromby, A.F.J., Amonette, W.E., Layne, C.S.,

McFarlin, B.K., Hinman, M.R. and Paloski, W.H. 2007.
Vibration exposure and biodynamic responses during
whole-body vibration training. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 39, 1794–1800.

3. Alter, M.J. 2004. Science of Flexibility. Champaign, IL:

Human Kinetics.

4. Arkaev, L.I. and Suchilin, N.G. 2004. How to Create

Champions. Oxford: Meyer & Meyer Sport (UK).

5. Armiger, P. and Martyn, M.A. 2010. Stretching for

Functional Flexibility. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins.

6. Arnason, A., Andersen, T.E., Holme, I., Engebretsen, L.

and Bahr, R. 2008. Prevention of hamstring strains in
elite soccer: An intervention study. Scandinavian Journal
of Medicine and Science in Sports, 18, 40–48.

7. Atha, J. and Wheatley, D.W. 1976. Joint mobility changes

due to low frequency vibration and stretching exercises.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 10, 26–34.

8. Aura, O. and Komi, P.V. 1986. Effects of prestretch

intensity on mechanical efficiency of positive work and on
elastic behavior of skeletal muscle in stretch–shortening
cycle exercise. International Journal of Sports Medicine,
7, 137–143.

9. Bandy, W.D., Irion, J.M. and Briggler, M. 1998. The

effect of time and frequency of static stretching on
flexibility of the hamstring muscles. Physical Therapy, 78,
1090–1096.

10. Bazett-Jones, D.M., Gibson, M.H. and McBride, J.M.

2008. Sprint and vertical jump performances are not
affected by six weeks of static hamstring stretching.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 22, 25–31.
11. Bazett-Jones, D.M., Winchester, J.B. and McBride, J.M.
2005. Effect of potentiation and stretching on maximal
force, rate of force development, and range of motion.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 19,
421–426.

12. Behm, D.G., Bambury, A., Cahill, F. and Power, K. 2004.

Effect of acute stretching on force, balance, reaction
time, and movement time. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 36, 1397–1402.

13. Behm, D.G., Button, D.C. and Butt, J.C. 2001. Factors
affecting force loss with prolonged stretching. Canadian
Journal of Applied Physiology, 26(3), 262–272.

14. Beighton, P. 1994. A clinical look at contortionists.

World Acrobatics, 18, 12–13.

15. Bierman, W. 1960. Influence of cycloid vibration

massage on trunk flexion. American Journal of Physical
Medicine and Rehabilitation, 39, 219–224.

16. Bishop, B. 1974. Vibratory stimulation part I:

Neurophysiology or motor responses evoked by vibratory
stimulation. Physical Therapy, 54, 1273–1282.

17. Bishop, B. 1975. Vibratory stimulation part II:

Neurophysiology or motor responses evoked by vibratory
stimulation. Physical Therapy, 55, 28–34.

18. Bloomfield, J. and Wilson, G. 1998. Flexibility in

sport. In B. Elliott (ed.), Training in Sport (pp.
239–285). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

19. Bompa, T.O. 1990. Theory and Methodology of Training.

Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt.

20. Bosco, C. and Komi, P.V. 1979. Potentiation of the

mechanical behavior of the human skeletal muscle through
prestretching. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 106,
467–472.

21. Brunelli, S. and Rovere-Querini, P. 2008. The immune

system and the repair of skeletal muscle. Pharmaceutical
Research, 58, 117–121.

22. Burns, P.A., Beekhuizen, K.S. and Jacobs, P.L. 2005.

Acute effects of whole-body vibration and bicycle
ergometry on muscular strength and flexibility. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 37, S262–S263.
23. Cannavan, D., Coleman, D.R. and Blazevich, A.J. 2009.
Acute effects of static stretching on plantarflexor moment
and tendon stiffness. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 41, S59.

24. Chalmers, G. 2004. Re-examination of the possible role

of Golgi tendon organ and muscle spindle reflexes in
proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation muscle
stretching. Sports Biomechanics, 3, 159–183.

25. Cheung, K., Hume, P. and Maxwell, L. 2003. Delayed

onset muscle soreness: Treatment strategies and
performance factors. Sports Medicine, 33, 145–164.

26. Church, J.B., Wiggins, M.S., Moode, F. and Crist, R.

2001. Effect of warm-up and flexibility treatments on
vertical jump performance. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 15, 332–336.

27. Cochrane, D.J. and Stannard, S.R. 2005. Acute whole

body vibration training increases vertical jump and
flexibility performance in elite female field hockey
players. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 39, 860–865.

28. Covert, C.A., Alexander, M.P., Petronis, J.J. and

Davis, D.S. 2010. Comparison of ballistic and static
stretching on hamstring muscle length using an equal
stretching dose. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 24, 3008–3014.

29. Cross, K.M. and Worrell, T.W. 1999. Effects of a static

stretching program on the incidence of lower extremity
musculotendinous strains. Journal of Athletic Training, 34,
11–14.

30. Davis, D.S., Ashby, P.E., McCale, K.L., McQuain, J.A.

and Wine, J.M. 2005. The effectiveness of 3 stretching
techniques on hamstring flexibility using consistent
stretching parameters. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 19, 27–32.

31. De Domenico, G. 1979. Tonic vibratory reflex.

Physiotherapy, 65, 44–48.

32. Dent, J., O’Brien, J., Bushman, T., Abel, K. and Janot,
J. 2009. Acute and prolonged effects of static stretching
and dynamic warm-up on muscular power and strength.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 41, S64.
33. Duehring, M., Feldmann, C. and Ebben, W. 2009. Strength
and conditioning practices of United States high school
strength and conditioning coaches. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 23, 2188–2203.

34. Ebben, W.P., Hitz, M.J. and Simenz, C.J. 2005. Strength
and conditioning practices of major league baseball
strength and conditioning coaches. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 19, 538–546.

35. Edwards, D.A., Skidmore, E.C. and Signorile, J.F. 2009.

The acute effects of whole body vibration on hamstring
flexibility. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
41, S255.

36. Ewing Garber, C., Blissmer, B., Deschenes, M.R.,

Franklin, B.A., Lamonte, M.J., Lee, I.-M., Nieman, D.C. and
Swain, D.P. 2011. Quantity and quality of exercise for
developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory,
musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently
healthy adults: Guidance for prescribing exercise. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 43, 1334–1359.

37. Fagnani, F., Giombini, A., Di Cesare, A., Pigozzi, F.

and Di Salvo, Y. 2006. The effects of a whole-body
vibration program on muscle performance and flexibility in
female athletes. American Journal of Physical Medicine and
Rehabilitation, 85, 956–962.

38. Faigenbaum, A.D., McFarland, J.E., Kelly, N.A.,

Ratamess, N.A., Kang, J. and Hoffman, J.R. 2010. Influence
of recovery time on warm-up effects in male adolescent
athletes. Pediatric Exercise Science, 22, 266–277.

39. Feland, J.B., Hopkins, T. and Hunter, I. 2005. Acute

changes in hamstring flexibility using a
whole-body-vibration platform with static stretch. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 37, S410.

40. Ferreira, G.N., Teixeira-Salmela, L.F. and Guimarães,

C.Q. 2007. Gains in flexibility related to measures of
muscular performance: Impact of flexibility on muscular
performance. Clinical Journal of Sports Medicine, 17,
276–281.

41. Funk, D.C., Swank, A.M., Mikla, B.M., Fagan, T.A. and
Farr, B.K. 2003. Impact of prior exercise on hamstring
flexibility: A comparison of proprioceptive neuromuscular
facilitation and static stretching. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 17, 489–492.
42. Gambetta, V. 2007. Athletic Development. Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

43. Gee, T.I., Olsen, P.D., Berger, N.J., Golby, J. and

Thompson, K.G. 2011. Strength and conditioning practices in
rowing. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 25,
668–682.

44. Gleim, G. and McHugh, M.P. 1997. Flexibility and its

effects on sports injury and performance. Sports Medicine,
24, 289–299.

45. Hart, L. 2004. Effect of stretching on sport injury

risk: A review. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 36, 371–378.

46. Heyward, V.H. 1984. Designs for Fitness: A Guide to

Physical Fitness Appraisal and Exercise Prescription.
Minneapolis, MN: Burgess.

47. Hill, D.K. 1968. Tension due to the interaction between

the sliding filaments in resting striated muscle: The
effect of simulation. Journal of Physiology, 199, 637–684.

48. Hof, A.L., Van Zandwijk, J.P. and Bobbert, M.F. 2002.
Mechanics of human triceps surae muscle in walking, running
and jumping. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 174, 17–30.

49. Holt, L.E., Pelham, T.W. and Holt, J. 2008.

Flexibility. New York: Humana Press.

50. Hubley-Kozey, C.L. 1991. Testing flexibility. In J.

Duncan MacDougall, H.A. Wenger and H.J. Green (eds),
Physiological Testing of the High-performance Athlete (pp.
309–359). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

51. Hutton, R.S. 1992. Neuromuscular basis of stretching

exercises. In P.V. Komi (ed.), Strength and Power in Sport
(pp. 29–38). Oxford: Blackwell Scientific Publications.

52. Issurin, V.B. 2005. Vibrations and their applications

in sport: A review. Journal of Sports Medicine and
Physical Fitness, 45, 324–336.

53. Issurin, V.B., Liebermann, D.G. and Tenenbaum, G. 1993.

Vibratory stimulation training: A new approach for
developing strength and flexibility in athletes. Presented
at 2nd Maccabiah-Wingate International Congress on Sport
and Coaching Sciences, Netanya, Israel, 30 June – 4 July.
54. Issurin, V.B., Liebermann, D.G. and Tenenbaum, G. 1994.
Effect of vibratory stimulation on maximal force and
flexibility. Journal of Sports Sciences, 12, 561–566.

55. Jordan, M.J., Norris, S.R., Smith, D.J. and Herzog, W.

2005. Vibration training: An overview of the areas,
training consequences and future considerations. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 19, 459–466.

56. Judge, L.W., Craig, B., Baudendistal, S. and Bodey,

K.J. 2009. An examination of the stretching practices of
Division I and Division III college football programs in
the midwestern United States. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 23, 1091–1096.

57. Kinser, A.M., Ramsey, M.W., O’Bryant, H.S., Ayres,

C.A., Sands, W.A. and Stone, M.H. 2008. Vibration and
stretching effects on flexibility and explosive strength in
young gymnasts. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 40, 133–140.

58. Kirby, R.L., Simms, F.C., Symington, V.J. and Garner,

J.B. 1981. Flexibility and musculoskeletal symptomatology
in female gymnasts and age-matched controls. American
Journal of Sports Medicine, 9, 160–164.

59. Kokkonen, J., Nelson, A.G., Eldredge, C. and

Winchester, J.B. 2007. Chronic static stretching improves
exercise performance. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 39, 1825–1831.

60. Komi, P.V. 1986. The stretch–shortening cycle and human

power output. In N.L. Jones, N. McCartney and A.J. McComas
(eds), Human Muscle Power (pp. 27–39). Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

61. Krabak, B.J., Laskowski, E.R., Smith, J., Stuart, M.J.

and Wong, G.Y. 2001. Neurophysiologic influences on
hamstring flexibility: A pilot study. Clinical Journal of
Sports Medicine, 11, 241–246.

62. LaRoche, D.P. and Connolly, D.A. 2006. Effects of

stretching on passive muscle tension and response to
eccentric exercise. American Journal of Sports Medicine,
34, 1000–1007.

63. Little, N.G. 1991. Physical performance attributes of

junior and senior women, juvenile, junio r, and senior men
judokas. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness,
31, 510–520.

64. Lundeberg, T., Nordemar, R. and Ottoson, D. 1984. Pain

alleviation by vibratory stimulation. Pain, 20, 25–44.

65. Luttgens, K. and Wells, K.F. (eds). 1982. Kinesiology.

Philadelphia, PA: CBS College Publishing.

66. Madding, S.W., Wong, J.G., Hallum, A. and Medeiros, J.

1987. Effect of duration of passive stretch on hip
abduction range of motion. Journal of Orthopaedic and
Sports Physical Therapy, 8, 409–416.

67. Magnusson, S.P. 1998. Passive properties of human

skeletal muscle during stretch maneuvers: A review.
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports, 8,
65–77.

68. Magnusson, S.P., Aagaard, P., Simonsen, E. and

Bojsen-Møller, F. 1998. A biomechanical evaluation of
cyclic and static stretch in human skeletal muscle.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 19, 310–316.

69. Magnusson, S.P., Simonsen, E.B., Aagaard, P., Boesen,

J., Johannsen, F. and Kjaer, M. 1997. Determinants of
musculoskeletal flexibility: Viscoelastic properties,
cross-sectional area, EMG and stretch tolerance.
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports, 7,
195–202.

70. Magnusson, S.P., Simonsen, E.B., Aagaard, P. and Kjaer,

M. 1996. Biomechanical responses to repeated stretches in
human hamstring muscle in vivo. American Journal of Sports
Medicine, 24, 622–628.

71. Mahieu, N.N., McNair, P., De Muynck, M., Stevens, V.,

Blanckaert, I., Smits, N. and Witvrouw, E. 2007. Effect of
static and ballistic stretching on the muscle–tendon tissue
properties. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
39, 494–501.

72. Malina, R.M. 2007. Growth, maturation and development:

Applications to young athletes and in particular to
divers. In R.M. Malina and J.L. Gabriel (eds), USA Diving
Coach Development Reference Manual (pp. 3–29).
Indianapolis, IN: USA Diving.

73. Mann, D.P. and Jones, M.T. 1999. Guidelines to the

implementation of a dynamic stretching program. Strength
and Conditioning Journal, 21, 53–55.
74. Marek, S.M., Cramer, J.T., Fincher, A.L., Massey, L.L.,
Dangelmaier, S.M., Purkayastha, S., Fitz, S.A. and
Culbertson, J.Y. 2005. Acute effects of static and
proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation stretching on
muscle strength and power output. Journal of Athletic
Training, 40, 189–194.

75. Markovic, G., Simic, L. and Mikulic, P. 2009. A

meta-analysis to determine the acute effects of static
stretching on jumping and sprinting performance. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 41, S63.

76. Marshall, P.W., Cashman, A. and Cheema, B.S. 2011. A

randomized controlled trial for the effect of passive
stretching on measures of hamstring extensibility, passive
stiffness, strength, and stretch tolerance. Journal of
Science and Medicine in Sport, 14, 535–540.

77. Martin, B.J. and Park, H.S. 1997. Analysis of the tonic
vibration reflex: Influence of vibration variables on
motor unit synchronization and fatigue. European Journal of
Applied Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 75,
504–511.

78. McNeal, J.R., Edgerly, S., Sands, W.A. and Kawaguchi,

J. 2011. Acute effects of vibrationassisted stretching are
more evident in the non-dominant limb. European Journal of
Sport Science, 11, 45–50.

79. McNeal, J.R. and Sands, W.A. 2006. Stretching for

performance enhancement. Current Sports Medicine Reports,
5, 141–146.

80. Mester, J., Spitzenfeil, P., Schwarzer, J. and Seifriz,

F. 1999. Biological reaction to vibration – Implications
for sport. Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport, 2,
211–226.

81. Metheny, E. 1952. Body Dynamics. New York: McGraw-Hill.

82. Miletic, D., Katic, R. and Males, B. 2004. Some

anthropological factors of performance in rhythmic
gymnastics novices. Collegium Antropologicum, 28, 727–737.

83. Murphy, J.C. and Nagle, E. 2009. Effect of acute and

dynamic and static stretching on maximal muscle power in
recreational athletes. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 41, S63.
84. Nelson, A.G., Guillory, I.K., Cornwell, A. and
Kokkonen, J. 2001. Inhibition of maximal voluntary
isokinetic torque production following stretching is
velocity-specific. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 15, 241–246.

85. Ogura, Y., Miyahara, Y., Naito, H., Katamoto, S. and

Aoki, J. 2007. Duration of static stretching influences
muscle force production in hamstring muscles. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 21, 788–792.

86. O’Sullivan, K., Murray, E. and Sainsbury, D. 2009. The

effect of warm-up, static stretching and dynamic
stretching on hamstring flexibility in previously injured
subjects. BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders, 16, 10–37.

87. Paul, P. 2007. When yoga hurts: Practicing it is

supposed to make you feel better, but doing it wrong is
dangerous. Time, 170, 71.

88. Robb, A.J., Fleisig, G., Wilk, K., Macrina, L., Bolt,
B. and Pajaczkowski, J. 2010. Passive ranges of motion of
the hips and their relationship with pitching biomechanics
and ball velocity in professional baseball pitchers.
American Journal of Sports Medicine, 38, 2487–2493.

89. Roland, K.P., Jakobi, J.M. and Jones, G.R. 2011. Does
yoga engender fitness in older adults? A critical review.
Journal of Aging and Physical Activity, 19, 62–79.

90. Ross, M.D. 2007. Effect of a 15-day pragmatic hamstring

stretching program on hamstring flexibility and single hop
for distance test performance. Research in Sports Medicine,
15, 271–281.

91. Russell, K. 1978. Comparison of six methods of

stretching on the passive range of hip flexion.
International Congress of Sports Sciences, 25–29 July, 70.

92. Saal, J.S. 1987. Flexibility training. In J.A. Saal

(ed.), Rehabilitation of Sports Injuries (pp. 537–554).
Philadelphia, PA: Hanley & Belfus.

93. Sady, S.P., Wortman, M. and Blanke, D. 1982.

Flexibility training: Ballistic, static or proprioceptive
neuromuscular facilitation? Archives of Physical Medicine
and Rehabilitation, 63, 261–263.

94. Sands, B. 1984. Coaching Women’s Gymnastics. Champaign,

IL: Human Kinetics.
95. Sands, W.A. 2007. Flexibility. In R.M. Malina and J.L.
Gabriel (eds), USA Diving Coach Development Reference
Manual (pp. 95–103). Indianapolis, IN: USA Diving.

96. Sands, W.A. 2007. Shake it up, tests confirm that

vibration can improve flexibility. Skating,
August/September, 46–47.

97. Sands, W.A. 2010. Flexibility. In M. Cardinale, R.

Newton and K. Nosaka (eds), Strength and Conditioning:
Biological Principles and Practical Applications (pp.
391–400). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

98. Sands, W.A., Major, J.A., Irvin, R.C., Hauge Barber,

L.S., Marcus, R.L., Paine, D.D., Cervantez, R.D., Ford,
H.R. and McNeal, J.R. 1994. Physical abilities profiles:
U.S. Men’s National Team. Technique, 14, 34–37.

99. Sands, W.A. and McNeal, J.R. 2000. Enhancing

flexibility in gymnastics. Technique, 20, 6–9.

100. Sands, W.A., McNeal, J.R. and Stone, M.H. 2009.

Vibration, split stretching, and static vertical jump
performance in young male gymnasts. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 41, S255.

101. Sands, W.A., McNeal, J.R., Stone, M.H., Haff, G.G. and
Kinser, A.M. 2008. Effect of vibration on forward split
flexibility and pain perception in young male gymnasts.
International Journal of Sports Physiology and
Performance, 3, 469–481.

102. Sands, W.A., McNeal, J.R., Stone, M.H., Kimmel, W.L.,

Haff, G.G. and Jemni, M. 2008. The effect of vibration on
active and passive range of motion in elite female
synchronized swimmers. European Journal of Sport Science,
8, 217–233.

103. Sands, W.A., McNeal, J.R., Stone, M.H., Russell, E.M.

and Jemni, M. 2006. Flexibility enhancement with
vibration: Acute and long-term. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 38, 720–725.

104. Sands, W.A., Stone, M.H., Smith, S.L. and McNeal, J.R.
2005. Enhancing forward split flexibility: USA
Synchronized Swimming. Synchro Swimming USA, 13, 15–16.

105. Shrier, I. 1999. Stretching before exercise does not

reduce the risk of local muscle injury: A critical review
of the clinical and basic science literature. Clinical
Journal of Sport Medicine, 9, 221–227.

106. Siatras, T.A., Mittas, V.P., Mameletzi, D.N. and

Vamvakoudis, E.A. 2008. The duration of the inhibitory
effects with static stretching on quadriceps peak torque
production. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
22, 40–46.

107. Siff, M.C. 2000. Supertraining. Denver, CO:

Supertraining Institute.

108. Stodden, D.F., Fleisig, G.S., McLean, S.P. and

Andrews, J.R. 2005. Relationship of biomechanical factors
to baseball pitching velocity: Within pitcher variation.
Journal of Applied Biomechanics, 21, 44–56.

109. Stone, M., Ramsey, M.W., Kinser, A.M., O’Bryant, H.S.,

Ayers, C. and Sands, W.A. 2006. Stretching: Acute and
chronic? The potential consequences. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 26, 66–74.

110. Thacker, S.B., Gilchrist, J., Stroup, D.F. and Dexter

Kimsey, J.C. 2004. The impact of stretching on sports
injury risk: A systematic review of the literature.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 36, 371–378.

111. Tidball, J.G. 1991. Force transmission across muscle

cell membranes. Journal of Biomechanics, 24, 43–52.

112. Unick, J., Kieffer, H.S., Cheesman, W. and Feeney, A.

2005. The acute effects of static and ballistic stretching
on vertical jump performance in trained women. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 19, 206–212.

113. van den Tillaar, R. 2006. Will whole-body vibration

training help increase the range of motion of the
hamstrings? Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
20, 192–196.

114. Vigreux, B., Cnockaert, J.C. and Pertuzon, E. 1980.

Effects of fatigue on the series elastic component of
human muscle. European Journal of Applied Physiology and
Occupational Physiology, 45, 11–17.

115. Worrell, T.W., Smith, T.L. and Winegardner, J. 1994.

Effect of hamstring stretching on hamstring muscle
performance. Journal of Orthopaedic and Sports Physical
Therapy, 20, 154–159.
116. Yamaguchi, T. and Ishii, K. 2005. Effects of static
stretching for 30 seconds and dynamic stretching on leg
extension power. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 19, 677–683.

117. Zebas, C.J. and Rivera, M.L. 1985. Retention of

flexibility in selected joints after cessation of a
stretching exercise program. In C.O. Dotson and J.H.
Humphrey (eds), Exercise Physiology (pp. 181–191). New
York: AMS Press.

118. Zernicke, R.F. and Loitz, B.J. 1992. Exercise-related

adaptations in connective tissue. In P.V. Komi (ed.),
Strength and Power in Sport (pp. 77–95). Oxford: Blackwell
Scientific Publications.
17 Chapter 17: The essentials of
periodisation

1. Abadejev, I. 1976. Basic training principles for

Bulgarian elite. Canadian Weightlifting Federation
Official Newsletter, 5, 13–18.

2. Abadejev, I. 1977. Basic training principles for

Bulgarian elite. New Brunswick Weightlifting Association
Newsletter, 4, 19–24.

3. Abadejev, I. 1981. Preparation of the Bulgarian

weightlifters for the Olympic Games 1984. Australian
Weightlifter, October, 25–29.

4. Abadjiev, I. and Faradjiev, B. 1986. Training of Weight

Lifters. Sofia: Medicina i Fizkultura.

5. Aján, T. and Baroga, L. 1988. Weightlifting: Fitness for

All Sports. Budapest: International Weightlifting
Federation.

6. Baker, D., Wilson, G. and Carlyon, R. 1994.

Periodisation: The effect on strength of manipulating
volume and intensity. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 8, 235–242.

7. Banister, E.W., Carter, J.B. and Zarkadas, P.C. 1999.

Training theory and taper: Validation in triathlon
athletes. European Journal of Applied Physiology and
Occupational Physiology, 79, 182–191.

8. Bompa, T.O. 1956. Antrenamentul in perooda,

pregatitoare. Caiet Pentre Sporturi Nautice, 3, 22–24.

9. Bompa, T.O. 1968. Criteria pregatirii a unui plan

departra ani. Cultura Fizica si Sport, 2, 11–19.

10. Bompa, T.O. 1994. Theory and Methodology of Training:

The Key to Athletic Performance. Dubuque, IA:
Kendall/Hunt.

11. Bompa, T.O. 1999. Periodisation: Theory and Methodology

of Training (4th edn). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

12. Bompa, T.O. and Carrera, M.C. 2005. Periodisation

Training for Sports: Science-based Strength and
Conditioning Plans for 20 Sports (2nd edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.
13. Bompa, T.O. and Haff, G.G. 2009. Periodisation: Theory
and Methodology of Training (5th edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

14. Bondarchuk, A. 1986. Periodisation of sports training.

Legkaya Atletika, 12, 8–9.

15. Bondarchuk, A.P. 1986. Track and Field Training. Kiev:

Zdotovye.

16. Bondarchuk, A.P. 1988. Constructing a training system.

Track Technique, 102, 254–269.

17. Bondarchuk, A.P. 1994. The role and sequence of using

different training-load intensities. Fitness and Sports
Review International, 29, 202–204.

18. Bosquet, L., Montpetit, J., Arvisais, D. and Mujika, I.

2007. Effects of tapering on performance: A meta-analysis.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 39, 1358–1365.

19. Bruin, G., Kuipers, H., Keizer, H.A. and Vander Vusse,
G.J. 1994. Adaptation and overtraining in horses subjected
to increasing training loads. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 76, 1908–1913.

20. Chiu, L.Z.F. and Barnes, J.L. 2003. The fitness–fatigue

model revisited: Implications for planning short-and
long-term training. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 25,
42–51.

21. Conley, M. 2000. Bioenergetics of exercise training. In

T.R. Baechle and R.W. Earle (eds), Essentials of Strength
Training and Conditioning (pp. 73–90). Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

22. Counsilman, J.E. and Counsilman, B.E. 1994. The New

Science of Swimming. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

23. Coutts, A.J., Reaburn, P., Piva, T.J. and Rowsell, G.J.
2007. Monitoring for overreaching in rugby league players.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 99, 313–324.

24. Dick, F.W. 1997. Planning the programme. In Sports

Training Principles (pp. 253–304). London: A&C Black.

25. Dick, F.W. 2002. Sports Training Principles (4th edn).

London: A&C Black.

26. Edington, D.W. and Edgerton, V.R. 1976. The Biology of

Physical Activity. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.

27. El-Hewie, M.F. 2003. Essentials of Weightlifting and

Strength Training (1st edn, p. 524). Lodi, NJ: Shaymaa
Publishing Corporation.

28. Fleck, S.J. 1999. Periodized strength training: A

critical review. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 13, 82–89.

29. Fleck, S.J. and Kraemer, W.J. 1996. The Ultimate

Training System: Periodisation Breakthrough (p. 181). New
York: Advanced Research Press.

30. Fleck, S.J. and Kraemer, W.J. 1997. Designing

Resistance Training Programs (2nd edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

31. Fleck, S.J. and Kraemer, W.J. 2004. Designing

Resistance Training Programs (3rd edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

32. Foster, C. 1998. Monitoring training in athletes with

reference to overtraining syndrome. Medicine and Science
in Sports and Exercise, 30, 1164–1168.

33. Fry, A.C. 1998. The role of training intensity in

resistance exercise overtraining and overreaching. In R.B.
Kreider, A.C. Fry and M.L. O’Toole (eds), Overtraining in
Sport (pp. 107–127). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

34. Fry, A.C. and Kraemer, W.J. 1997. Resistance exercise

overtraining and overreaching: Neuroendocrine responses.
Sports Medicine, 23, 106–129.

35. Fry, A.C., Kraemer, W.J., Stone, M.H., Warren, B.J.,

Fleck, S.J., Kearney, J.T. and Gordon, S.E. 1994.
Endocrine responses to overreaching before and after 1 year
of weightlifting. Canadian Journal of Applied Physiology,
19, 400–410.

36. Fry, A.C., Webber, J.M., Weiss, L.W., Fry, M.D. and Li,
Y. 2000. Impaired performance with excessive
high-intensity free-weight training. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 14, 54–61.

37. Fry, R.W., Morton, A.R. and Keast, D. 1991.

Overtraining in athletes: An update. Sports Medicine, 12,
32–65.
38. Fry, R.W., Morton, A.R. and Keast, D. 1992.
Periodisation of training stress – A review. Canadian
Journal of Sport Sciences, 17, 234–240.

39. Gabbett, T., King, T. and Jenkins, D. 2008. Applied

physiology of rugby league. Sports Medicine, 38, 119–138.

40. Garhammer, J. 1979. Periodisation of strength training

for athletes. Track Technique, 73, 2398–2399.

41. Garhammer, J. and Takano, B. 2003. Training for

weightlifting. In P.V. Komi (ed.), Strength and Power in
Sport (pp. 502–515). Oxford: Blackwell Scientific.

42. Haff, G.G. 2008. Periodisation: Let the science guide

our program design. United Kingdom Strength and
Conditioning Conference, Belfast.

43. Haff, G.G. and Haff, E.E. 2012. Training integration

and periodization. In J.R. Hoffman (ed.), NSCA’s Guide to
Program Design (pp. 213–258). Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

44. Haff, G.G., Kraemer, W.J., O’Bryant, H.S., Pendlay, G.,

Plisk, S. and Stone, M.H. 2004. Roundtable discussion:
Periodisation of training – Part 1. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 26, 50–69.

45. Haff, G.G., Kraemer, W.J., O’Bryant, H.S., Pendlay, G.,

Plisk, S. and Stone, M.H. 2004. Roundtable discussion:
Periodisation of training – Part 2. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 26, 56–70.

46. Häkkinen, K. 1994. Neuromuscular adaptations during

strength training, aging, detraining, and immobilization.
Critical Reviews in Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine,
6, 161–198.

47. Häkkinen, K. and Kallinen, M. 1994. Distribution of

strength training volume into one or two daily sessions
and neuromuscular adaptations in female athletes.
Electromyography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 34,
117–124.

48. Häkkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Alen, M., Kauhanen, H. and

Komi, P.V. 1988. Daily hormonal and neuromuscular
responses to intensive strength training in 1 week.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 9, 422–428.

49. Häkkinen, K., Pakarinen, A., Alen, M., Kauhanen, H. and

Komi, P.V. 1988. Neuromuscular and hormonal responses in
elite athletes to two successive strength training sessions
in one day. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 57,
133–139.

50. Halson, S.L., Bridge, M.W., Meeusen, R., Busschaert,

B., Gleeson, M., Jones, D.A. and Jeukendrup, A.E. 2002.
Time course of performance changes and fatigue markers
during intensified training in trained cyclists. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 93, 947–956.

51. Harre, D. 1982. Principles of athletic training. In D.

Harre (ed.), Principles of Sports Training: Introduction
to the Theory and Methods of Training (pp. 73–94). Berlin:
Sportverlag.

52. Harre, D. 1982. Principles of Sports Training. Berlin:

Sportverlag.

53. Harre, D. 1982. Trainingslehre. Berlin: Sportverlag.

54. Harris, G.R., Stone, M.H., O’Bryant, H.S., Proulx, C.M.

and Johnson, R.L. 2000. Short-term performance effects of
high power, high force, or combined weight-training
methods. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
14, 14–20.

55. Hartmann, H., Bob, A., Wirth, K. and Schmidtbleicher,

D. 2009. Effects of different periodisation models on rate
of force development and power ability of the upper
extremity. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
23, 1921–1932.

56. Hartmann, J. and Tünnemann, H. 1989. Fitness and

Strength Training. Berlin: Sportverlag.

57. Hoffman, J.R., Ratamess, N.A., Klatt, M., Faigenbaum,

A.D., Ross, R.E., Tranchina, N.M., McCurley, R.C., Kang,
J. and Kraemer, W.J. 2009. Comparison between different
off-season resistance training programs in Division III
American college football players. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 23, 11–19.

58. Hooper, S.L., Mackinnon, L.T. and Ginn, E.M. 1998.

Effects of three tapering techniques on the performance,
forces and psychometric measures of competitive swimmers.
European Journal of Applied Physiology and Occupational
Physiology, 78, 258–263.

59. Issurin, V. 2008. Block Periodisation: Breakthrough in

Sports Training, ed. M. Yessis. Muskegon, MI: Ultimate
Athlete Concepts.

60. Issurin, V. 2008. Block periodisation versus

traditional training theory: A review. Journal of Sports
Medicine and Physical Fitness, 48, 65–75.

61. Issurin, V.B. 2010. New horizons for the methodology

and physiology of training periodisation. Sports Medicine,
40, 189–206.

62. Izquierdo, M., Ibanez, J., Gonzalez-Badillo, J.J.,

Ratamess, N.A., Kraemer, W.J., Häkkinen, K., Bonnabau, H.,
Granados, C., French, D.N. and Gorostiaga, E.M. 2007.
Detraining and tapering effects on hormonal responses and
strength performance. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 21, 768–775.

63. Jeffreys, I. 2008. Quadrennial planning for the high

school athlete. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 30,
74–83.

64. Jones, L. 1991. Training programs: Do Bulgarian methods

lead the way for the USA? Weightlifting USA, 9, 10–11.

65. Jones, L. 1991. USWF Senior Coach Manual. Colorado

Springs, CO: U.S. Weightlifting Federation.

66. Jones, L. 1992. Coaching platform: Advanced training

programs. Weightlifting USA, X, 23.

67. Jones, L. 1992. Coaching platform: Cioroslan diagnosis

resident athlete abilities. Weightlifting USA, X, 22–23.

68. Kraemer, W.J. and Fleck, S.J. 2007. Optimizing Strength

Training: Designing Nonlinear Periodisation Workouts.
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

69. Kraemer, W.J., Hatfield, D.L. and Fleck, S.J. 2007.

Types of muscle training. In L.E. Brown (ed.), Strength
Training (pp. 45–72). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

70. Kraemer, W.J., Ratamess, N., Fry, A.C.,

Triplett-McBride, T., Koziris, L.P., Bauer, J.A., Lynch,
J.M. and Fleck, S.J. 2000. Influence of resistance training
volume and periodisation on physiological and performance
adaptations in collegiate women tennis players. American
Journal of Sports Medicine, 28, 626–633.

71. Kraemer, W.J., Vingren, J.L., Hatfield, D.L., Spiering,

B.A. and Fragala, M.S. 2007. Resistance training programs.
In W.R. Thompson, K.E. Baldwin, N.L. Pire and M.
Niederpruem (eds),. ACSM’s Resources for the Personal
Trainer (pp. 372–403). Baltimore, MD: Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins.

72. Kurz, T. 2001. Science of Sports Training (2nd edn).

Island Pond, VT: Stadion Publishing.

73. Mackinnon, L.T. and Hooper, S.L. 2000. Overtraining and

overreaching: Causes, effects and prevention. In W.E.
Garrett and D.T. Kirkendall (eds), Exercise and Sport
Science (pp. 487–498). Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins.

74. Mann, J.B., Thyfault, J.P., Ivey, P.A. and Sayers, S.P.
2010. The effect of autoregulatory progressive resistance
exercise vs. linear periodisation on strength improvement
in college athletes. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 24, 1718–1723.

75. Matveyev, L. 1965. Periodisation of Sports Training.

Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport.

76. Matveyev, L. 1994. About the construction of training.

Modern Athlete and Coach, 32, 12–16.

77. Matveyev, L.P. 1972. Periodisierung des Sportlichen

Trainings. Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport.

78. Matveyev, L.P. 1977. Fundamentals of Sports Training.

Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport.

79. Medvedev, A.S. 1982. Training content of weightlifters

in the preparatory period. Soviet Sports Review, 17,
90–93.

80. Monteiro, A.G., Aoki, M.S., Evangelista, A.L., Alveno,

D.A., Monteiro, G.A., Picarro Ida, C. and Ugrinowitsch, C.
2009. Nonlinear periodisation maximizes strength gains in
split resistance training routines. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 23, 1321–1326.

81. Mujika, I., Goya, A., Padilla, S., Grijalba, A.,

Gorostiaga, E. and Ibanez, J. 2000. Physiological
responses to a 6-d taper in middle-distance runners:
Influence of training intensity and volume. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 32, 511–517.

82. Mujika, I. and Padilla, S. 2000. Detraining: Loss of

training-induced physiological and performance adaptations.
Part I: Short term insufficient training stimulus. Sports
Medicine, 30, 79–87.

83. Mujika, I. and Padilla, S. 2000. Detraining: Loss of

training-induced physiological and performance adaptations.
Part II: Long term insufficient training stimulus. Sports
Medicine, 30, 145–154.

84. Mujika, I. and Padilla, S. 2003. Scientific bases for

precompetition tapering strategies. Medicine and Science
in Sports and Exercise, 35, 1182–1187.

85. Nádori, L. 1962. Training and Competition. Budapest:

Sport.

86. Nádori, L. 1968. Theory of Training and Exercise.

Budapest: Sport.

87. Nádori, L. and Granek, I. 1989. Theoretical and

Methodological Basis of Training Planning with Special
Considerations within a Microcycle. Lincoln, NE: NSCA.

88. Olbrecht, J. 2000. The Science of Winning: Planning,

Periodizing, and Optimizing Swim Training. Luton:
Swimshop.

89. Ozolin, N. 1971. Sovremennaia systema sportivnoi

trenirovky [Athlete’s training system for competition].
Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport.

90. Plisk, S.S. and Gambetta, V. 1997. Tactical metabolic

training: Part 1. Strength and Conditioning, 19, 44–53.

91. Plisk, S.S. and Stone, M.H. 2003. Periodisation

strategies. Strength and Conditioning, 25, 19–37.

92. Prestes, J., De Lima, C., Frollini, A.B., Donatto, F.F.

and Conte, M. 2009. Comparison of linear and reverse linear
periodisation effects on maximal strength and body
composition. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 23, 266–274.

93. Rhea, M.R., Ball, S.D., Phillips, W.T. and Burkett,

L.N. 2002. A comparison of linear and daily undulating
periodized programs with equated volume and intensity for
strength. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
16, 250–255.

94. Rhea, M.R., Phillips, W.T., Burkett, L.N., Stone, W.J.,

Ball, S.D., Alvar, B.A. and Thomas, A.B. 2003. A
comparison of linear and daily undulating periodized
programs with equated volume and intensity for local
muscular endurance. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 17, 82–87.

95. Rowbottom, D.G. 2000. Periodisation of training. In

W.E. Garrett and D.T. Kirkendall (eds), Exercise and Sport
Science (pp. 499–512). Philadelphia, PA: Lippicott Williams
& Wilkins.

96. Satori, J. and Tschiene, P. 1988. The further

development of training theory: New elements and
tendencies. Science Periodical on Research and Technology
in Sport, 8, Physical Training W-1.

97. Schmolinsky, G. 2004. Track and Field: The East German

Textbook of Athletics. Toronto: Sports Book Publisher.

98. Siff, M.C. 2003. Supertraining (6th edn). Denver, CO:

Supertraining Institute.

99. Siff, M.C. and Verkhoshansky, Y.U. 1999. Supertraining

(4th edn). Denver, CO: Supertraining International.

100. Stone, M.H. and Fry, A.C. 1998. Increased training

volume in strength/power athletes. In R.B. Kreider, A.C.
Fry and M.L. O’Toole (eds), Overtraining in Sport (pp.
87–106). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

101. Stone, M.H., Keith, R., Kearney, J.T., Wilson, G.D.

and Fleck, S.J. 1991. Overtraining: A review of the signs
and symptoms of overtraining. Journal of Applied Sport
Science Research, 5, 35–50.

102. Stone, M.H. and O’Bryant, H.O. 1987. Weight Training:

A Scientific Approach. Edina, MN: Burgess.

103. Stone, M.H. and O’Bryant, H.S. 1995. Letter to the

editor. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 9,
125–127.

104. Stone, M.H., O’Bryant, H.S. and Garhammer, J. 1982. A

theoretical model of strength training. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 3, 36–39.

105. Stone, M.H., O’Bryant, H.S., Schilling, B.K., Johnson,

R.L., Pierce, K.C., Haff, G.G., Koch, A.J. and Stone, M.
1999. Periodisation: Effects of manipulating volume and
intensity. Part 1. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 21,
56–62.

106. Stone, M.H., Plisk, S. and Collins, D. 2002. Training

principles: Evaluation of modes and methods of
resistance-training – A coaching perspective. Sports
Biomechanics, 1, 79–104.

107. Stone, M.H., Potteiger, J.A., Pierce, K.C., Proulx,

C.M., O’Bryant, H.S., Johnson, R.L. and Stone, M.E. 2000.
Comparison of the effects of three different
weight-training programs on the one repetition maximum
squat. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 14,
332–337.

108. Stone, M.H., Stone, M.E. and Sands, W.A. 2007.

Principles and Practice of Resistance Training. Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

109. Stone, M.H. and Wathen, D. 2001. Letter to the editor.

Strength and Conditioning Journal, 23, 7–9.

110. Tschiene, P. 1989. Finally a theory of training to

overcome doping. Second IAAF World Symposium on Doping in
Sport, Monte Carlo.

111. Tschiene, P. 1995. A necessary direction in training:

The integration of biological adaptation in the training
program. Coaching and Sport Science Journal, 1, 2–14.

112. Verkhoshansky, Y.U. 1966. Perspectives in the

development of speed–strength preparation in the
development of jumpers. Track and Field, 9, 11–12.

113. Verkhoshansky, Y.U. 1977. Osnovi Spetsialnoi Silovoi

Podgotovki i Sporte [Fundamentals of special strength
training in sport]. Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport.

114. Verkhoshansky, Y.U. 1985. Programming and Organization

of Training. Moscow: Fizkultura i Sport.

115. Verkhoshansky, Y.U. 1986. Fundamentals of Special

Strength Training in Sport. Livonia, MI: Sportivy Press.

116. Verkhoshansky, Y.U. 2006. Special Strength Training: A

Practical Manual for Coaches. Muskegon, MI: Ultimate
Athlete Concepts.

117. Verkhoshansky, Y.U. 2007. Theory and methodology of

sport preparation: Block training system for top-level
athletes. Teoria i Practica Physicheskoj Culturi, 4, 2–14.
118. Viru, A. 1988. Planning macrocycles. Modern Athlete
and Coach, 26, 7–10.

119. Viru, A. 1990. Some facts about microcycles. Modern

Athlete and Coach, 28, 29–32.

120. Viru, A. 1995. Adaptations in Sports Training. Boca

Raton, FL: CRC Press.

121. Werchoshanski, J. 1979. Specific training principles

for power. Modern Athlete and Coach, 17, 11–13.

122. Zatsiorsky, V.M. 1995. Science and Practice of

Strength Training. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

123. Zatsiorsky, V.M. and Kraemer, W.J. 2006. Science and

Practice of Strength Training (2nd edn). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.
18 Chapter 18: Thinking sensibly about
recovery

1. Ali, A., Caine, M.P. and Snow, B.G. 2007. Graduated

compression stockings: Physiological and perceptual
responses during and after exercise. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 25, 413–419.

2. Anderson, G.S. 1992. A comparison of predictive tests of

aerobic capacity. Canadian Journal of Sport Sciences, 17,
304–308.

3. Angeli, A., Minetto, M., Dovio, A. and Paccotti, P.

2004. The overtraining syndrome in athletes: A
stress-related disorder. Journal of Endocrinological
Investigation, 27, 603–612.

4. Appell, H.-J., Soares, J.M.C. and Duarte, J.A.R. 1992.

Exercise, muscle damage and fatigue. Sports Medicine, 13,
108–115.

5. Bakhtiary, A.H., Safavi-Farokhi, Z. and Aminian-Far, A.

2007. Influence of vibration on delayed onset muscle
soreness following eccentric exercise. British Journal of
Sports Medicine, 41, 145–148.

6. Bale, P. and James, H. 1991. Massage, warmdown and rest

as recuperative measures after short term intense
exercise. Physiotherapy in Sport, 13, 4–7.

7. Banister, E.W. and Calvert, T.W. 1980. Planning for

future performance: Implications for long term training.
Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 5, 170–176.

8. Barlas, D., Homan, C. and Thode, H., Jr. 1996. In vivo

tissue comparison of cryotherapy with and without external
compression. Annals of Emergency Medicine, 28, 436–439.

9. Barlas, P., Robinson, J., Allen, J. and Baxter, G.D.

2000. Lack of effect of acupuncture upon signs and
symptoms of delayed onset muscle soreness. Clinical
Physiology, 20, 449–456.

10. Barlow, A., Clarke, R., Johnson, N., Seabourne, B.,

Thomas, D. and Gal, J. 2007. Effect of massage of the
hamstring muscles on selected electromyographic
characteristics of biceps femoris during sub-maximal
isometric contraction. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 28, 253–256.
11. Barnett, A. 2006. Using recovery modalities between
training sessions in elite athletes. Does it help? Sports
Medicine, 36, 781–796.

12. Baty, J.J., Hwang, Z., Ding, Z., Bernard, J.R., Wang,
B., Kwon, B. and Ivy, J.L. 2007. The effect of a
carbohydrate and protein supplement on resistance exercise
performance, hormonal response, and muscle damage. Journal
of Strength and Conditioning Research, 21, 321–329.

13. Beckmann, J. 2002. Interaction of volition and

recovery. In M. Kellmann (ed.), Enhancing Recovery:
Preventing Underperformance in Athletes (pp. 269–282).
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

14. Behm, D.G., Bambury, A., Cahill, F. and Power, K. 2004.

Effect of acute stretching on force, balance, reaction
time, and movement time. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 36, 1397–1402.

15. Behm, D.G. and Kibele, A. 2007. Effects of differing

intensities of static stretching on jump performance.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 101, 587–594.

16. Berry, M.J., Bailey, S.P., Simpkins, L.S. and TeWinkle,

J.A. 1990. The effect of elastic tights on the
post-exercise response. Canadian Journal of Sport Sciences,
15, 244–248.

17. Best, T.M., Robin, H., Wilcox, A. and Furgan, H. 2008.

Effectiveness of sports massage for recovery of skeletal
muscle from strenuous exercise. Clinical Journal of Sport
Medicine, 18, 446–461.

18. Bobbert, M.F., Hollander, A.P. and Huijing, P.A. 1986.

Factors in delayed onset muscular soreness of man.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 18, 75–81.

19. Buchheit, M., Al Haddad, H., Laursen, P.B. and Ahmaidi,

S. 2009. Effect of body posture on postexercise
parasympathetic reactivation in men. Experimental
Physiology, 94, 795–804.

20. Burke, D.G., MacNeil, S.A., Holt, L.E., MacKinnon, N.C.

and Rasmussen, R.L. 2000. The effect of hot and cold water
immersion on isometric strength training. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 14, 21–25.

21. Button, C., Anderson, N., Bradford, C., Cotter, J.D.

and Ainslie, P.N. 2007. The effect of multidirectional
mechanical vibration on peripheral circulation of humans.
Clinical Physiology and Functional Imaging, 27, 211–217.

22. Calder, A. 2003. Recovery strategies for sports

performance. Olympic Coach, 15, 8–11.

23. Calvert, T.W., Banister, E.W., Savage, M.V. and Bach,

T. 1976. A systems model of the effects of training on
physical performance. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man,
and Cybernetics, SMC-6, 94–102.

24. Campbell, B., Kreider, R.B., Ziegenfuss, T., La Bounty,

P., Roberts, M., Burke, D., Landis, J., Lopez, H. and
Antonio. J. 2007. International Society of Sports Nutrition
position stand: Protein and exercise. Journal of the
International Society of Sports Nutrition, 4.

25. Capps, S.G. 2009. Cryotherapy and intermittent

pneumatic compression for soft tissue trauma. Athletic
Therapy Today, 14, 2–4.

26. Carafelli, E., Sim, J., Carolan, B. and Liebesman, J.

1990. Vibratory massage and short-term recovery from
muscular fatigue. International Journal of Sports Medicine,
11, 474–478.

27. Carling, J., Francis, K. and Lorish, C. 1995. The

effects of continuous external compression on
delayed-onset muscle soreness (DOMS). International Journal
of Rehabilitation and Health, 1, 223–235.

28. Chen, C.H., Nosaka, K., Chen, H.L., Lin, M.J., Tseng,
K.W. and Chen, T.C. 2011. Effects of flexibility training
on eccentric exercise-induced muscle damage. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 43, 491–500.

29. Cherry, P.W., Lakomy, H.K.A., Boobis, L.H. and Nevill,

M.E. 1998. Rapid recovery of power output in females. Acta
Physiologica Scandinavica, 164, 79–87.

30. Cheung, K., Hume, P. and Maxwell, L. 2003. Delayed

onset muscle soreness: Treatment strategies and
performance factors. Sports Medicine, 33, 145–164.

31. Christenson, J.T., Hamad, M.M. and Shawa, N.J. 1985.

Primary lymphedema of the leg: Relationship between
subcutaneous tissue pressure, intramuscular pressure and
venous function. Lymphology, 18, 86–89.

32. Cleak, M.J. and Eston, R.G. 1992. Muscle soreness,

swelling, stiffness and strength loss after intense
eccentric exercise. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 26,
267–272.

33. Cooper, D.M., Radom-Alzik, S., Schwindt, C. and

Saldivar, F., Jr. 2007. Dangerous exercise: Lessons
learned from dysregulated inflammatory responses to
physical activity. Journal of Applied Physiology, 103,
700–709.

34. Cornwell, A., Nelson, A.G., Heise, G.D. and Sidaway, B.

2001. Acute effects of passive muscle stretching on
vertical jump performance. Journal of Human Movement
Studies, 40, 307–324.

35. Cosgray, N.A., Lawrance, S.E., Mestrich, J.D., Martin,

S.E. and Whalen, R.L. 2004. Effect of heat modalities on
hamstring length: A comparison of Pneumatherm, moist heat
pack, and a control. Journal of Orthopaedic and Sports
Physical Therapy, 34, 377–384.

36. Counsilman, J.E. and Counsilman, B.E. 1990. No simple

answers. Swimming Technique, 26(4), 22–29.

37. Counsilman, J.E. and Counsilman, B.E. 1994. The New

Science of Swimming. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

38. Cramer, J.T., Housh, T.J., Johnson, G.O., Miller, J.M.,

Coburn, J.W. and Beck, T.W. 2004. Acute effects of static
stretching on peak torque in women. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 18, 236–241.

39. Crenshaw, A.G., Thornell, L.E. and Friden, J. 1994.

Intramuscular pressure, torque and swelling for the
exercise-induced sore vastus lateralis muscle. Acta
Physiologica Scandinavica, 152, 265–277.

40. Davies, V., Thompson, K.G. and Cooper, S.-M. 2009. The
effects of compression garments on recovery. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 23, 1786–1794.

41. Davis, H., IV, Botterill, C. and MacNeill, K. 2002.

Mood and self-regulation changes in underrecovery: An
intervention model. In M. Kellmann (ed.), Enhancing
Recovery: Preventing Underperformance in Athletes (pp.
161–179). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

42. Davis, H., IV, Orzeck, T. and Keelan, P. 2007.

Psychometric item evaluations of the Recovery– Stress
Questionnaire for Athletes. Psychology of Sport and
Exercise, 8, 917–939.

43. DeMers, G.E. 1999. Part 4: Spas and hot tubs. In J.L.
Gabriel (ed.), US Diving Safety Training Manual (pp.
72–74). Indianapolis, IN: United States Diving.

44. de Vries, H.A. 1961. Electromyographic observations of

the effects of static stretching upon muscular distress.
Research Quarterly, 32, 468–479.

45. de Vries, H.A. 1966. Quantitative electromyographic

investigation of the spasm theory of muscle pain. American
Journal of Physical Medicine, 45, 119–134.

46. Dishman, R.K. 1994. Biological psychology, exercise,

and stress. Quest, 46, 28–59.

47. Dolgener, F.A. and Morien, A. 1993. The effect of

massage on lactate disappearance. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 7, 159–162.

48. Dudley, G.A. 1999. Muscle pain prophylaxis.

Inflammation Pharmacology, 7, 249–253.

49. Duffield, R., Cannon, J. and King, M. 2009. The effects

of compression garments on recovery of muscle performance
following high-intensity sprint and plyometric exercise.
Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport, 13, 136–140.

50. Duffield, R., Edge, J., Merrells, R., Barnes, M.,

Simcock, D. and Gill, N. 2008. The effects of compression
garments on intermittent exercise performance and recovery
on consecutive days. International Journal of Sports
Physiology and Performance, 3, 454–468.

51. Edge, J., Mundel, T., Weir, K. and Cochrane, D.J. 2009.
The effects of acute whole body vibration as a recovery
modality following high intensity interval training in well
trained, middle-age runners. European Journal of Applied
Physiology, 105, 421–429.

52. Eichner, E.R. 1995. Overtraining: Consequences and

prevention. Journal of Sports Sciences, 13(Suppl. 1),
S41–S48.

53. Eldridge, M.W. 2010. Exercise-induced pulmonary edema –

The debate continues. Journal of Applied Physiology, 109,
1279–1280; discussion 1281–1282.

54. Erith, S., Williams, C., Stevenson, E., Chamberlain,

S., Crews, P. and Rushbury, I. 2006. The effect of high
carbohydrate meals with different glycemic indices on
recovery of performance during prolonged intermittent
high-intensity shuttle running. International Journal of
Sport Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 16, 393–404.

55. Ernst, E. 1998. Does post-exercise massage treatment

reduce delayed onset muscle soreness? A systematic review.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 32, 212–214.

56. Faude, O., Meyer, T., Urhausen, A. and Kindermann, W.

2009. Recovery training in cyclists: Ergometric, hormonal
and psychometric findings. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine
and Science in Sports, 19, 433–452.

57. Foster, C. 1998. Monitoring training in athletes with

reference to overtraining syndrome. Medicine and Science
in Sports and Exercise, 30, 1164–1168.

58. Foster, C., Florhaug, J.A., Franklin, J., Gottschall,

L., Hrovatin, L.A., Parker, S., Doleshal, P. and Dodge, C.
2001. A new approach to monitoring exercise training.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 15,
109–115.

59. Franchini, E., Takito, M.Y., Nakamura, F.Y.,

Matsushigue, K.A. and Peduti Dal’Molin Kiss, M.A. 2003.
Effects of recovery type after a judo combat on blood
lactate removal and on performance in an intermittent
anaerobic task. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical
Fitness, 43, 424–431.

60. Frank, C.B. and Hart, D.A. 1990. Cellular response to

loading. In W.B. Leadbetter, J.A. Buckwalter and S.L.
Gordon (eds), Sports-induced Inflammation (pp. 555–564).
Park Ridge, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.

61. Franke, W.W. and Berendonk, B. 1997. Hormonal doping

and androgenization of athletes: A secret program of the
German Democratic Republic government. Clinical Chemistry,
43, 1262–1279.

62. French, D.N., Thompson, K.G., Garland, S.W., Barnes,

C.A., Portas, M.D., Hood, P.E. and Wilkes, G. 2008. The
effects of contrast bathing and compression therapy on
muscular performance. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 40, 1297–1306.

63. Friden, J., Sfakianos, P.N., Hargens, A.R. and Akeson,

W.H. 1988. Residual muscular swelling after repetitive
eccentric contractions. Journal of Orthopaedic Research, 6,
493–498.

64. Fry, R.W., Grove, J.R., Morton, A.R., Zeroni, P.M.,

Gaudieri, S. and Keast, D. 1994. Psychological and
immunological correlates of acute overtraining. British
Journal of Sports Medicine, 28, 241–246.

65. Gill, N.D., Beaven, C.M. and Cook, C. 2006.

Effectiveness of post match recovery strategies in rugby
players. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 40, 260–263.

66. Gilson, S.F., Saunders, M.J., Moran, C.W., Moore, R.W.,

Womack, C.J. and Todd, M.K. 2010. Effects of chocolate
milk consumption on markers of muscle recovery following
soccer training: A randomized cross-over study. Journal of
the International Society of Sports Nutrition, 7, 19.

67. Goldsmith, W. 2002. Rest, recovery, restoration, and

racing: Managing yourself to get the most out of your
training. Swimnews, 12, 37.

68. Gulick, D.T., Kimura, I.F., Sitler, M., Paolone, A. and

Kelly, J.D. 1996. Various treatment techniques on signs
and symptoms of delayed onset muscle soreness. Journal of
Athletic Training, 31, 145–152.

69. Gupta, S., Goswami, A., Sadhukhan, A.K. and Mathur,

D.N. 1996. Comparative study of lactate removal in short
term massage of extremities, active recovery and a passive
recovery period after supramaximal sessions. International
Journal of Sports Medicine, 17, 106–110.

70. Haff, G.G. 2009. Whole body vibration does not enhance
recovery following a high-intensity interval training
session. NSCA’s Performance Training Journal, 8, 7–12.

71. Hanin, Y. and Hanina, M. 2009. Optimization of

performance in top-level athletes: An actionfocused coping
approach. International Journal of Sports Science and
Coaching, 4, 47–55.

72. Harre, D. (ed.). 1982. Principles of Sports Training.

Berlin: Sportverlag.

73. Hart, J.M., Swanik, C.B. and Tierney, R.T. 2005.

Effects of sport massage on limb girth and discomfort
associated with eccentric exercise. Journal of Athletic
Training, 40, 181–185.
74. Havas, E., Parviainen, T., Vuorela, J., Toivanen, J.,
Nikula, T. and Vihko, V. 1997. Lymph flow dynamics in
exercising human skeletal muscle as detected by
scintography. Journal of Physiology, 504(Pt 1), 233–239.

75. Hellard, P., Avalos, M., Lacoste, L., Barale, F.,

Chatard, J.-C. and Millet, G.P. 2006. Assessing the
limitations of the Banister model in monitoring training.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 24, 509–520.

76. Hemmings, B., Smith, M., Graydon, J. and Dyson, R.

2000. Effects of massage on physiological restoration,
perceived recovery, and repeated sports performance.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 34, 109–115.

77. Hilbert, J.E., Sforzo, G.A. and Swensen, T. 2003. The

effects of massage on delayed onset muscle soreness.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 37, 72–75.

78. Hillman, S.K. and Delforge, G. 1985. The use of

physical agents in rehabilitation of athletic injuries.
Clinics in Sports Medicine, 4, 431–438.

79. Hinds, T., McEwan, I., Perkes, J., Dawson, E., Ball, D.
and George, K. 2004. Effects of massage on limb and skin
blood flow after quadriceps exercise. Medicine and Science
in Sports and Exercise, 36, 1308–1313.

80. Hogg, J.M. 2002. Debriefing: A means to increasing

recovery and subsequent performance. In M. Kellmann (ed.),
Enhancing Recovery: Preventing Underperformance in Athletes
(pp. 181–198). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

81. Holtgrefe, K.M. 2006. Twice-weekly complete

decongestive physical therapy in the management of
secondary lymphedema of the lower extremities. Physical
Therapy, 86, 1128–1137.

82. Holzman Weppler, C. and Magnusson, S.P. 2010.

Increasing muscle extensibility: A matter of increasing
length or modifying sensation? Physical Therapy, 90,
438–449.

83. Hooper, S.L., Mackinnon, L.T. and Hanrahan, S. 1997.

Mood states as an indication of staleness and recovery.
International Journal of Sport Psychology, 28, 1–12.

84. Hooper, S.L., Mackinnon, L.T. and Howard, A. 1999.

Physiological and psychometric variables for monitoring
recovery during tapering for major competition. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 31, 1205–1210.

85. Houghton, L.A., Dawson, B. and Maloney, S.K. 2009.

Effects of wearing compression garments on thermoregulation
during simulated team sport activity in temperate
environmental conditions. Journal of Science and Medicine
in Sport, 12, 303–309.

86. Howell, J.N., Chleboun, G. and Conatser, R. 1993.

Muscle stiffness, strength loss, swelling and soreness
following exercise-induced injury in humans. Journal of
Physiology, 464, 183–196.

87. Hume, P.A., Cheung, K., Maxwell, L. and Weerapong, P.

2004. DOMS: An overview of treatment strategies.
International SportMed Journal, 5, 98–118.

88. Ispirlidis, L., Fatouros, I.G., Jamurtas, A.Z.,

Nikolaidis, M.G., Michailidis, I., Margonis, K.,
Chatzinkikolaou, A., Kalistratos, E., Katrabasas, I.,
Alexiou, V. and Taxildaris, K. 2008. Timecourse of changes
in inflammatory and performance responses following a
soccer game. Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine, 18,
423–432.

89. Issurin, V. 2008. Block Periodization: Breakthrough in

Sport Training. Muskegon, MI: Ultimate Athlete Concepts.

90. Ivy, J. and Portman, R. 2004. Nutrient Timing. North

Bergen, NJ: Basic Health Publications.

91. Jarvinen, T.A., Jarvinen, T.L., Kaariainen, M.,

Aarimaa, V., Vaittinen, S., Kalimo, H. and Jarvinen, M.
2007. Muscle injuries: Optimising recovery. Best Practice
and Research Clinical Rheumatology, 21, 317–331.

92. Johansson, P.H., Lindstrom, L., Sundelin, G. and

Lindstrom, B. 1999. The effects of preexercise stretching
on muscular soreness, tenderness and force loss following
heavy eccentric exercise. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine
and Science in Sports, 9, 219–225.

93. Jürimäe, J., Purge, P., Mäestu, J. and Jürimäe, T.

2001. Changes in mood state parameters after intensified
training period in male competitive rowers. Acta
Kinesiologiae Universitatis Tartuensis, 6, 35–42.

94. Karp, J.R., Johnston, J.D., Tecklenburg, S.,

Mickleborough, T.D., Fly, A.D. and Stager, J.M. 2006.
Chocolate milk as a post-exercise recovery aid.
International Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise
Metabolism, 16, 78–91.

95. Kellmann, M. 2002. Current status and direction of

recovery research. In M. Kellmann (ed.), Enhancing
Recovery: Preventing Underperformance in Athletes (pp.
301–311). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

96. Kellmann, M. 2002. Psychological assessment of

underrecovery. In M. Kellmann (ed.), Enhancing Recovery:
Preventing Underperformance in Athletes (pp. 37–55).
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

97. Kellmann, M. 2002. Underrecovery and overtraining:

Different concepts – Similar impact? In M. Kellmann (ed.),
Enhancing Recovery (pp. 3–24). Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

98. Kellmann, M., Altenburg, D., Lormes, W. and Steinacker,

J.M. 2001. Assessing stress and recovery during
preparation for the World Championships in rowing. Sport
Psychologist, 15, 151–167.

99. Kellmann, M. and Gunther, K.-D. 2000. Changes in stress

and recovery in elite rowers during preparation for the
Olympic Games. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
32, 676–683.

100. Kellmann, M., Patrick, T., Botterill, C. and Wilson,

C. 2002. The recovery-cue and its use in applied settings:
Practical suggestions regarding assessment and monitoring
of recovery. In M. Kellmann (ed.), Enhancing Recovery:
Preventing Underperformance in Athletes (pp. 219–229).
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

101. Kemmler, W., von Stengel, S., Kockritz, C., Mayhew,

J., Wassermann, A. and Zapf, J. 2009. Effect of
compression stockings on running performance in men
runners. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
23, 101–105.

102. Kenttä, G. and Hassmén, P. 2002. Underrecovery and

overtraining: A conceptual model. In M. Kellmann (ed.),
Enhancing Recovery: Preventing Underperformance in Athletes
(pp. 57–79). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

103. Khanna, A., Gougoulias, N. and Maffuli, N. 2008.

Intermittent pneumatic compression in fracture and
soft-tissue injuries healing. British Medical Bulletin, 88,
147–156.
104. Kinderman, W. 1990. Overtraining – An expression of a
faulty autonomic regulation. In J. Jarver (ed.), A
Collection of European Sports Science Translations (Part 1,
pp. 65–69). Kidman Park: South Australian Sports
Institute.

105. Kinser, A.M., Kimmel, W.L., Wurtz, B.R., Sands, W.A.

and Stone, M.H. (eds). 2007. Recovery Stress
Questionnaire: Marker of drop jump performance and
under-recovery? National Strength and Conditioning
Association National Conference, Las Vegas, NV, 9–12 July.

106. Knight, K.L. 1990. Cold as a modifier of

sports-induced inflammation. In W.B. Leadbetter, J.A.
Buckwalter and S.L. Gordon (eds), Sports-induced
Inflammation (pp. 463–477). Park Ridge, IL: American
Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.

107. Kop, W.J., Weinstein, A.A., Deuster, P.A., Whittaker,

K.S. and Tracy, R.P. 2008. Inflammatory markers and
negative mood symptoms following exercise withdrawal.
Brain, Behavior, and Immunity, 22, 1190–1196.

108. Kraemer, W.J., Bush, J.A., Wickham, R.B., Denegar,

C.R., Gomez, A.L., Gotshalk, L.A., Duncan, N.D., Volek,
J.S., Putukian, M. and Sebastianelli, W.J. 2001. Influence
of compression therapy on symptoms following soft tissue
injury from maximal eccentric exercise. Journal of
Orthopaedic and Sports Physical Therapy, 31, 282–290.

109. Kraemer, W.J., Flanagan, S.D., Comstock, B.A.,

Fragala, M.S., Earp, J.E., Dunn-Lewis, C., Ho, J.-Y.,
Thomas, G.A., Solomon-Hill, G., Penwell, Z.R., Powell,
M.D., Wolf, M.R., Volek, J.S., Denegar, C.R. and Maresh,
C.M. 2010. Effects of a whole body compression garment on
markers of recovery after a heavy resistance workout in men
and women. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
24, 804–814.

110. Kuipers, H.1994. Exercise-induced muscle damage.

International Journal of Sports Medicine, 15, 132–135.

111. Kuipers, H. 1996. How much is too much? Performance

aspects of overtraining. Research Quarterly for Exercise
and Sport, 67, 65–69.

112. Lake, D.A. 1992. Neuromuscular electrical stimulation:

An overview and its application in the treatment of sports
injuries. Sports Medicine, 13, 320–336.
113. Lehmann, M., Foster, C., Netzer, N., Lormes, W.,
Steinacker, J.M., Liu, Y., Opitz-Gress, A. and Gastmann,
U. 1998. Physiological responses to short-and long-term
overtraining in endurance athletes. In R.B. Kreider, A.C.
Fry and M.L. O’Toole (eds), Overtraining in Sport (pp.
19–46). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

114. Linnitt, N. and Davies, R. 2007. Fundamentals of

compression in the management of lymphoedema. British
Journal of Nursing, 16, 588, 590, 592.

115. Lum, D., Landers, G. and Peeling, P. 2010. Effects of

a recovery swim on subsequent running performance.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 31, 26–30.

116. Lund, H., Vestergaard-Poulsen, P., Kanstrup, I.L. and

Sejrsen, P. 1998. The effect of passive stretching on
delayed onset muscle soreness, and other detrimental
effects following eccentric exercise. Scandinavian Journal
of Medicine and Science in Sports, 8, 216–221.

117. Lundberg, I.E. 2001. The physiology of inflammatory

myopathies: An overview. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica,
171, 207–213.

118. Lynch, P.M., Delano, F.A. and Schmid-Schonbein, G.W.

2007. The primary valves in the initial lymphatics during
inflammation. Lymphatic Research and Biology, 5, 3–10.

119. MacDougall, J.D., Gibala, M.J., Tarnopolsky, M.A.,

MacDonald, J.R., Interisano, S.A. and Yarasheski, K.E.
1995. The time course for elevated muscle protein synthesis
following heavy resistance exercise. Canadian Journal of
Applied Physiology, 20(4), 480–486.

120. Malm, C. 2001. Exercise-induced muscle damage and

inflammation: Fact or fiction? Acta Physiologica
Scandinavica, 171, 233–239.

121. Mancinelli, C.A., Scott, D.D., Aboulhosn, L., Brady,

M., Eisenhofer, J. and Foutty, S. 2006. The effects of
massage on delayed onset muscle soreness and physical
performance in female collegiate athletes. Physical
Therapy, 7, 5–13.

122. Martin, N.A., Zoeller, R.F., Robertson, R.J. and

Lephart, S.M. 1998. The comparative effects of sports
massage, active recovery, and rest in promoting blood
lactate clearance after supramaximal leg exercise. Journal
of Athletic Training, 33, 30–35.

123. Matchanov, A.T., Levtov, V.A. and Orlov, V.V. 1983.

Changes of the blood flow in longitudinal stretch of the
cat gastrocnemius muscle. Fiziologicheskii Zburnal SSR
Imeni IM Sechenova, 69, 74–83.

124. McKechnie, G.J.B., Young, W.B. and Behm, D.G. 2007.

Acute effects of two massage techniques on ankle joint
flexibility and power of the plantar flexors. Journal of
Sports Science and Medicine, 6, 498–504.

125. Meeusen, R., Watson, P., Hasegawa, H., Roelands, B.

and Piacentini, M.F. 2007. Brain neurotransmitters in
fatigue and overtraining. Applied Physiology, Nutrition,
and Metabolism, 32, 857–864.

126. Montgomery, P.G., Pyne, D.B., Hopkins, W.G., Dorman,

J.C., Cook, K. and Minahan, C.L. 2008. The effect of
recovery strategies on physical performance and cumulative
fatigue in competitive basketball. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 26, 1135–1145.

127. Morasaka, A. 2005. Sports massage: A comprehensive

review. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness,
45, 370–380.

128. Morgan, W.P., Costill, D.L., Flynn, M.G., Raglin, J.S.

and O’Connor, P.J. 1988. Mood disturbance following
increased training in swimmers. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 20, 408–414.

129. Mujika, I., Busso, T., Lacoste, L., Barale, F.,

Geyssant, A. and Chatard, J.-C. 1996. Modeled responses to
training and taper in competitive swimmers. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 28, 251–258.

130. Nilsson, S. 1987. Overtraining. In S. Maehlum, S.

Nilsson and P. Renstrom (eds), An Update on Sports Med
(pp. 97–104). Oslo: Danish and Norwegian Sports Med
Associations and the Swedish Society of Sports Med.

131. Norris, S.R. and Smith, D.J. 2002. Planning,

periodization, and sequencing of training and competition:
The rationale for a competently planned, optimally executed
training and competition program, supported by a
multidisciplinary team. In M. Kellmann (ed.), Enhancing
Recovery: Preventing Underperformance in Athletes (pp.
121–141). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
132. O’Brien, J.G., Chennubhotla, S.A. and Chennubhotla,
R.V. 2005. Treatment of edema. American Family Physician,
71, 2111–2118.

133. Ogai, R., Yamane, M., Matsumoto, T. and Kosaka, M.

2008. Effects of petrissage massage on fatigue and
exercise performance following intensive cycling pedalling.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 42, 534–539.

134. Otsuki, A., Fujita, E., Ikegawa, S. and Kuno-Mizumura,

M. 2011. Muscle oxygenation and fascicle length during
passive muscle stretching in ballet-trained subjects.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 32, 496–502.

135. Owen, A. 2006. Chocolate milk whips Endurox in recent

recovery test. Running Research News, 22, 1, 6–9.

136. Peiffer, J.J., Abbiss, C.R., Nosaka, K., Peake, J.M.

and Laursen, P.B. 2009. Effect of cold water immersion
after exercise in the heat on muscle function, body
temperatures, and vessel diameter. Journal of Science and
Medicine in Sport, 12, 91–96.

137. Polman, R. and Houlahan, K. 2004. A cumulative stress

and training continuum model: A multidisciplinary approach
to unexplained underperformance syndrome. Research in
Sports Medicine, 12, 301–316.

138. Pyne, D.B., Mujika, I. and Reilly, T. 2009. Peaking

for optimal performance: Research limitations and future
directions. Journal of Sports Sciences, 27, 195–202.

139. Quilici, B.C., Gildo, C., Jr, de Godoy, J.M., Quilici,

B.S. and Augusto, C.R. 2009. Comparison of reduction of
edema after rest and after muscle exercises in treatment of
chronic venous insufficiency. International Archives of
Medicine, 14, 18.

140. Reilly, T. and Ekblom, B. 2005. The use of recovery

methods post-exercise. Journal of Sports Sciences, 23,
619–627.

141. Richardson, S.O., Andersen, M.B. and Morris, T. 2008.

Overtraining Athletes. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

142. Robertson, A., Watt, J.M. and Galloway, S.D.R. 2004.

Effects of leg massage on recovery from high intensity
cycling exercise. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 38,
173–176.
143. Robson-Ansley, P.J., Gleeson, M. and Ansley, L. 2009.
Fatigue management in the preparation of Olympic athletes.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 27, 1409–1420.

144. Rowsell, G.J., Coutts, A.J., Reaburn, P. and

Hill-Haas, S. 2009. Effects of cold-water immersion on
physical performance between successive matches in
high-performance junior male soccer players. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 27, 565–573.

145. Roy, B.D. 2008. Milk: The new sports drink? A review.
Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition,
5.

146. Rushall, B. and Lavoie, N.F. 1983. A call to re-focus

serious sport training. Scientific Periodical on Research
and Technology in Sport, 1–5.

147. Sands, W.A. 1990. National women’s tracking program

pt. 2 – Response. Technique, 10, 23–27.

148. Sands, W.A. 1991. Monitoring the elite female gymnast.

National Strength and Conditioning Association Journal,
13, 66–71.

149. Sands, W.A., Henschen, K.P. and Shultz, B.B. 1989.

National women’s tracking program. Technique, 9, 14–19.

150. Sands, W.A. and Stone, M.H. 2006. Are you progressing
and how would you know? Olympic Coach, 17(4), 4–10.

151. Sands, W.A. and Stone, M.H. 2006. Monitoring the elite
athlete. Olympic Coach, 17(3), 4–12.

152. Schumacher, G. 1999. Science – No thanks! Theses

against a fruitless venture. In E. Muller, G. Zallinger
and F. Ludescher (eds), Science in Elite Sport (pp. 45–50).
London: E & FN Spon.

153. Schurman, D.J., Goodman, S.B. and Lane Smith, R. 1990.

Inflammation and tissue repair. In W.B. Leadbetter, J.A.
Buckwalter and S.L. Gordon (eds), Sports-induced
Inflammation (pp. 277–284). Park Ridge, IL: American
Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.

154. Selye, H. (ed.). 1956. The Stress of Life. New York:

McGraw-Hill.

155. Selye, H. (ed.). 1974. Stress without Distress. New

York: Signet.
156. Sheel, A.W. and McKenzie, D.C. 2010. Counterpoint:
Pulmonary edema does not occur in human athletes
performing heavy sea-level exercise. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 109, 1272–1273.

157. Siegler, R.W. 1998. Fatal heatstroke in a young woman

with previously undiagnosed Hashimoto’s thyroiditis.
Journal of Forensic Sciences, 43, 1237–1240.

158. Siff, M.C. 1992. Stress management and restoration. In

M.C. Siff and M. Yessis (eds), Sports Restoration and
Massage (pp. 1–12). Johannesburg: School of Mechanical
Engineering, University of the Witwatersrand.

159. Siff, M.C. 1998. Facts and Fallacies of Fitness.

Johannesburg: Mel Siff.

160. Smith, D.J. 2003. A framework for understanding the

training process leading to elite performance. Sports
Medicine, 33, 1103–1126.

161. Smith, L.L. 1991. Acute inflammation: The underlying

mechanism in delayed onset muscle soreness? Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 23, 542–551.

162. Sobolevsky, V. 1983. Physiological effects of the

sauna on young athletes. Teoriya i Praktika Fizicheskoi
Kultury, 4, 30–32.

163. Stone, M.H. 1994. Nutritional factors in performance

and health. In T.R. Baechle (ed.), Essentials of Strength
Training and Conditioning (pp. 210–230). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.

164. Stone, M.H., Stone, M. and Sands, W.A. 2008. Cycling

your periodization plan. Olympic Coach, 20(1), 12–15.

165. Stone, M.H. and Stone, M.E. 2003. Recovery-adaptation:

Strength and power sports. Olympic Coach, 15(3), 12–15.

166. Stone, M.H., Stone, M.E. and Sands, W.A. 2007.

Principles and Practice of Resistance Training. Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

167. Sumida, K.D., Greenberg, M.B. and Hill, J.M. 2003. Hot
gel packs and reduction of delayedonset muscle soreness 30
minutes after treatment. Journal of Sport Rehabilitation,
12, 221–228.
168. Thomas, K., Morris, P. and Stevenson, E. 2009.
Improved endurance capacity following chocolate milk
consumption compared with 2 commercially available sport
drinks. Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and Metabolism, 34,
78–82.

169. Tiidus, P.M. 1997. Manual massage and recovery of

muscle function following exercise: A literature review.
Journal of Orthopaedic and Sports Physical Therapy, 25,
107–112.

170. Tiidus, P.M. 2000. Effectiveness of massage and

ultrasound therapy in promoting post-exercise muscle
repair and recovery. Acta Kinesiologiae Universitatis
Tartuensis, 5, 7–22.

171. Tiidus, P.M., Dahle, K. and Bombardier, E. 2002.

Manual massage does not influence repeated swimming
performance. Acta Kinesiologiae Universitatis Tartuensis,
7, 99–106.

172. Toumi, H. and Best, T.M. 2003. The inflammatory

response: Friend or enemy of muscle injury? British
Journal of Sports Medicine, 37, 284–286.

173. Tyurin, A. 1980. Methods of using vibrational massage

with athletes. Teoriya i Praktika Fizicheskoi Kultury, 10,
27–39.

174. Verducci, F.M. 2000. Interval cryotherapy decreases

fatigue during repeated weight lifting. Journal of
Athletic Training, 35, 422–426.

175. Vieira de Sousa, M., Simoes, H.G., Oshiiwa, M., Macedo

Rogero, M. and Tirapegui, J. 2007. Effects of acute
carbohydrate supplementation during sessions of
high-intensity intermittent exercise. European Journal of
Applied Physiology, 99, 57–63.

176. Viitasalo, J.T., Niemela, K., Kaappola, R., Korjus,

T., Levola, M., Mononen, H.V., Rusko, H.K. and Takala,
T.E.S. 1995. Warm underwater water-jet massage improves
recovery from intense physical exercise. European Journal
of Applied Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 71,
431–438.

177. Wallace, B. and Abel, M.G. 2010. Effects of chocolate

milk on perceived exertion and muscular strength following
resistance training: A pilot study. International Journal
of Fitness, 6, 25–33.
178. Weeks, B. and Horan, S. 2009. Massage: Diagnosis and
management. Modern Athlete and Coach, 47, 16–20.

179. Wessel, J. and Wan, A. 1994. Effect of stretching on

the intensity of delayed-onset muscle soreness. Clinical
Journal of Sport Medicine, 4, 83–87.

180. Wilcock, I.M., Cronin, J.B. and Hing, W.A. 2006. Water
immersion: Does it enhance recovery from exercise?
International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance,
1, 195–206.

181. Wilson, G.S. and Raglin, J.S. 2004. The predictive

value of hardiness and optimism for the identification of
past staleness in high school age male and female distance
runners. New Studies in Athletics, 19, 41–46.

182. Zemke, J.E., Anderson, J.C., Guion, W.K., McMillan, J.

and Joyner, A.B. 1998. Intramuscular temperature responses
in the human leg to two forms of cryotherapy: Ice massage
and ice bag. Journal of Orthopaedic and Sports Physical
Therapy, 27, 301–307.
19 Chapter 19: Paediatric strength and
conditioning

1. Alentorn-Geli, E., Myer, G., Silvers, H., Samitier, G.,

Romero, D., Lazaro-Haro, C. and Cugat, R. 2009. Prevention
of non-contact anterior cruciate ligament injuries in
soccer players. Part 2: A review of prevention programs
aimed to modify risk factors and reduce injury rates. Knee
Surgery, Sports Traumatology, Arthroscopy, 17, 859–879.

2. American Academy of Pediatrics. 1983. Weight training

and weightlifting: Information for the pediatrician.
Physician and Sports Medicine, 11, 157–161.

3. American Academy of Pediatrics. 2007. Overuse injuries,

overtraining and burnout in child and adolescent athletes.
Pediatrics, 119, 1242–1245.

4. American Dietetic Association. 2006. Position of the

American Dietetic Association: Individual-, family-,
school-, and community-based interventions for pediatric
overweight. Journal of the American Dietetic Association,
106, 925–945.

5. Andersen, L., Wedderkopp, N. and Leboeuf-Yde, C. 2006.

Association between back pain and physical fitness in
adolescents. Spine, 31, 1740–1744.

6. Australian Strength and Conditioning Association. 2007.

Resistance training for children and youth: A position
stand from the Australian Strength and Conditioning
Association. Available from:
www.strengthandconditioning.org (accessed 17 June 2009).

7. Auvinen, J., Tammelin, T., Taimela, S., Zitting, P.,

Mutanen, P. and Karppinen, J. 2008. Musculoskeletal pains
in relation to different sport and exercise activities in
youth. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 40,
1890–1900.

8. Barnekow-Bergkvist, M., Hedberg, G., Pettersson, U. and

Lorentzon, R. 2006. Relationships between physical
activity and physical capacity in adolescent females and
bone mass in adulthood. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine
and Science in Sports, 16, 447–455.

9. Behm, D.G., Faigenbaum, A.D., Falk, B. and Klentrou, P.

2008. Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology position
paper: Resistance training in children and adolescents.
Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and Metabolism, 33,
547–561.

10. Behm, D.G., Wahl, M., Button, D., Power, K. and

Anderson, K. 2005. Relationship between hockey skating
speed and selected performance measures. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 19, 326–331.

11. Behringer, M., vom Heede, A., Matthews, M. and Mester,

J. 2011. Effects of strength training on motor performance
skills in children and adolescents: A meta-analysis.
Pediatric Exercise Science, 23, 186–206.

12. Behringer, M., vom Heede, A., Yue, Z. and Mester, J.

2010. Effects of resistance training in children and
adolescents: A meta-analysis. Pediatrics, 126, e1199–e1210.

13. Bishop, D., Smith, R., Smith, M. and Rigby, H. 2009.

Effect of plyometric training on swimming block start
performance in adolescents. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 23, 2137–2143.

14. Blanksby, B.A. and Gregor, J. 1981. Anthropometric,

strength, and physiological changes in male and female
swimmers with progressive resistance training. Australian
Journal of Sports Science, 1, 3–6.

15. Bloemers, F., Collard, D., Paw, M., Van Mechelen, W.,
Twisk, J. and Verhagen, E. 2012. Physical inactivity is a
risk factor for physical activity-related injuries in
children. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 46, 669–674.

16. Brown, E. and Kimball, R. 1983. Medical history

associated with adolescent power lifting. Pediatrics, 72,
636–644.

17. Caine, D., DiFiori, J. and Maffulli, N. 2006. Physeal

injuries in children’s and youth sports: Reasons for
concern? British Journal of Sports Medicine, 40, 749–760.

18. Channell, B.T. and Barfield, J.P. 2008. Effect of

Olympic and traditional resistance training on vertical
jump improvement in high school boys. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 22, 1522–1527.

19. Christou, M., Smilios, I., Sotiropoulos, K., Volaklis,

K., Pilianidis, T. and Tokmakidis, S.P. 2006. Effects of
resistance training on the physical capacities of
adolescent soccer players. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 20, 783–791.
20. Clark, E., Tobias, J., Murray, L. and Boreham, C. 2011.
Children with low muscle strength are at an increased risk
of fracture with exposure to exercise. Journal of
Musculoskeletal and Neuronal Interactions, 11, 196–202.

21. Cohen, D., Voss, C., Taylor, M., Delextrat, A.,

Ogunleye, A. and Sandercock, G. 2011. Tenyear secular
changes in muscular fitness in English children. Acta
Paediatrica, 100, e175–e177.

22. Conroy, B.P., Kraemer, W.J., Maresh, C.M., Fleck, S.J.,

Stone, M.H., Fry, A.C., Miller, P.D. and Dalsky, G.P.
1993. Bone mineral density in elite junior Olympic
weightlifters. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 25, 1103–1109.

23. Coutts, A., Murphy, A. and Dascombe, B. 2004. Effect of

direct supervision of a strength coach on measures of
muscular strength and power in young rugby league players.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 18,
316–323.

24. DeRenne, C., Hetzler, R.K., Buxton, B. and Ho, K.K.

1996. Effects of training frequency on strength
maintenance in pubescent baseball players. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 10, 8–14.

25. Diallo, O., Dore, E., Duche, P. and Van Praagh, E.

2001. Effects of plyometric training followed by a reduced
training program on physical performance in prepubescent
soccer players. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical
Fitness, 41, 342–348.

26. Dishman, R., Motl, R., Saunders, R., Felton, G., Ward,
D., Dowda, M. and Pate, R. 2005. Enjoyment mediates
effects of a school-based physical activity intervention.
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 37, 478–487.

27. Duehring, M., Feldmann, C.R. and Ebben, W.P. 2009.

Strength and conditioning practices of United States high
school strength and conditioning coaches. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 23, 2188–2193.

28. Dufek, J. and Bates, B. 1990. The evaluation and

prediction of impact forces during landings. Medicine and
Science in Sports and Exercise, 22, 370–377.

29. Emery, C.A. and Meeuwisse, W. 2010. The effectiveness

of a neuromuscular prevention strategy to reduce injuries
in youth soccer: A cluster-randomised controlled trial.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 44, 555–562.

30. Faigenbaum, A., Farrell, A., Fabiano, M., Radler, T.,

Naclerio, F., Ratamess, N., Kang, J. and Myer, G. 2011.
Effects of integrated neuromuscular training on fitness
performance in children. Pediatric Exercise Science, 23,
573–584.

31. Faigenbaum, A., Farrell, A., Fabiano, M., Radler, T.,

Naclerio, F., Ratamess, N., Kang, J. and Myer, G. 2013.
Effects of detraining on fitness performance in 7-year-old
children. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
27, 323–330.

32. Faigenbaum, A., Kraemer, W., Blimkie, C., Jeffreys, I.,

Micheli, L., Nitka, M. and Rowland, T. 2009. Youth
resistance training: Updated position statement paper from
the National Strength and Conditioning Association.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 23, S60–S79.

33. Faigenbaum, A., McFarland, J., Herman, R., Naclerio,

F., Ratamess, N., Kang, J. and Myer, G. 2012. Reliability
of the one-repetition-maximum power clean test in
adolescent athletes. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 26, 432–437.

34. Faigenbaum, A., McFarland, J., Johnson, L., Kang, J.,

Bloom, J., Ratamess, N. and Hoffman, J. 2007. Preliminary
evaluation of an after-school resistance training program
for improving physical fitness in middle school-age boys.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 104, 407–415.

35. Faigenbaum, A., McFarland, J., Keiper, F., Tevlin, W.,

Ratamess, N., Kang, J. and Hoffman, J. 2007. Effects of a
short term plyometric and resistance training program on
fitness performance in boys age 12 to 15 years. Journal of
Sports Science and Medicine, 6, 519–525.

36. Faigenbaum, A., Milliken, L., Loud, R., Burak, B.,

Doherty, C. and Westcott, W. 2002. Comparison of 1 and 2
days per week of strength training in children. Research
Quarterly in Exercise and Sport, 73, 416–424.

37. Faigenbaum, A., Milliken, L., Moulton, L. and Westcott,

W. 2005. Early muscular fitness adaptations in children in
response to two different resistance training regimens.
Pediatric Exercise Science, 17, 237–248.

38. Faigenbaum, A., Milliken, L. and Westcott, W. 2003.

Maximal strength testing in healthy children. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 17, 162–166.

39. Faigenbaum, A. and Myer, G. 2010. Pediatric resistance

training: Benefits, concerns and program design
considerations. Current Sports Medicine Reports, 9,
161–168.

40. Faigenbaum, A. and Myer, G. 2010. Resistance training

among young athletes: Safety, efficacy and injury
prevention effects. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 44,
56–63.

41. Faigenbaum, A., Ratamess, N., McFarland, J., Kaczmarek,

J., Coraggio, M., Kang, J. and Hoffman, J. 2008. Effect of
rest interval length on bench press performance in boys,
teens, and men. Pediatric Exercise Science, 20, 457–469.

42. Faigenbaum, A., Westcott, W., Micheli, L., Outerbridge,

A., Long, C., LaRosa-Loud, R. and Zaichkowsky, L. 1996.
The effects of strength training and detraining on
children. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
10, 109–114.

43. Fakhouri, T., Hughes, J., Brody, D., Kit, B. and Ogden,
C. 2013. Physical activity and screentime viewing among
elementary school-age children in the United States from
2009 to 2010. JAMA Pediatrics, 167, 223–229.

44. Falk, B. and Dotan, R. 2006. Child–adult differences in

the recovery from high-intensity exercise. Exercise and
Sport Science Reviews, 34, 107–112.

45. Falk, B. and Eliakim, A. 2003. Resistance training,

skeletal muscle and growth. Pediatric Endocrinology
Reviews, 1, 120–127.

46. Flanagan, S., Laubach, L., DeMarco, G., Alvarez, C.,

Borchers, S., Dressman, E., Gorka, C., Lauer, M., McKelvy,
A., Metzler, M., Poeppelman, J., Redmond, C., Riggenbach,
M., Tichar, S., Wallis, K. and Weseli, D. 2002. Effects of
two different strength training modes on motor performance
in children. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 73,
340–344.

47. Fukunaga, T., Funato, K. and Ikegawa, S. 1992. The

effects of resistance training on muscle area and strength
in prepubescent age. Annals of Physiological Anthropology,
11, 357–364.

48. Gabbett, T., Johns, J. and Riemann, M. 2008.

Performance changes following training in junior rugby
league players. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 22, 910–917.

49. Gentil, P. and Bottaro, M. 2010. Influence of

supervision ratio on muscle adaptations to resistance
training in nontrained subjects. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 24, 639–643.

50. Gonzales-Badillo, J., Gorostiaga, E., Arellano, R. and

Izquierdo, M. 2005. Moderate resistance training produces
more favorable strength gains than high or low volume
during a short term training cycle. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 19, 689–697.

51. Granacher, U., Goesele, A., Roggo, K., Wischer, T.,

Fischer, S., Zuerny, C., Gollhofer, A. and Kriemer, S.
2011. Effects and mechanisms of strength training in
children. International Journal of Sports Medicine, 32,
357–364.

52. Granacher, U., Muehlbauer, T., Doerflinger, B.,

Strohmier, R. and Gollhofer, A. 2011. Promoting strength
and balance in adolescents during physical education:
Effects of a short term resistance training program.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 25, 940–949.

53. Gunter, K., Almstedt, H. and Janz, K. 2012. Physical

activity in childhood may be the key to optimizing
lifespan skeletal health. Exercise and Sport Science
Reviews, 40, 13–21.

54. Gustavsson, A., Olsson, T. and Nordstrom, P. 2003.

Rapid loss of bone mineral density of the femoral neck
after cessation of ice hockey training: A 6-year
longitudinal study in males. Journal of Bone and Mineral
Research, 18, 1964–1969.

55. Hamill, B. 1994. Relative safety of weight lifting and

weight training. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 8, 53–57.

56. Han, J., Lawlor, D.A. and Kimm, S.Y. 2010. Childhood
obesity. Lancet, 375, 1737–1748.

57. Harries, S., Lubans, D. and Callister, R. 2012.

Resistance training to improve power and sports
performance in adolescent athletes: A systematic review and
meta-analysis. Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport,
15, 532–540.
58. Hewett, T., Riccobene, J., Lindenfeld, T. and Noyes, F.
1999. The effects of neuromuscular training on the
incidence of knee injury in female athletes. American
Journal of Sports Medicine, 27, 699–706.

59. Ignjatovic, A., Markovic, Z. and Radovanovic, D. 2012.

Effects of 12-week medicine ball training on muscle
strength and power in young female handball players.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 26,
2166–2173.

60. Ingle, L., Sleap, M. and Tolfrey, K. 2006. The effect

of a complex training and detraining programme on selected
strength and power variables in early prepubertal boys.
Journal of Sport Sciences, 24, 987–997.

61. Jeffreys, I. 2004. A system for monitoring training

stress and recovery in high school athletes. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 26, 28–33.

62. Jeffreys, I. 2005. A multidimensional approach to

enhancing recovery. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 27,
78–85.

63. Jeffreys, I. 2008. Quadrennial planning for the high

school athlete. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 30,
74–83.

64. Jeffries, L. 2007. Epidemiology of adolescent spinal

pain: A systematic overview of the research literature.
Spine, 32, 2630–2637.

65. Johnson, B., Salzberg, C. and Stevenson, D. 2011. A

systematic review: Plyometric training programs for young
children. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
25, 2623–2633.

66. Jones, M.A., Stratton, G., Reilly, T. and Unnithan, V.

2007. The efficacy of exercise as an intervention to treat
nonspecific low back pain in adolescents. Pediatric
Exercise Science, 18, 349–359.

67. Kerr, Z., Collins, C. and Comstock, R. 2010.

Epidemiology of weight training-related injuries
presenting to United States emergency departments, 1990 to
2007. American Journal of Sports Medicine, 38, 765–771.

68. LaBella, C., Huxford, M., Grissom, J., Kim, K., Peng,
J. and Christoffel, K. 2011. Effect of neuromuscular
warm-up on injuries in female soccer and basketball
athletes in urban public high schools: Cluster randomized
controlled trial. Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent
Medicine, 165, 1033–1040.

69. Lee, S., Burgeson, C., Fulton, J. and Spain, C. 2007.

Physical education and physical activity: Results from the
School Health Policies and Programs Study 2006. Journal of
School Health, 77, 435–463.

70. Lloyd, R., Faigenbaum, A., Stone, M., Oliver, J.L.,

Jeffreys, I., Moody, J.A., Brewer, C., Pierce, K.,
McCambridge, T., Howard, R., Herrington, L., Hainline, B.,
Micheli, L., Jaques, R., Kraemer, W., McBride, M., Best,
T., Chu, D., Alvar, B. and Myer, G. 2014. Position
statement on youth resistance training: The 2014
international consensus. British Journal of Sports
Medicine, 48, 498–505.

71. Lloyd, R. and Oliver, J. 2012. The youth physical

development model: A new approach to longterm athletic
development. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 34, 61–72.

72. Lloyd, R., Oliver, J., Meyers, R., Moody, J. and Stone,
M. 2012. Long-term athletic development and its
application to youth weightlifting. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 34, 55–66.

73. Maffulli, N., Longo, U., Spiezia, F. and Denaro, V.

2010. Sports injuries in young athletes: Long-term outcome
and prevention strategies. Physician and Sports Medicine,
38, 29–34.

74. Magnussen, C., Schmidt, M., Dwyer, T. and Venn, A.

2012. Muscular fitness and clustered cardiovascular
disease risk in Australian youth. European Journal of
Applied Physiology, 112, 3167–3171.

75. Malina, R.M. 2006. Weight training in youth – Growth,

maturation and safety: An evidencebased review. Clinical
Journal of Sports Medicine, 16, 478–487.

76. Malina, R.M., Bouchard, C. and Bar-Or, O. 2004. Growth,

Maturation and Physical Activity. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.

77. Mandelbaum, B., Silvers, H., Watanabe, D., Knarr, J.,

Thomas, S., Griffin, L., Kirkendall, D. and Garrett, W.
2005. Effectiveness of a neuromuscular and proprioceptive
training program in preventing anterior cruciate ligament
injuries in female athletes. American Journal of Sports
Medicine, 33, 1003–1010.

78. McGuigan, M.R., Tatasciore, M., Newton, R.U. and

Pettigrew, S. 2009. Eight weeks of resistance training can
significantly alter body composition in children who are
overweight or obese. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 23, 80–85.

79. McKay, H., Tsang, G., Heinonen, A., MacKelvie, K.,

Sanderson, D. and Khan, K.M. 2005. Ground reaction forces
associated with an effective elementary school based
jumping intervention. British Journal of Sports Medicine,
39, 10–14.

80. McNitt-Gray, J., Hester, D., Mathiyakom, W. and

Munkasy, B. 2001. Mechanical demand and multijoint control
during landing depend on orientation of the body segments
relative to the reaction force. Journal of Biomechanics,
34, 1471–1482.

81. Meeusen, R., Duclos, M., Foster, C., Fry, A., Gleeson,
M., Nieman, D., Raglin, J., Rietjens, G., Steinacker, J.
and Urhausen, A. 2013. Prevention, diagnosis, and treatment
of the overtraining syndrome: Joint consensus statement of
the European College of Sport Science and the American
College of Sports Medicine. Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 45, 186–205.

82. Mersch, F. and Stoboy, H. 1989. Strength training and

muscle hypertrophy in children. In S. Oseid and K. Carlsen
(eds), Children and Exercise XIII (pp. 165–182). Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

83. Meylan, C. and Malatesta, D. 2009. Effects of in-season

plyometric training within soccer practice on explosive
actions of young players. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 23, 2605–2613.

84. Michailidis, Y., Fatouros, I., Primpa, E., Michailidis,

C., Avloniti, A., Chatzinikolaou, A., Barbero-Álvarez, J.,
Tsoukas, D., Douroudos, I., Draganidis, D., Leontsini, D.,
Margonis, K., Berberidou, F. and Kambas, A. 2013.
Plyometrics’ trainability in preadolescent soccer athletes.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 27, 38–49.

85. Micheli, L. 2006. Preventing injuries in team sports:

What the team physician needs to know. In K. Chan, L.
Micheli, A. Smith, C. Rolf, N. Bachl, W. Frontera and T.
Alenabi (eds), FIMS Team Physician Manual (pp. 555–572).
Hong Kong: CD Concepts.

86. Morris, F., Naughton, G., Gibbs, J., Carlson, J. and

Wark, J. 1997. Prospective ten-month exercise intervention
in premenarcheal girls. Journal of Bone and Mineral
Research, 12, 1453–1462.

87. Mountjoy, M., Armstrong, N., Bizzini, L., Blimkie, C.,

Evans, J., Gerrard, D., Hangen, J., Knoll, K., Micheli,
L., Sangenis, P. and Van Mechelen, W. 2008. IOC consensus
statement: Training the elite young athlete. Clinical
Journal of Sports Medicine, 18, 122–123.

88. Myer, G.D., Chu, D.A., Brent, J.L. and Hewett, T.E.
2008. Trunk and hip control neuromuscular training for the
prevention of knee joint injury. Clinics in Sports
Medicine, 27, 425–448.

89. Myer, G.D., Ford, K.R., Brent, J.L. and Hewett, T.E.
2006. The effects of plyometric vs. dynamic stabilization
and balance training on power, balance, and landing force
in female athletes. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 20, 345–353.

90. Myer, G.D., Ford, K.R., Khoury, J., Succop, P. and

Hewett, T. 2010. Development and validation of a
clinic-based prediction tool to identify female athletes at
high risk for anterior cruciate ligament injury. American
Journal of Sports Medicine, 38, 2025–2033.

91. Myer, G.D., Ford, K.R., Palumbo, J.P. and Hewett, T.E.
2005. Neuromuscular training improves performance and
lower-extremity biomechanics in female athletes. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 19, 51–60.

92. Myer, G.D., Quatman, C., Khoury, J., Wall, E. and

Hewett, T. 2009. Youth vs. adult ‘weightlifting’ injuries
presented to United States emergency rooms: Accidental vs.
non-accidental injury mechanisms. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 23, 2054–2060.

93. Myer, G.D., Sugimoto, D., Thomas, S. and Hewett, T.

2013. The influence of age on the effectiveness of
neuromuscular training to reduce anterior cruciate ligament
injuries in female athletes. American Journal of Sports
Medicine, 41, 203–215.

94. National Association for Sport and Physical Education.

2010. Guidelines for Participation in Youth Sport
Programs: Specialization versus Multi-sport Participation.
Reston, VA: National Association for Sport and Physical
Education.

95. National Association for Sport and Physical Education.

2011. Physical Education for Lifelong Fitness. Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics.

96. Nyberg, G., Nordenfelt, A., Ekelund, U. and Marcus, C.

2009. Physical activity patterns measured by accelerometry
in 6-to 10-yr-old children. Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 41, 1842–1848.

97. O’Donovan, G., Blazevich, A., Boreham, C.A., Cooper,

A., Crank, H., Ekelund, U., Fox, K.R., Gately, P.J.,
Giles-Corti, B., Gill, J., Hamer, M., McDermott, I.,
Murphy, M., Mutrie, N., Reilly, J., Saxton, J.C. and
Stamatakis, E. 2010. The ABC of physical activity for
health: A consensus statement from the British Association
of Sport and Exercise Sciences. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 28, 573–591.

98. Oliver, J., Lloyd, J. and Meyers, R. 2011. Training

elite child athletes: Promoting welfare and well-being.
Strength and Conditioning Journal, 33, 73–79.

99. Ozmun, J.C., Mikesky, A.E. and Surburg, P.R. 1994.

Neuromuscular adaptations following prepubescent strength
training. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 26,
510–514.

100. Plumert, J. and Schwebel, D. 1997. Social and

temperamental influences on children’s overestimation of
their physical abilities: Links to accidental injuries.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 67, 317–337.

101. Quatman, C., Myer, G., Khoury, J., Wall, E. and

Hewett, T. 2009. Sex differences in ‘weightlifting’
injuries presenting to United States emergency rooms.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 23,
2061–2067.

102. Ramsay, J.A., Blimkie, C.J., Smith, K., Garner, S.,

MacDougall, J.D. and Sale, D.G. 1990. Strength training
effects in prepubescent boys. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 22, 605–614.

103. Ratamess, N., Alvar, B., Evetoch, T., Housh, T.,

Kibler, W.B., Kraemer, W.J. and Triplett, T. 2009.
Progression models in resistance training in healthy
adults. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 41,
687–708.

104. Risser, W.L. 1990. Musculoskeletal injuries caused by

weight training: Guidelines for prevention. Clinical
Pediatrics, 29, 305–310.

105. Rowland, T. 2007. Children’s Exercise Physiology.

Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

106. Ruiz, J., Castro-Pinero, J., Artero, E., Ortega, F.,

Sjostrom, M., Suni, J. and Castillo, M. 2009. Predictive
validity of health related fitness in youth: A systematic
review. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 43, 909–923.

107. Runhaar, J., Collard, D.C., Singh, A., Kemper, H.C.,

van Mechelen, W. and Chinapaw, M. 2010. Motor fitness in
Dutch youth: Differences over a 26-year period (1980–2006).
Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport, 13, 323–328.

108. Santos, E. and Janeira, M. 2008. Effects of complex

training on explosive strength in adolescent male
basketball players. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 22, 903–909.

109. Santos, E. and Janeira, M. 2009. Effects of reduced

training and detraining on upper and lower body explosive
strength in adolescent male basketball players. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 23, 1737–1744.

110. Scase, E., Cook, J., Makdissi, B. and Shuck, L. 2006.

Teaching landing skills in elite junior Australian
football: Evaluation of an injury prevention strategy.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 40, 834–838.

111. Shaibi, G.Q., Cruz, M.L., Ball, G.D., Weigensberg,

M.J., Salem, G.J., Crespo, N.C. and Goran, M.I. 2006.
Effects of resistance training on insulin sensitivity in
overweight Latino adolescent males. Medicine and Science
in Sports and Exercise, 38, 1208–1215.

112. Shanmugam, C. and Maffulli, N. 2008. Sports injuries

in children. British Medical Bulletin, 86, 33–57.

113. Siegal, J., Camaione, D. and Manfredi, T. 1989. The

effects of upper body resistance training in prepubescent
children. Pediatric Exercise Science, 1, 145–154.

114. Steene-Johannessen, J., Anderssen, S.A., Kolle, E. and

Andersen, L.B. 2009. Low muscle fitness is associated with
metabolic risk in youth. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 41, 1361–1367.

115. Stein, C. and Micheli, L. 2010. Overuse injuries in

youth sports. Physician and Sports Medicine, 38, 102–108.

116. Streckis, V., Skurvydas, A. and Ratkevicius, A. 2007.

Children are more susceptible to central fatigue than
adults. Muscle and Nerve, 36, 357–363.

117. Thomas, K., French, D. and Hayes, P. 2009. The effect

of two plyometric training techniques on muscular power
and agility in youth soccer players. Journal of Strength
and Conditioning Research, 23, 332–335.

118. Tsolakis, C.K., Vagenas, G.K. and Dessypris, A.G.

2004. Strength adaptations and hormonal responses to
resistance training and detraining in preadolescent males.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 18,
625–629.

119. United States Department of Health and Human Services.

2008. Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans.
Available from: www.health.gov/paguidelines.

120. Valovich McLeod, T., Decoster, L., Loud, K., Micheli,

L., Parker, T., Sandrey, M. and White, C. 2011. National
Athletic Trainers’ Association position statement:
Prevention of pediatric overuse injuries. Journal of
Athletic Training, 46, 206–220.

121. Vamvakoudis, E., Vrabas, I.S., Galazoulas, C.,

Stefanidis, P., Metaxas, T.I. and Mandroukas, K. 2007.
Effects of basketball training on maximal oxygen uptake,
muscle strength, and joint mobility in young basketball
players. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 21,
930–936.

122. van der Heijden, G., Wang, Z., Chu, Z., Toffolo, G.,
Manesso, E., Sauer, P.J. and Sunehag, A. 2010. Strength
exercise improves muscle mass and hepatic insulin
sensitivity in obese youth. Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 42, 1973–1980.

123. Vaughn, J.M. and Micheli, L. 2008. Strength training

recommendations for the young athlete. Physical Medicine
and Rehabilitation Clinics of North America, 19, 235–245.

124. Vicente-Rodriguez, G. 2006. How does exercise affect

bone development during growth? Sports Medicine, 36,
561–569.
125. Viru, A., Loko, J., Maarike, H., Volver, A., Laaneots,
L. and Viru, M. 1999. Critical periods in the development
of performance capacity during childhood and adolescence.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 4, 75–119.

126. Virvidakis, K., Georgiu, E., Korkotsidis, A., Ntalles,

A. and Proukakis, C. 1990. Bone mineral content of junior
competitive weightlifters. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 11, 244–246.

127. Ward, K., Roberts, S., Adams, J. and Mughal, M. 2005.

Bone geometry and density in the skeleton of prepubertal
gymnasts and school children. Bone, 26, 1012–1018.

128. Wong, P., Chamari, K. and Wisloff, U. 2010. Effects of

12-week on-field combined strength and power training on
physical performance among U-14 young soccer players.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 24,
644–652.

129. Zafeiridis, A., Dalamitros, A., Dipla, K., Manou, N.,

Galanis, N. and Kellis, S. 2005. Recovery during high
intensity intermittent anaerobic exercise in boys, teens
and men. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 37,
505–512.
20 Chapter 20: Working with special
populations

1. Blundell, S.W., Shepherd, R.B., Dean, C.M. and Adams,

R.D. 2003. Functional strength training in cerebral palsy:
A pilot study of a group circuit training class for
children aged 4–8 years. Clinical Rehabilitation, 17,
48–57.

2. Buckley, J.G. 2000. Biomechanical adaptations of

transtibial amputee sprinting in athletes using dedicated
prostheses. Clinical Biomechanics, 15(5), 352–358.

3. Carroll, T.J., Herbert, R.D., Munn, J., Lee, M. and

Gandevia, S.C. 2006. Contralateral effects of unilateral
strength training: Evidence and possible mechanisms.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 101(5), 1514–1522.

4. Dodd, K.J., Taylor, N.F. and Damiano, D.L. 2002. A

systematic review of the effectiveness of
strength-training programs for people with cerebral palsy.
Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 83,
1157–1164.

5. Ito, J., Araki, A., Tanaka, H., Tasaki, T., Cho, K. and
Yamazaki, R. 1996. Muscle histopathology in spastic
cerebral palsy. Brain and Development, 18(4), 299–303.

6. Jarvis, M., Cook, M. and Davies, P. 2011. Strength and

conditioning considerations for the Paralympic athlete. In
M. Cardinale, R. Newton and N. Nosaka (eds), Strength and
Conditioning: Biological Principles and Practical
Applications (pp. 441–452). Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.

7. Myers, T.W. 2001. Anatomy Trains. Oxford: Elsevier.

8. Tremblay, F., Malouin, F., Richards, C.L. and Dumas, F.

1990. Effects of prolonged muscle stretch on reflex and
voluntary muscle activations in children with spastic
cerebral palsy. Scandinavian Journal of Rehabilitation
Medicine, 22(4), 171–180.

9. Unnithan, V.B., Clifford, C. and Bar-Or, O. 1998.

Evaluation by exercise testing of the child with cerebral
palsy. Sports Medicine, 26(4), 239–251.
21 Chapter 21: Performing in extreme
environments

1. Barwood, M., Davey, S., House, J. and Tipton, M. 2009.

Post-exercise cooling techniques in hot, humid conditions.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 107(4), 385–396.

2. Bramble, D. and Lieberman, D. 2004. Endurance running

and the evolution of Homo. Nature, 432, 345–352.

3. Chapman, R., Stickford, J. and Levine, B. 2010. Altitude

training considerations for the winter sport athlete.
Experimental Physiology, 95(3), 411–421.

4. Faulkner, S., Ferguson, R., Garrett, N., Hupperets, M.,

Hodder, S. and Havenith, G. 2013. Reducing muscle
temperature drop after warm-up improves sprint cycling
performance. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
45(2), 359–365.

5. Garrett, A., Rehrer, N. and Patterson, M. 2011.

Induction and decay of short-term heat acclimation in
moderately and highly trained athletes. Sports Medicine,
41, 757–771.

6. Gomes, E.C., Stone, V. and Florida-James, G. 2011.

Increase in CC16 and oxidative stress in the upper
respiratory airways of athletes performing an 8 km time
trial run in a hot, humid and ozone-polluted environment.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 111(9), 2089–2097.

7. Holliss, B., Fulford, J., Vanhatalo, A., Pedlar, C. and

Jones, A. 2013. Influence of intermittent hypoxic training
on muscle energetics and exercise tolerance. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 114, 611–619.

8. Kippelen, P., Fitch, K., Anderson, S., Bougault, V.,

Boulet, L., Rundell, K., Sue-Chu, M. and McKenzie, D.
2013. Respiratory health of elite athletes – Preventing
airway injury: A critical review. British Journal of
Sports Medicine, 46, 471–476.

9. Levett, D., Martin, D., Wilson, M., Mitchell, K.,

Dhillon, S., Rigat, F., Montgomery, H., Mythen, M. and
Grocott, M., for Caudwell Xtreme Everest Research Group.
2010. Design and conduct of Caudwell Xtreme Everest: An
observational cohort study of variation in human
adaptation to progressive environmental hypoxia. BMC
Medical Research Methodology, 21, 10–98.
10. Lorenzo, S., Halliwill, J., Sawka, M. and Minson, C.
2010. Heat acclimation improves exercise performance.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 109(4), 1140–1147.

11. Lundby, C., Millet, G., Calbet, J., Bärtsch, P. and

Subudhi, A. 2012. Does ‘altitude training’ increase
exercise performance in elite athletes? British Journal of
Sports Medicine, 46, 792–795.

12. Millet, G.P., Roels, B., Schmitt, L., Woorons, X. and

Richalet, J.P. 2010. Combining hypoxic methods for peak
performance. Sports Medicine, 40(1), 1–25.

13. Richardson, R.S. 1998. Oxygen transport: Air to muscle

cell. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 30(1),
53–59.

14. Robertson, E.Y., Saunders, P.U., Pyne, D.B., Aughey,

R.J., Anson, J.M. and Gore, C.J. 2010. Reproducibility of
performance changes to simulated live high/train low
altitude. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
42(2), 394–401.

15. Semenza, G.L. 2009. Regulation of vascularization by

hypoxia-inducible factor 1. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 1177, 2–8.

16. Wegmann, M., Faude, O., Poppendieck, W., Hecksteden,

A., Frohlich, M. and Meyer, T. 2012. Pre-cooling and
sports performance: A meta-analytical review. Sports
Medicine, 42(7), 545–564.

17. Whyte, G., Harries, M. and Williams, C. (eds). 2005.

ABC of Sports and Exercise Medicine (3rd edn). Oxford:
Blackwell.

18. Wilber, R. 2011. Application of altitude/hypoxic

training by elite athletes. Journal of Human Sport and
Exercise, 6(2), 1–14.
22 Chapter 22: Facility design,
maintenance, safety issues and record
keeping

1. Cotts, D.G. 1999. The Facility Management Handbook (2nd

edn). New York: AMACOM.

2. Fried, G. 2005. Managing Sport Facilities. Champaign,

IL: Human Kinetics.

3. Greenwood, M. and Greenwood, L. 2008. Facility

organization and risk management. In T. Baechle and R.
Earle (eds), Essentials of Strength Training and
Conditioning (pp. 544–568). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

4. National Strength and Conditioning Association. 2009.

Strength and Conditioning Professional Standards and
Guidelines. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 31(5),
14–38.

5. Patton, R.W. 1989. Developing and Managing

Health/Fitness Facilities. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

6. Plisk, S.S. and DeRosa, R.J. 1999. The Brooks-Dwyer

Varsity Weight Room at Yale University. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 21(5), 71–75.

7. Sawyer, T. 2002. Strength and cardiovascular training.

In T.H. Sawyer (ed.), Facilities Planning for Health,
Fitness, Physical Activity, Recreation and Sports: Concepts
and Application (10th edn, pp. 294–300). Urbana, IL:
Sagamore.

8. Sawyer, T. and Hypes, M. 2002. Site selection and

development phase. In T.H. Sawyer (ed.), Facilities
Planning for Health, Fitness, Physical Activity, Recreation
and Sports: Concepts and Application (10th edn, pp.
42–52). Urbana, IL: Sagamore.

9. Tharrett, A.J., McInnis, K.J. and Peterson, J.A. 2007.

ACSM’s Health/Fitness Facility Standards and Guidelines
(3rd edn). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

10. Westerbeek, H., Smith, A., Turner, P., Emery, P.,

Green, C. and van Leeuwen, L. 2006. Planning new sports
facilities and events: Feasibility analysis and market
research. In Managing Sport Facilities and Major Events
(pp. 46–77). New York: Routledge.

11. White, H. and Karabetsos, J. 2002. Planning and

designing facilities. In T.H. Sawyer (ed.), Facilities
Planning for Health, Fitness, Physical Activity, Recreation
and Sports: Concepts and Applications (10th edn, pp.
31–41). Urbana, IL: Sagamore.
23 Chapter 23: Strength and conditioning
for football

1. Balsom, P. and Phillips, G. 2010. Sport science – Making

a difference in modern football? UEFA Medical Matters, 18,
7–9.

2. Comfort, P., Green, C.M. and Matthews, M. 2009. Training

considerations after hamstring injury in athletes.
Strength and Conditioning Journal, 31(1), 68–74.

3. Croisier, J.L., Ganteaume, S., Binet, J., Genty, M. and

Ferret, J.M. 2008. Strength imbalances and prevention of
hamstring injury in professional soccer players: A
prospective study. American Journal of Sports Medicine,
36(8), 1469–1475.

4. Di Salvo, V., Gregson, W., Atkinson, G., Tordoff, P. and

Drust, B. 2009. Analysis of high intensity activity in
Premier League soccer. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 30, 205–212.

5. Ekstrand, J., Hägglund, M. and Waldén, M. 2011.

Epidemiology of muscle injuries in professional football
(soccer). American Journal of Sports Medicine, 39(6),
1226–1232.

6. Ekstrand, J., Hägglund, M. and Waldén, M. 2011. Injury

incidence and injury patterns in professional football: The
UEFA injury study. British Journal of Sports Medicine,
11(45), 553–558.

7. Impellizzeri, F.M., Rampinini, E. and Marcora, S.M.

2005. Physiological assessment of aerobic training in
soccer. Journal of Sports Sciences, 23(6), 583–592.

8. Mohr, M., Krustrup, P. and Bangsbo, J. 2003. Match

performance of high-standard soccer players with special
reference to development of fatigue. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 21, 519–528.

9. Opar, D.A., Williams, M.D., Timmins, R.G., Hickey, J.,

Duhig, S.J. and Shield, A.J. 2015. Eccentric hamstring
strength and hamstring injury risk in Australian
footballers. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise,
47(4), 857–865.

10. Rampinini, E., Coutts, A.J., Castagna, C., Sassi, R.

and Impellizzeri, F.M. 2007. Variation in top level soccer
match performance. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 28, 1018–1024.

11. Soligard, T., Nilstad, A., Steffen, K., Myklebust, G.,

Holme, I., Dvorak, J., Bahr, R. and Andersen, T.E. 2010.
Compliance with a comprehensive warm-up programme to
prevent injuries in youth football. British Journal of
Sports Medicine, 44, 787–793.

12. Turner, A., Walker, S., Stembridge, M., Coneyworth, P.,

Reed, G., Birdsey, L., Barter, P. and Moody, J. 2011. A
testing battery for the assessment of fitness in soccer
players. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 33(5), 29–39.
24 Chapter 24: Strength and conditioning
for cricket

1. Armstrong, E.A. 2007. Assessing hydration status: The

elusive gold standard. Armstrong Journal of the American
College of Nutrition, 26, 575S–584S.

2. Bangsbo, P., Norregaard, L. and Thorso, F. 1991.

Activity profile of competition soccer. Canadian Journal
of Sport Sciences, 16, 110–116.

3. Bartlett, R.M., Stockill, N.P., Elliott, B.C. and

Burnett, A.F. 1996. The biomechanics of fast bowling in
men’s cricket: A review. Journal of Sports Sciences, 14,
403–424.

4. Burke, L.M. and Hawley, J.A. 1997. Fluid balance in

teamsports: Guidelines for optimal practices. Sports
Medicine, 24, 38–54.

5. Christie, C., Todd, A. and King, G. 2008. Selected

physiological responses during batting in a simulated
cricket work bout: A pilot study. Journal of Science and
Medicine in Sport, 11, 581–584.

6. Cunniffe, B., Proctor, W., Baker, J.S. and Davies, B.

2009. An evaluation of the physiological demands of elite
rugby union using global positioning system tracking
software. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
23, 1195–1203.

7. Devlin, L., Fraser, S., Barras, N. and Hawley, J.A.

2001. Moderate levels of hypohydration impairs bowling
accuracy but not velocity in skilled cricket players.
Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport, 4, 179–187.

8. Duffield, R. and Drinkwater, E. 2008. Time–motion

analysis of Test and one-day international cricket
centuries. Journal of Sports Sciences, 26(5), 457–464.

9. Duthie, G., Pyne, D. and Hooper, S. 2005. Time–motion

analysis of 2001 and 2002 Super 12 rugby. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 23, 523–530.

10. Gopinathan, P.M., Pichan, G. and Sharma, V.M. 1988.

Role of dehydration in heat stressinduced variations in
mental performance. Archives of Environmental Health, 43,
15–17.

11. Gore, C.J., Bourden, P.C., Woolford, S.M. and Pederson,

D.G. 1993. Involuntary dehydration during cricket.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 14, 387–395.

12. Hurrian, P. and Harmer, J. 2003. A fast-medium bowler:

A sports biomechanics and technical model. In R.A.
Stretch, T.D. Noakes and C.L. Vaughan (eds), Science and
Medicine in Cricket (pp. 18–28). Cape Town: Second World
Congress of Science and Medicine in Cricket.

13. Mason, B.R., Weissensteiner, J.R. and Spence, P.R.

1989. Development of a model for fast bowling in cricket.
Excel, 6, 2–12.

14. Maughan, R. and Shirreffs, S. 2004. Exercise in the

heat: Challenges and opportunities. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 22, 917–927.

15. Nicholson, G., Cooke, C., O’Hara, J. and Schonfeld, A.

2009. Heart rate of first-class cricket batsmen during
competitive 50-over and 20-over match play. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 27, S98.

16. Noakes, T.D. and Durandt, J.J. 2000. Physiological

requirements of cricket. Journal of Sports Sciences, 18,
919–929.

17. O’Donoghue, P.G., Boyd, M., Lawlor, J. and Bleakley,

E.W. 2001. Time–motion analysis of elite,
semi-professional and amateur soccer competition. Journal
of Human Movement Studies, 41, 1–12.

18. Orchard, J., James, T., Portus, M., Kountouris, A. and

Dennis, R. 2009. Fast bowlers in cricket demonstrate up to
3-to 4-week delay between high workloads and increased risk
of injury. American Journal of Sports Medicine, 37,
1186–1192.

19. Petersen, C.J., Pyne, D.B., Portus, M. and Kellett, A.

2010. Movement patterns in cricket vary by both position
and game format. Journal of Sports Sciences, 28(1), 45–52.

20. Portus, M.R., Sinclair, P.J., Burke, S.T., Moore,

D.J.A. and Farhart, P.J. 2000. Cricket fast bowling
performance and technique and the influence of selected
physical factors during an 8-over spell. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 18, 999–1011.

21. Pyne, D.B., Duthie, G.M., Saunders, P.U., Petersen, C.

and Portus, M.R. 2006. Anthropometric and strength
correlates of fast bowling speed in junior and senior
cricketers. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
20, 620–626.

22. Ranson, C. and Gregory, P.L. 2008. Shoulder injuries in

professional cricketers. Physical Therapy in Sport, 9,
34–39.

23. Spencer, M., Lawrence, S., Rechichi, C., Bishop, D.,

Dawson, B. and Goodman, C. 2004. Time–motion analysis of
elite field hockey, with special reference to repeat-sprint
ability. Journal of Sports Sciences, 22, 843–850.

24. Taliep, M.S., Prim, S.K. and Gray, J. 2010. Upper body
muscle strength and batting performance in cricket batsmen.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 24,
3484–3487.

25. Vergauwen, L., Brouns, F. and Hespel, P. 1998.

Carbohydrate supplementation improves stroke performance
in tennis. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 30,
1289–1295.

26. Young, M., Newman, D. and Peirce, N. England and Wales

Cricket Board: England and first class county cricket
injury report season 2010. Unpublished.
25 Chapter 25: Strength and conditioning
for golf

1. Doan, B.K., Newton, R.U., Kwon, Y.-H. and Kraemer, W.J.

2006. Effects of physical conditioning on intercollegiate
golfer performance. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 20, 62–72.

2. Fletcher, I.M. and Hartwell, M. 2004. Effect of an

8-week combined weights and plyometrics training program
on golf drive performance. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 18(1), 59–62.

3. Keogh, J.W., Marnewick, M.C., Maulder, P.S., Nortje,

J.P., Hume, P.A. and Bradshaw, E.J. 2009. Are
anthropometric, flexibility, muscular strength, and
endurance variables related to clubhead velocity in
low-and high-handicap golfers? Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 23, 1841–1850.

4. Lephart, S.M., Smoliga, J.M., Myers, J.B., Sell, T.C.

and Tsai, Y.S. 2007. An eight-week golfspecific exercise
program improves physical characteristics, swing mechanics,
and golf performance in recreational golfers. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 21(3), 860–869.

5. Sell, T.C., Tsai, Y.S., Smoliga, J.M., Myers, J.B. and

Lephart, S.M. 2007. Strength, flexibility and balance
characteristics of highly proficient golfers. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 21, 1166–1171.

6. TPI. 2010. Fitness Professional Level 1. TPI Golf

Instructor Manual.

7. Wells, G.D., Elmi, M. and Thomas, S. 2009. Physiological

correlates of golf performance. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 23, 741–750.
26 Chapter 26: Strength and conditioning
for rowing

1. Adams, M. and Dolan, P. 1995. Recent advances in the

lumbar spine mechanics and their clinical significance.
Clinical Biomechanics, 10, 13–19.

2. Battista, R.A., Pivarnik, J.M., Dummer, G.M., Sauer, N.

and Malina, R.M. 2007. Comparisons of physical
characteristics and performances among female collegiate
rowers. Journal of Sports Sciences, 25, 651–657.

3. Bourdin, M., Messonnier, L., Hager, J.P. and Lacour,

J.R. 2004. Peak power output predicts rowing ergometer
performance in elite male rowers. International Journal of
Sports Medicine, 25, 368–373.

4. Droghetti, P.K. and Nilsen, T. 1991. The total estimated

metabolic cost of rowing. FISA Coach, 2, 1–4.

5. Gajdosik, R., Hatcher, C. and Whitesell, S. 1992.

Influence of short hamstring muscles on the pelvis and
lumbar spine in standing and during the toe touch test.
Clinical Biomechanics, 7, 38–42.

6. Hackney, A.C. 2001. Endurance exercise training and

reproductive dysfunction in men: Alterations of the
hypothalamic–pituitary–testicular axis. Current
Pharmaceutical Design, 7, 261–273.

7. Hartman, U., Mader, A., Wasser, K. and Klauer, I. 1993.

Peak force, velocity, and power during five and ten
maximal rowing ergometer strokes by world class female and
male rowers. International Journal of Sports Medicine,
14(Suppl. 1), S42–S45.

8. Hickery, G.J., Fricker, P.A. and McDonald, W.A. 1997.

Injuries to elite rowers over a 10-year period. Medicine
and Science in Sports and Exercise, 29, 1567–1572.

9. Ingham, S.A., Whyte, G.P., Jones, K. and Nevill, A.M.

2002. Determinants of 2000m rowing ergometer performance
in elite rowers. European Journal of Applied Physiology,
88, 243–246.

Table 26.11 Athlete profile review

Test Week 7 14 19 24

Body mass 72 kg 73.5 kg 73.5 kg

250 m power 490 watts 495 watts 510 watts

Back squat 3RM 70 kg 77.5 kg 82.5 kg

Deadlift 3RM 80 kg 90 kg 95 kg

Bench pull 3RM 55 kg 55 kg 60 kg

Bench press 3RM 55 kg 60 kg 65 kg

10. Izquierdo-Gabarren, M., Txabarri-Exposito, R.G.,

Villarreal, E.S. and Izquierdo, M. 2010. Physiological
factors to predict on traditional rowing performance.
European Journal of Applied Physiology, 108, 83–92.

11. Klesnev, V. 1991. Improvement of dynamical structure of

the drive in rowing. Ph.D. thesis. Saint-Petersburg
Institute of Sport.

12. Lawton, T.W., Cronin, J.B. and McGuigan, M.R. 2011.

Strength testing and training of rowers: A review. British
Journal of Sports Medicine, 41, 413–432.

13. Lee, J.H., Hoshino, Y., Nakamura, K., Kariya, Y.,

Saita, K. and Ito, K. 1999. Trunk muscle weakness as a
risk factor for low back pain. Spine, 24, 54–57.

14. Mäestu, J., Jürimäe, J. and Jürimäe, T. 2005.

Monitoring of performance and training in rowing. Sports
Medicine, 35, 597–617.

15. McGregor, A.H., Anderton, L. and Gedroyc, W.M.W. 2002.

The trunk muscles of elite oarsmen. British Journal of
Sports Medicine, 36, 214–217.

16. McNeely, E., Sandler, D. and Bamel, S. 2005. Strength

and power goals for competitive rowers. Strength and
Conditioning Journal, 27(3), 10–15.

17. Nader, G. 2006. Concurrent strength and endurance

training: From molecules to man. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise, 38, 1965–1970.

18. Nevill, A.M., Allen, V.S. and Ingham, S.A. 2011.

Modelling the determinate of 2000 m rowing ergometer
performance: A proportional, curvilinear allometric
approach. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in
Sport, 21, 73–78.
19. Parkin, S., Norwicky, A.L., Rutherford, O.M. and
McGregor, A.H. 2001. Do oarsmen have asymmetries in the
strength of their back and leg muscles? Journal of Sports
Science, 19, 521–526.

20. Schwanitz, P. 1991. Applying biomechanics to improve

rowing performance. FISA Coach, 2, 1–7.

21. Secher, N.H. 1975. Isometric rowing strength of

experienced and inexperienced oarsmen. Medicine and
Science in Sport, 7, 280–283.

22. Secher, N.H. 1993. Physiological and biomechanical

aspects of rowing: Implications for training. Sports
Medicine, 15, 24–42.

23. Secher, N.H. and Volianitis, S. 2007. Rowing. Oxford:

Wiley-Blackwell.

24. Steinacker, J.M. 1993. Physiological aspects of

training in rowing. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 14, 3–10.

25. Stone, M.H., Stone, M.E., Sands, W., Pierce, K.C.,

Newton, R.U., Haff, G.G. and Carlock, J. 2006. Maximum
strength and strength training – A relationship to
endurance? Strength and Conditioning Journal, 28, 44–53.

26. Talbott, S.M. and Shapses, S.A. 1998. Fasting and

energy intake influence bone turnover in lightweight male
rowers. International Journal of Sports Nutrition, 8,
377–387.

27. Vinthers, A. 2008. Rib Stress Fractures in Elite

Rowers. Lund: Lund University.

28. Vinthers, A., Kanstrup, I.L., Christiansen, E., Ekdal,

C. and Aagaard, P. 2008. Testosterone and BMD in elite
male lightweight rowers. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 29, 803–807.
27 Chapter 27: Strength and conditioning
for field hockey

1. Buchheit, M. 2008. The 30-15 Intermittent Fitness Test:

Accuracy for individualizing interval training of young
intermittent sport players. Journal of Strength and
Conditioning Research, 22(2), 365–374.

2. Jennings, D., Cormack, S.J., Coutts, A.J. and Aughey,

R.J. 2012. GPS analysis of an international field hockey
tournament. International Journal of Sports Physiology and
Performance, 7, 224–231.

3. Lythe, J. and Kilding, A.E. 2011. Physical demands and

physiological responses during elite field hockey.
International Journal of Sports Medicine, 32(7), 523–528.

4. Reilly, T. and Seaton, A. 1990. Physiological strain

unique to field hockey. Journal of Sports Medicine and
Physical Fitness, 30(2), 142–146.

5. Spencer, M., Lawrence, S., Rechichi, C., Bishop, D.,

Dawson, B. and Goodman, C. 2004. Time– motion analysis of
elite field hockey, with special reference to
repeated-sprint activity. Journal of Sports Sciences,
22(9), 843–850.

6. Spencer, M., Rechichi, C., Lawrence, S., Dawson, B.,

Bishop, D. and Goodman, C. 2005. Time– motion analysis of
elite field hockey during several games in succession: A
tournament scenario. Journal of Science and Medicine in
Sport, 8, 382–391.
28 Chapter 28: Strength and conditioning
for basketball

1. 2008–09 High School Athletics Participation Survey.

2009. Indianapolis, IN: National Federation of State High
School Associations.

2. Abdelkrim, B., Chaouachi, A., Chamari, K., Chtara, M.

and Castagna, C. 2010. Positional role and
competitive-level differences in elite-level men’s
basketball players. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 24(5), 1346–1355.

3. Abdelkrim, B., El Fazaa, S. and El Ati, J. 2007.

Time–motion analysis and physiological data of elite
under-19-year-old basketball players during competition.
British Journal of Sports Medicine, 41(2), 69–75;
discussion 75.

4. Agel, J., Olson, D., Dick, R., Arendt, E., Marshall, S.

and Sikka, R. 2007. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate
women’s basketball injuries: National Collegiate Athletic
Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988–1989 through
2003–2004. Journal of Athletic Training, 42(2), 202–210.

5. Alexander, M.J.L. 1976. Relationship of somatotype and

selected anthropometric measures to basketball performance
in highly skilled females. Research Quarterly, 47(4),
575–585.

6. Apostolidis, N., Nassis, G., Bolatoglou, T. and Geladas,

N. 2004. Physiological and technical characteristics of
elite young basketball players. Journal of Sports Medicine
and Physical Fitness, 44(2), 157–163.

7. Arendt, E. and Dick, R. 1995. Knee injury patterns among

men and women in collegiate basketball and soccer: NCAA
data and review of literature. American Journal of Sports
Medicine, 23(6), 694–701.

8. Caterisano, A., Patrick, B.T., Edenfield, W.L. and

Batson, M.J. 1997. The effects of a basketball season on
aerobic and strength parameters among college men: Starters
vs. reserves. Journal of Strength and Conditioning
Research, 11(1), 21–24.

9. Crisafulli, A., Melis, F., Tocco, F., Laconi, P., Lai,

C. and Concu, A. 2002. External mechanical work versus
oxidative energy consumption ratio during a basketball
field test. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical
Fitness, 42(4), 409–417.

10. Dick, R., Hertel, J., Agel, J., Grossman, J. and

Marshall, S. 2007. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate
men’s basketball injuries: National Collegiate Athletic
Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988–1989 through
2003–2004. Journal of Athletic Training, 42(2), 194–201.

11. Drinkwater, E.J., Pyne, D.B. and McKenna, M.J. 2008.

Design and interpretation of anthropometric and fitness
testing of basketball players. Sports Medicine, 38(7),
565–578.

12. Dudley, G.A. and Djamil, R. 1985. Incompatibility of

endurance-and strength-training modes of exercise. Journal
of Applied Physiology, 59(5), 1446–1451.

13. Dudley, G.A. and Fleck, S.J. 1987. Strength and

endurance training – Are they mutually exclusive? Sports
Medicine, 4(2), 79–85.

14. Gray, J., Taunton, J., McKenzie, D., Clement, D.,

McConkey, J. and Davidson, R. 1985. A survey of injuries
to the anterior cruciate ligament of the knee in female
basketball players. International Journal of Sports
Medicine, 6(6), 314–316.

15. Hewett, T.E., Ford, K.R. and Myer, G.D. 2006. Anterior
cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes: Part 2, a
meta-analysis of neuromuscular interventions aimed at
injury prevention. American Journal of Sports Medicine,
34(3), 490–498.

16. Hewett, T.E., Myer, G.D., Ford, K.R., Heidt, R.S., Jr,
Colosimo, A.J., McLean, S.G., van den Bogert, A.J.,
Paterno, S.V. and Succop, P. 2005. Biomechanical measures
of neuromuscular control and valgus loading of the knee
predict anterior cruciate ligament injury risk in female
athletes. American Journal of Sports Medicine, 33(4),
492–501.

17. Hickson, R.C. 1980. Interference of strength

development by simultaneously training for strength and
endurance. European Journal of Applied Physiology and
Occupational Physiology, 45(2–3), 255–263.

18. Hoffman, J. 2006. Norms for Fitness, Performance, and

Health. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

19. Hoffman, J.R., Andrew, F.C., Howard, H.R., Maresh, C.M.

and Kraemer, W.J. 1991. Strength, speed and endurance
changes during the course of a Division I basketball
season. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research,
5(3), 144–149.

20. Hoffman, J.R., Tenenbaum, G., Maresh, C.M. and Kraemer,

W.J. 1996. Relationship between athletic performance tests
and playing time in elite college basketball. Journal of
Strength and Conditioning Research, 10(2), 67–71.

21. Hunter, G.R., Hilyer, J. and Foster, M.A. 1993. Changes

in fitness during 4 years of intercollegiate basketball.
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 7(1), 26–29.

22. Mainwood, G.W. and Renaud, J.M. 1985. The effect of

acid-base balance on fatigue of skeletal muscle. Canadian
Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology, 63(5), 403–416.

23. Matthew, D. and Delextrat, A. 2009. Heart rate, blood

lactate concentration, and time–motion analysis of female
basketball players during competition. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 27(8), 813–821.

24. McArdle, W.D., Magel, J.R. and Kyvallos, L.C. 1971.

Aerobic capacity, heart rate and estimated energy cost
during women’s competitive basketball. Research Quarterly,
42(2), 178–186.

25. McClay, I.S., Robinson, J.R., Andriacchi, T.P.,

Frederick, E.C., Gross, T., Martin, P.E., Valiant, G.,
Williams, K.R. and Cavanagh, P.R. 1994. A kinematic profile
of skills in professional basketball players. Journal of
Applied Biomechanics, 10(3), 205–221.

26. McInnes, S., Carlson, J., Jones, C. and McKenna, M.

1995. The physiological load imposed on basketball players
during competition. Journal of Sports Sciences, 13(5),
387–397.

27. Myer, G.D., Ford, K.R., Brent, J.L. and Hewett, T.E.
2007. Differential neuromuscular training effects on ACL
injury risk factors in ‘high-risk’ versus ‘low-risk’
athletes. BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders, 8.

28. Narazaki, K., Berg, K., Stergiou, N. and Chen, B. 2009.

Physiological demands of competitive basketball.
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports,
19(3), 425–432.

29. NBA salary cap set for 2009–10 season. NBA.com.

Available from: http://www.nba.com/2009/
news/07/07/salarycap.ap/index.html (accessed 23 June 2010).

30. Nigg, B.M., Stefanyshyn, D.J., Rozitis, A.I. and

Mundermann, A. 2009. Resultant knee joint moments for
lateral movement tasks on sliding and non-sliding sport
surfaces. Journal of Sports Sciences, 27(5), 427–435.

31. Otago, L. 2004. Kinetic analysis of landings in

netball: Is a footwork rule change required to decrease
ACL injuries? Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport,
7(1), 85–95.

32. Plisk, S. 2008. Speed, Agility, and Speed-Endurance

Development (3rd edn). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

33. Plisk, S. and Stone, M.H. 2003. Periodization

strategies. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 25(6),
19–37.

34. Ramsey, J.D., Ayoub, M.M., Dudek, R.A. and Edgar, H.S.
1970. Heart rate recovery during a college basketball
game. Research Quarterly, 41(4), 528–535.

35. Rodriguez-Alonso, M., Fernandez-Garcia, B.,

Perez-Landaluce, J. and Terrados, N. 2003. Blood lactate
and heart rate during national and international women’s
basketball. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical
Fitness, 43(4), 432–436.

36. Sale, D.G., Jacobs, I., MacDougall, J.D. and Garner, S.

1990. Comparison of two regimens of concurrent strength
and endurance training. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 22, 348–356.

37. Sallet, P., Perrier, D., Ferret, J., Vitelli, V. and

Baverel, G. 2005. Physiological differences in
professional basketball players as a function of playing
position and level of play. Journal of Sports Medicine and
Physical Fitness, 45(3), 291–294.

38. Tabata, I., Irisawa, K., Kouzaki, M, Nishimura, K,

Ogita, F. and Miyachi, M. 1997. Metabolic profile of
high-intensity intermittent exercises. Medicine and Science
in Sports and Exercise, 29(3), 390–395.

39. Tabata, I., Nishimura, K., Kouzaki, M., Hirai, Y.,

Ogita, F., Miyachi, M. and Yamamoto, K. 1996. Effects of
moderate-intensity endurance and high-intensity
intermittent training on anaerobic capacity and VO 2max .
Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 28(10),
1327–1330.

40. Taylor, J. 2003. Applying time motion data to

conditioning. Strength and Conditioning Journal, 25(2),
57–64.

41. Taylor, J. 2004. A tactical metabolic training model

for collegiate basketball. Strength and Conditioning
Journal, 26(5), 22–29.

42. Tessitore, A., Tiberi, M., Cortis, C., Rapisarda, E.,

Meeusen, R. and Capranica, L. 2006. Aerobic–anaerobic
profiles, heart rate and match analysis in old basketball
players. Gerontology, 52(4), 214–222.

43. Wilderman, D.R., Ross, S.E. and Padua, D.A. 2009. Thigh
muscle activity, knee motion, and impact force during
side-step pivoting in agility-trained female basketball
players. Journal of Athletic Training, 44(1), 14–25.

44. Zelisko, J.A., Noble, H.B. and Porter, M. 1982. A

comparison of men’s and women’s professional basketball
injuries. American Journal of Sports Medicine, 10(5),
297–299.
29 Chapter 29: Strength and conditioning
for tennis

3. International Tennis Federation. 2002. Official Rules of

Tennis. Chicago, IL: Triumph Books. 4. Kibler, W.B. and
Safran, M.R. 2000. Musculoskeletal injuries in the young
tennis player. Clinics in Sports Medicine, 19, 781–792. 5.
Kovacs, M., Roetert, P. and Ellenbecker, T. 2008. Fixing
the brakes! Deceleration: The forgotten factor in tennis
specific training. ITF Coaching and Sport Science Review,
46, 6–8. 6. Riewald, S. and Ellenbecker, T. 2005. The
unbalanced tennis player. ITF Coaching and Sport Science
Review, 36, 2–3. 7. WTA Tour. 2005. Prepare for surface
changes. Physically Speaking.
30 Chapter 30: Strength and conditioning
for cycling

1. Aagaard, P., Simonsen, E., Andersen, J.L., Magnusson, P.

and Dyhre-Poulsen, P. 2002. Increased rate of force
development and neural drive of human skeletal muscle
following resistance training. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 93(4), 1318–1326.

2. Craig, N.P. and Norton, K.I. 2001. Characteristics of

track cycling. Sports Medicine, 31(7), 457–468.

3. Martin, J.C., Davidson, C.J. and Pardyak, E.R. 2007.

Understanding the sprint-cycling performance: Integration
of muscle power, resistance, and modelling. International
Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance, 2, 5–21.

4. McDaniel, J., Tomas, A. and Hunter, E.L. 2005. Joint

power distribution at 60, 90 and 120 rpm during seated
maximal cycling. Medicine and Science in Sports and
Exercise, 37(S5), S123.

5. Pearson, S.J., Cobbold, M., Orrell, R.W. and Harridge,

S.D. 2006. Power output and myosin heavy chain composition
in young and elderly men. Medicine and Science in Sports
and Exercise, 38(9), 1601–1607.